1987-88
l*<T>
Southern College
of Seventh-day
Adventists
Collegedale, Tennessee
Southern Facts
Type. Founded in 1892, Southern
College of Seventh-day Adventists is a
coeducational accredited college
owned and operated by the Southern
Union Conference of Seventh-day Ad-
ventists.
Mission. The college seeks to guide
students in developing a personal
commitment to excellence in aca-
demic achievement, to serving hu-
manity, to understanding cultural di-
versity, to nurturing a mature personal
relationship with Jesus Christ, and to
fulfilling the ideals and mission of the
Seventh-day Adventist Church.
Location. Seventeen miles east of
Chattanooga, Tenn., in the foothills of
the Great Smoky Mountains. Approx-
imately 100 miles north of Atlanta,
Ga„ 100 miles southwest of Knoxville,
Tenn., 130 miles southeast of
Nashville, Tenn., and 130 miles north-
east of Birmingham, Ala. Interstates
75, 24, and 59 provide easy access.
Eastern, Delta, American and Pied-
mont Airlines provide convenient air
service to Lovell Field, less than 10
miles from campus.
Extension campus at Florida Hospi-
tal Medical Center, Orlando, Fla.
Environment. Unusually beautiful
educational setting, with over a
thousand acres of college property.
Forested slopes of White Oak Moun-
tain and Bauxite Ridge provide scenic
backdrop for carefully landscaped
grounds. Abundant outdoor recrea-
tional opportunities expanded by
proximity to Tennessee River (15
miles} and Great Smoky Mountains
National Park (100 miles).
Student Body. Residential campus,
with 73% of student body in college
housing. 1986-1987: 1,327 students
and 1,041 FTE; 59% female; 80.5%
White, 10.7% Black, 5.4% Hispanic,
3.1% Oriental; from 41 states, 28 na-
tions.
Faculty. Teaching faculty with em-
phasis on ability to communicate
knowledge effectively, relate to stu-
dents on a one-to-one basis, and model
Christian ideals in a caring atmos-
phere. Faculty head count, 133 and 89
FTE. Within liberal arts departments,
99% hold advanced degrees, 73% hold
highest degree in fields
Student/Faculty Ratio. 11.6 to 1.
Financial Aid. A broad scholarship
program, with work central to finan-
cial assistance, fulfills Southern's
commitment to provide educational
opportunities for financially disad-
vantaged young people. Unduplicated
count of students receiving aid, 1,118
(76%). Book value of scholarship en-
dowment, $3.3 million, current cam-
paign goal $10 million.
Degrees and Majors. Forty-two bac-
calaureate majors, 17 associate degree
majors, 28 minors, and two one-year
certificate programs. Pre-professional
programs include dentistry, law,
medicine, secondary teaching and
others.
Accreditation. Southern Associa-
tion of Colleges and Schools. SDA
Board of Regents. Departments accred-
ited as follows: A.S. and B.S. nursing
by the National League for Nursing
and the Tennessee Board of Nursing;
B.S. in education by the Tennessee
State Board of Education, member of
the Association of American Colleges,
the American Council on Education,
the American Association of Colleges
for Teacher Education, the National
Council of Accreditation for Teacher
Education; the National Association
for Schools of Music.
Campus and Facilities. Twenty-
seven major buildings on the Col-
legedale campus, including nine
classroom buildings with 54 class-
rooms/laboratories and a recital hall,
two residence halls, a physical educa-
tion center with swimming pool, and
an administrative building. Campus
church seats 1,850, and houses the
Anton Heiller Memorial Organ (4,926
pipes). Broom shop, supermarket and
bakery, and The College Press provide
student employment.
Student Charges. $8,426 a year, in-
cluding tuition, room and board, and
estimated expenses.
Telephone.
Collegedale, (615) 238-2111
Admissions office (outside Tenn.) toll
free, l-(800) 624-0350
Orlando, (305) 898-5381
Mailing Address.
Box 370, Collegedale, TN 37315-0370
711 Lake Estelle Dr., Orlando, FL
32803
SC welcomes applications from students regardless of race, sex, religion, color, or
national origin whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals and tradi-
tions of the college as expressed in its objectives and policies.
NOT TO BE TAKEN
FROM LIBRARY
t
1987-1988 CATALOG
Official Record for 1986-1987
Announcements for 1987-1988
May, 1987
Published by Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists,
Vice President for Academic Administration
Printing by The College Press
Collegedale, Tennessee
McKEE LIBRARY
Southern College of Stt
CotiegwWt, TN 37315
Editor-in-Chief
William M Allen, Vice President for Academic Administration
Cherie Smith, Secretary
Associate Editor
William Wohlers, Director, Division of Humanities
Weslynne Sahly, Secretary
Editors
Kenneth Spears, Vice President for Finance
Kenneth R. Davis, Vice President for Student Services
Ronald Barrow, Vice President for Admissions and Public Relations
Mary Elam, Director of Records
Division Directors
Department Chairmen
Layout and Cover Design
Vinita Sauder
Doris Burdick, Director of Public Relations
Printing
The College Press
Allen Olsen, Manager
In publishing this catalog, every reasonable effort has been made to be
factually accurate. The publisher assumes no responsibility for edito-
rial, clerical, or printing errors. The information presented is, at the
time of printing, an accurate description of course offerings, policies,
and requirements of Southern College. The provisions of this catalog,
however, are not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the
college and the student. The college reserves the right to change any
provision or requirement at any time, without prior notice.
]0*
fl/Ctf
CONTENTS
Southern Facts Inside Front Cover
This Is Southern College 5
Academic Policies, Information, and Services 9
Courses of Study 35
Academic Divisions 35
Departments of Instruction 36-175
Allied Health , 36
Art 41
Behavioral Science 44
Biology 49
Business and Office Administration 55
Chemistry 70
Computer Science 74
Education and Psychology 80
Engineering Studies 96
English 98
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation 103
History 108
Home Economics 113
Journalism and Communication 120
Library Science 128
Mathematics 130
Modern Languages 134
Music 140
Nursing 151
Physics • 164
Religion 169
Technology 177
Interdepartmental Programs 181
General Studies 181
Medical Science . — 181
Non-degree Pre-professionai Programs 182
Student Life and Services 189
Admissions, Expenses, and Financial Aid 195
The Registry 223
Principals and Presidents 223
Board of Trustees 224
College Administration 225
Student Directory 228
Advisory Councils • • • • 229
Faculty Directory 232
Faculty Committees 241
Index 282
Academic Calendar Inside Back Cover
^
?m«
m ■#
V*
THIS IS
SOUTHERN COLLEGE
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists is a four-year co-
educational institution established by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church* primarily to serve its constituents in the southeastern part of
the United States. Its purpose is to provide Biblical, liberal arts, profes-
sional, pre-professional, vocational, adult studies, and special programs
in a Christian setting.
EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES
The purpose of higher education in the Seventh-day Adventist Church
is rooted in a comprehensive theological understanding of humanity in
the world. The following is a summary of this understanding:
(1) Seventh-day Adventists believe that God is the Creator and Sus-
tained of the earth and its inhabitants. He is the Source of all
knowledge.
(2) Created in the image of God for the purpose of communion with
Him, man possessed harmonious physical, mental, spiritual, and
social attributes.
(3) As a result of sin, these attributes were seriously marred, but God
in His love provided a redemptive plan for the restoration of His
image in humanity, thus preparing man for eternal personal fel-
lowship with God.
In the context of this theological understanding, education is viewed
as an essential element of redemption, including an awareness of man's
relationship to God and a commitment of service to mankind. Education,
consequently, must focus on developing the whole person. Southern
College attempts to provide a spiritual, intellectual, social, and physical
environment designed to encourage this development through the fol-
lowing specific objectives.
Spiritual
Students are expected to acquire an understanding of the beliefs and
value system of Christianity as understood by the Seventh-day Adventist
Church. Religious instruction in the classroom, religious convocations,
and a variety of opportunities for Christian fellowship and service pro-
vide the context in which students are encouraged to make their own
commitment to these ideals.
*This college is operated by the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-day
Adventists, which is comprised of the churches in the states of Alabama,
Florida, Georgia, Kentucky, Mississippi, North Carolina, South Carolina, and
Tennessee.
This Is Southern College
Intellectual
The faculty constitute a fellowship of Christian scholars engaged in a
lifelong pursuit of knowledge and wisdom. Academic activities are
therefore designed to assist students in achieving intellectual and career
goals and in acquiring skills for future learning. A liberal education
curriculum is designed to develop critical thinking and expression,
intellectual curiosity, aesthetic appreciation, and cultural awareness to
help fit students for the realization of their immediate and long-range
goals.
Social
Since social maturity is necessary for successful family and commu-
nity living, Southern College endeavors to provide for the development
of healthy interpersonal relations, communication skills, and
decision-making abilities in an atmosphere marked by personal concern
and acceptance.
Physical
The development of the whole person would be incomplete without
attention to physical well-being. Principles of healthful living, includ-
ing a balanced program of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recrea-
tion are promoted through instruction, work experience, and recrea-
tional facilities.
HISTORY
In 1892 the educational venture that developed into Southern College
had its beginning in the Seventh-day Adventist Church in the small
village of Graysville, Tennessee. The school became known as Grays-
ville Academy. In 1896 the name was changed to Southern Industrial
School and five years later to Southern Training School.
In 1916, because of limited acreage available for further expansion of
plant facilities, the school was moved to the Thatcher farm in Hamilton
County, Tennessee. The name "Collegedale" was given to the antici-
pated community. At its new location, the school opened as Southern
Junior College and continued as such until 1944 when it achieved senior
college status and the name was changed to Southern Missionary Col-
lege. In 1982 the name was changed to Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists.
SETTING
Southern College's one-thousand-acre Collegedale campus is nestled
in a valley eighteen miles northeast of Chattanooga. The quietness and
beauty of the surroundings are in keeping with the college's educational
philosophy.
Nursing programs are also offered through the Orlando Center at
Florida Hospital Medical Center.
This Is Southern College
ACCREDITATION AND MEMBERSHIPS
Southern College is accredited by the Southern Association of Col- /
leges and Schools and by the Seventh-day Adventist Board of Regents.
Departments of the college are also accredited by various organiza-
tions. The Associate of Science and Bachelor of Science degree programs
in nursing, including Public Health Nursing, are accredited by the
National League for Nursing as surveyed by the Collegiate Board of
Review. The Division of Nursing is an agency member of the Department
of Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs of the Division of Nursing
Education of the National League for Nursing. It is also accredited by the
Tennessee Board of Nursing and is recognized by the Florida State Board
of Nursing.
The college is approved by the Tennessee State Board of Education for
the preparation of secondary, elementary, and early childhood teachers.
The Bachelor of Science degree in Education is accredited by the Ten-
nessee State Board of Education. Southern College is also a member of
the Association of American Colleges, the American Council on Educa-
tion, the Tennessee College Association, the American Association of
Colleges for Teacher Education, the National Council of Accreditation
for Teacher Education (NCATE), and the National Association for
Schools of Music.
ACADEMIC PROGRAM
The academic program consists of seven divisions offering forty-two
majors and twenty-eight minors in which students may qualify for the
baccalaureate degree. Students may pursue programs of study leading to
the Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Ad-
ministration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social Work degrees.
Seventeen programs leading to an associate degree are also offered.
Various pre-professional and terminal curricula are available to students
wishing to qualify for admission to a professional school.
Secondary teaching certification is available in eighteen disciplines.
A one-year certificate is available in Auto Body Repair. SC also cooper-
ates with Loma Linda University in offering the M.Ed, and M.P.H. degree
and with Andrews University in offering the M.S.N, degree.
STUDENTS
Nearly seventy percent of the students of Southern College come from
the eight states comprising the Southern Union Conference of Seventh-
day Adventists. However, most of the additional states and 25-30 foreign
countries are also represented. There are a few more women than men.
See the Registry for more details.
Former Southern College students are now serving in the ministerial,
teaching, medical, and other services of the Seventh-day Adventist
This Is Southern College
Church at home and abroad. Others are engaged in advanced study,
business pursuits, government service, research activities, private and
institutional medical services, and the teaching professions on all levels.
FACILITIES
The following buildings house the academic activities of the college:
Collegedale Campus
Brock Hall — Art, Business and Office Administration, English, His-
tory, Journalism and Communication, Modern Languages, Instruc-
tional Media, and WSMC FM90.5
DanieJJs Hall — Mathematics, Physics, Computer Science
Hackman Hall — Biology and Chemistry
Herin Hall — Nursing
Led/ord Hall — Technology
McKee Library
Physical Education Center — Physical Education
Religion Center (So-Ju-Conian Hall) — Religion
Student Center— Computer Center, Student Health Service, Cafeteria,
Testing and Counseling Center, Campus Ministry Office, student
activity rooms, Teaching Learning Center, K.R.'s Place
Summerour Hall — Behavioral Sciences, Education and Psychology,
Home Economics
J. Mabel Wood HaJI — Music
Wright Hall — Administration
Other facilities on or near campus that serve student needs:
Collegedale Academy — secondary laboratory school
Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church
Charles Fleming Plaza — shopping center with businesses serving the
college and community
Recreational Area — tennis courts, a track, playing fields
Spalding Elementary School — laboratory school
Student Apartments
Student Park
Talge Hall — men's residence hall
Thatcher Hall — women's residence hall
Trailer Park
WSMC FM90.5— radio station
Various auxiliary and vocational buildings house college industries
and service departments.
Orlando Center
Florida Hospital Medical Center (FHMCJ
Linscott Hall — Administration, library
Seventh-day Adventist Church at FHMC
ACADEMIC POLICIES,
INFORMATION,
AND SERVICES
ACADEMIC POLICIES
PLANNING A COURSE OF STUDY
When planning for college, students should consider in detail the
course of study which will lead to their desired profession or occupa-
tion. If a firm decision about the choice of life work has not been made
before entering college, students may take a general program of study
exploring several fields of knowledge during the freshman year. This
approach need not result in loss of credits if carefully planned.
The college offers programs of study leading to the Bachelor of Arts,
Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Bachelor of
Music, Bachelor of Social Work, Associate of Science and Associate of
Technology degrees, various pre-professional curricula, and one-year
occupational certificate programs.
When planning their course work, students should acquaint them-
selves with the programs of study and graduation requirements outlined
in this Catalog. Freshman students may consult faculty members during
the summer months before the beginning of the fall term. Students
planning to teach should consult the Department of Education and
Psychology so as to include courses in teacher education as a part of their
program in order to qualify for denominational and state certification.
Degree candidates are responsible for satisfying all degree require-
ments. Students may choose to meet the requirements of any one catalog
in effect during the period of residency. If students discontinue for a
period of twelve months or more, they must qualify according to a single
catalog in force subsequent to their return.
9
Academic Policies
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Baccalaureate Degree
1 U The general degree requirements for a baccalaureate degree are as
follows:
► Satisfactory make-up of admissions deficiencies. (See page 195).
► A minimum of 124 semester hours with a resident and cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.* Students earning the
Bachelor of Science degree in Nursing must take 130 semester
hours and those earning the Bachelor of Music degree will need
132 semester hours.
► A minimum of 40 hours of upper division credit, to include at least
14 upper division hours in the major for a B.A. degree and at least
18 upper division hours in the major for all other degrees.
► Completion of a major and minor (two majors accepted) for a B.A.
degree or completion of a major for other degrees with a cumulative
grade point average of 2.25 in the major,* completion of the general
education requirements, and electives to satisfy the total credit
requirements for graduation. Courses completed with grades lower
than a *'C— " may not be applied on a major or minor.
► More than one major may be earned provided all courses required
for each major and its cognates are completed. Some courses may
apply to both majors, but a minimum of 20 hours in the second
major must not overlap with those in the first major.
A major and minor, with different names, may be earned in the
same department provided all requirements for both are met. Some
courses may apply to both, but a minimum of 14 hours in the minor
must not overlap with those in the major.
Two emphases of the same major may be earned provided that all
requirements for both are met and that 14 hours above the number
ordinarily required for the major are earned.
► Completion of an examination as required by the department.
► Students wishing to obtain a second degree will need to complete,
beyond the 124 minimum hours required, a minimum of 30 hours,
including 16 hours upper division, and a new major.
► Completion of three writing emphasis courses including one in the
major field and one outside the major field.
GENERAL DEGREE REQUIREMENTS: Associate Degree
► A minimum of 64 semester hours and a resident and cumulative
grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above. *Nursing majors need 69
semester hours.
► Completion of a major with a cumulative grade point average of at
least 2.00, the general education requirements, and electives to
Academic Policies
satisfy the total credit requirements for graduation. Courses com-
pleted with grades lower than ! 'C - ' ' may not be applied on a major. | |
► Students who have completed one associate degree and who wish
to obtain another associate degree may do so upon completion of
the curriculum prescribed for the second degree. The work com-
pleted for the second degree must include at least 24 hours in
residence over and above the number of hours earned for the first
degree. If the second associate degree is earned subsequent to the
first associate degree, the requirements for the second degree will
be governed by the provisions of the Catalog in effect at the time
the student re-enters the college for work toward the second de-
gree.
► Students who wish to obtain an associate degree at the time they
receive a baccalaureate degree may do so if the degrees are in
different fields. If requirements for an associate and a baccalaureate
degree in the same field are completed at the same time, only the
higher degree will be conferred.
ONE- YEAR CERTIFICATE REQUIREMENTS
► A minimum of 32 semester hours which meet the requirements of a
specific one-year program.
► A resident and cumulative grade point average of 2.00 (C) or above.
Grades in the technical area below "C— " will not be accepted.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS: Minor
► A minimum of eighteen semester hours of which six must be upper
division credit.
CLASS STANDING
Freshmen 0-23 semester hours
Sophomores 24-54 semester hours
Juniors 55-93 semester hours
Seniors 94- semester hours
Eligibility for class office requires a grade point average of 2.25 and a
good citizenship record.
*For educational certification, the minimum grade point average (GPA) of 2.5
must be met both in education and in the field of certification. In elementary
education, a GPA of 2.25 is required in cognate courses. The music major
requires a GPA of 2.25 both in applied music and other music courses. The
nursing major requires a GPA of 2.25 in cognate courses as well as in the major.
The medical technology major requires minimum grades of C- and a minimum
average of 2.25 in the major and cognates.
Academic Policies
GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS
J 2 Degree Candidacy; A student may become a degree candidate when he
enters upon the school term during which it will be possible to complete
all requirements for graduation. Formal application for graduation must
be made during the fall registration of the senior year.
Dates of Graduation; The date of graduation will be (a) the date of
commencement for those graduating at the close of each semester or (b)
for others, the last day of the month in which graduation requirements
are met. There will be a commencement ceremony in December and in
May for the 1987-88 school year. In subsequent years there will be only
one commencement ceremony, in May.
Transcripts; Before a student will be allowed to graduate, transcripts
of all correspondence and transfer credits must be received at the Office
of Records.
Participation in Graduation Exercises: Students are allowed to par-
ticipate in commencement exercises only if they have completed all the
courses they need for graduation.
In Absentia Policy; Seniors who are enrolled at Southern College
during the semester in which the commencement exercise is held are to
be present for the ceremony or an in absentia fee of $40 will be levied.
De/erred Graduation; Students ordinarily are allowed to graduate
under the requirements of the Catalog of the year in which they enter the
college or of any subsequent year in which they are in attendance
provided they do not discontinue attendance for twelve months or more.
Students who are studying for a baccalaureate degree and fail to
graduate within six calendar years (four years for an associate degree),
must plan to conform to the current Catalog.
RESIDENCE REQUIREMENTS
Baccalaureate Degree; Thirty semester horn's of credit must be com-
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the bac-
calaureate degree. These hours must include 16 upper division, with
eight upper division in the major and three upper division in the minor
fields.
Associate Degree: Twenty-eight semester hours of credit must be
completed in residence immediately preceding the conferment of the
associate degree. Sixteen of these hours must be in the major area of
study.
Certificate Programs; Eighteen semester hours of credit must be com-
pleted in residence immediately preceding the conferment of a one-year
certificate.
Transfer Credit; Unless prior arrangements were made with the Vice
President for Academic Administration, the college will not accept
Academic Policies
transfer credit earned at another college or university during any session
the student was simultaneously enrolled at Southern College. J %
UPPER DIVISION CLASSES
Students must complete forty semester hours of 100 and 200 level
courses (lower division) before enrolling in a 300 or 400 level course
(upper division). The English composition and mathematics require-
ments must be met before enrollment in upper division classes.
GENERAL EDUCATION
It is an awesome task to distill from the accumulated human experi-
ence those stories, histories, thoughts, and skills which can be trans-
mitted in a classroom setting and at the same time contribute maximally
and positively to the student's own experience. The choices are many,
and competition for inclusion is intensive. Yet degree programs do
necessitate a certain amount of structure so choices have to be made.
Each department is allowed a great deal of freedom in choosing require-
ments for the major area of specialization. However, the faculty have
chosen certain experiences, known as general education requirements,
to which they feel all degree candidates should have some exposure.
Underlying all general education requirements are the basic academic
skills of English and mathematics. Proficiency in these skills is essential
to the transmission of much of the human experience.
The faculty of Southern College chooses without apology the religious
experience as fundamental to a correct understanding of all of man's
other experiences. The religious experience embodied in the teachings
of the Seventh-day Adventist Church has been chosen to be transmitted
to the students. It is recommended as enabling, enriching, and uplifting.
One builds the present and future upon the past, therefore, it is neces-
sary that one have a historical perspective. A society which allows its
members a voice in shaping its political, social and economic institu-
tions can survive only if these citizens are well versed in mankind's
history and cognizant of experiences, past and present, with these in-
stitutions.
Language, literature, and the arts give expression to thoughts and
feelings. Acquaintance with these modes of communication enriches
the life through more effective expression of one's thoughts and feelings
and through better understanding and appreciation of the thoughts and
feelings of others.
A study of the natural sciences develops an inquiring attitude toward
one's environment, It provides individuals with empirical and rational
methods of inquiry and an awareness of both the potential and the
limitations of science and technology in solving problems.
Social units ranging from the individual through the family, church,
Academic Policies
communities, and nations exert a tremendous influence upon one's life.
| IJL A study of those units and the conditions which affect them positively or
adversely contributes to individuals' adjustment within their society
and their opportunity to improve both themselves and society.
Creative, practical, and recreational skills provide exercise, relax-
ation, and a sense of well-being and accomplishment. They provide a
wholesome and healthy diversion from heavy academic programs and
from work responsibilities later in life.
GENERAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach.
AREA A. BASIC ACADEMIC SKILLS
All Area A courses must be completed be-
fore upper division work is undertaken.
Upper division transfer students may take
Area A requirements concurrently with
upper division classes.
1. English
ENGL 101 is required for an associate
degree; ENGL 101 and 102 for a
bachelor's degree. Students with ACT
English score below 13 must take ENGL
099 before enrolling for ENGL 101.
2. Mathematics
Students with a Math ACT score below
22 must take one of the following: MATH
103, 104, 114, 215. MATH 099 is required
of all students with a Math ACT score
below 12.
AREA B. RELIGION
Transfer students must take 3 hours for each
year or part thereof in attendance at an SDA
college with a minimum of 6 hours.
Bachelor's degree students must take at
least three hours from each of the sub-areas.
1. Biblical Studies
All RELB courses.
2. Religion
All RELT courses; RELP 455. (Only one
of RELT 317, 318, 424, will apply.)
AREA C. HISTORY, POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC
SYSTEMS
Students with less than one secondary
school credit for World History must in-
3-6
6-9
0-3
0-3
12
Academic Policies
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach.
elude one of the following: HIST 174, 175,
364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389.
1. History
All HIST courses.
2. Political and Economic Systems
All PLSC courses; GEOG 204 (elementary
education majors only); GEOG 306,
ECON 213, 224, 225.
AREA D. LANGUAGE. LITERATURE, FINE ARTS
Bachelor's degree students must include at
least 2 hours in each of 3 sub-areas (2 sub-
areas if required to take 6 hours of foreign
languagej. Students entering Southern Col-
lege who have less than two secondary
school credits of foreign language and who
are pursuing a Bachelor of Arts degree must
complete the elementary level of a foreign
language.
1. Foreign Language
FREN 101-102, 211-212; GRMN 101-102,
211-212; SPAN 101-102, 211-212, 344;
RELL 271-272, 311-312, 471-472.
2. Literature
All ENGL literature courses; all SPAN
literature; MDLG 304.
3. Music and Art Appreciation
HMNT 205; MUHL 115, 215, 314, 315;
ART 218, 318, 344, 345.
4. Speech
SPCH 135, 136, 236.
AREA E. NATURAL SCIENCE
Bachelor's degree students must take at
least 3 hours from each of 2 sub-areas. Only
one of the following may apply: BIOL 424,
PHYS 317, 318. Students who have less than
two secondary school units in science must
take 3 hours of science above the usual re-
quirements; e.g. associate degree students
must take 6 hours and bachelor's degree
students must take 9 hours.
1. Biology
BIOL 101-102, 103, 104, 125, 155-156,
226, 314, 424.
15
6
3
3-6
6-9
Academic Policies
16
Semester Hours
Assoc. Bach.
AREA F.
2. Chemistry
CHEM 111-112, 113-114, 151-152, 203.
3. Physics
PHYS 107, 155, 211-212, 213-214, 317,
318.
4. Earth Science
ERSC 105, 106.
BEHAVIORAL, FAMILY,
HEALTH SCIENCES
Bachelor's degree students must include at
least 2 hours in each of 2 sub-areas.
1. Behavioral Science
All PSYC courses except 326; all SOCI
courses except 223, 365; SOCW 221, 222,
316, 375; EDUC 217, 427.
2. Family Science
HMEC 146, 147, 201, 202, 313; BUAD
128, SOCI 223, 365; PSYC 233.
3. Health Science
HLED 173, 203; FDNT 125.
AREA G. ACTIVITY SKILLS
Associate degree students may take a
maximum of 2 hours in any sub-area;
bachelor's degree students may take a
maximum of 3 hours in any sub-area. All
students must take at least 1 hour from G-3.
1. Creative Skills
All MUPF courses; ART 104-105, 109,
110, 215, 235; ENGL 314; CRTF 112, 225,
312.
2. Practical Skills
ACCT 103, 121-122; AUTO 223; CPTR
105, 106, 107, 120, 125, 127, 131, 132,
217, 218; CLTX 164, 165, 166; HMEC
244, 345; FDNT 126, 127, 317; TECH 145,
149, 154, 164, 174, 349, 364; SECR 104,
105, 114, 115, 214, 218; LIBR 125; EDUC
250.
3. Recreational Skills
All PEAC courses; PETH 261. All PEAC
courses will be graded on a pass/fail
basis.
Academic Policies
ADDITIONAL BACHELOR'S DEGREE REQUIREMENTS
1. Forty upper division hours. J 7
2. Three writing-emphasis classes. These
classes are identified by a "(W)" follow-
ing the course name, e.g., History of the
South (W), in the divisional listings. One
such class must be in the student's major
field and one must be outside the major
field.
SOUTHERN SCHOLARS (Honors Program)
The honors program is designed for students who bring to their bac-
calaureate studies a high degree of motivation and intellectual curiosity.
Special projects, interdisciplinary studies and designated honors
courses provide a challenging and intellectually stimulating educa-
tional experience. Degrees of depth and breadth are attained in this
experience beyond those normally attained in regular baccalaureate
studies.
The program is administered by an honors committee. This committee
admits students to the program and discontinues honors status of those
who fail to maintain minimum program standards. Its members also
advise individual Southern Scholars and continually monitor their
progress.
Eligible students will be invited to become Southern Scholars during
registration. Freshmen are eligible if they have a high school GPA of 3.70
or higher. Other students must have completed at least thirty-one and at
most sixty-two semester hours with a cumulative GPA of 3 . 50 or higher.
To continue as Southern Scholars, students must complete a
minimum of twelve credits each semester and thirty-one credits each
calendar year. They must also enroll in appropriate honors sequence
courses, receive a grade of B (3.00) or higher in each honors sequence
course and maintain a minimum cumulative GPA of 3.50. All honors
students are expected to graduate within a four-year period unless ex-
tenuating circumstances justify an extension by the honors committee.
Ordinarily, all courses of the honors sequence must be taken in resi-
dence. Limited exceptions may be made by the honors committee in the
case of transfer students. Students already enrolled at Southern College
who wish to take classes at another institution must secure prior ap-
proval from the honors committee.
After successfully completing one year in the honors program, a
Southern Scholar will be eligible to audit one class per semester without
charge. In addition, upper division students who have maintained their
participation in this program for at least one year will receive a $500
tuition scholarship.
Academic Policies
HONORS STUDIES SEQUENCE
j| O A. General Education
Honors students must meet regular general education requirements
with the following stipulations:
1. Area B-2. One of the following courses must be selected: BIOL
325, PHYS 317, PHYS 318.
2. Area D-l. Foreign language competency must be attained at the
intermediate level.
3. Area D-2. One of the following courses must be selected: ENGL
445, MDLG 304.
4. Area D-3. HMNT 205 must be selected.
5. AreaE. MATH 115 or MATH 215 and one of the following science
sequences must be selected: BIOL 155-156; CHEM 151-152;
PHYS 211-212 with PHYS 213-214.
B. Honors Seminar
HMNT 451, 452, a sequence of eight lectures, one each month,
September through April. Taken during the junior or senior year.
C. Project (2-3 hours, Directed Study)
A significant interdisciplinary project demonstrating an under-
standing of the relationship between the student's major field and
some other discipline. Directed study research, writing, special per-
formance, appropriate to the major in question. The honors commit-
tee expects the project to be of sufficiently high quality to justify
public presentation. The project must be approved by the honors
committee in consultation with the student and his supervising
professor.
GRADUATION WITH HONORS
Students graduating with a cumulative GPA of 3.50 or above will have
the degree conferred as follows: 3.50-3.74, cum laude; 3.75-3.89, magna
cum Jaude; 3.90-4.00, summa cum laude. The appropriate designations
will appear on the diploma. Students completing the honors program
will, in addition to the above designation, be graduated as Southern
Scholars.
HONOR ROLL/DEAN'S LIST
At the conclusion of each semester of the school year, students who
have carried a minimum of 1 2 semester hours and who have attained the
following grade point averages will be included in the honors group
indicated.
3.25 Honor Roll
3.50 Dean's List
3.75 Distinguished Dean's List
Academic Policies
MAJOR AND MINOR REQUIREMENTS
Southern College offers 42 majors and 28 minors for students wishing
to qualify for a baccalaureate degree. Each major consists of thirty hours
or more in the chosen field of specialization of which a minimum of
fourteen for a Bachelor of Arts degree and eighteen for all other
Bachelor's degrees must be upper division credit. The total semester
hours required for each major for the Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of
Business Administration, Bachelor of Music, and Bachelor of Social
Work degrees varies with the field of specialization chosen.
All minors consist of eighteen semester hours. Six hours of a minor
must be upper division credit.
The specific requirements for majors and minors are given under the
respective disciplines in the section "Courses of Study.' '
BACHELOR DEGREE PROGRAMS
Majors offered for the Bachelor of Arts degree are:
Art Journalism - News Editorial
Biology Mathematics
Chemistry Music
Computer Science Physics
English Public Relations
French Psychology
German Religion - Ministerial
History Religion - Non-Ministerial
International Studies Spanish
Journalism - Broadcasting
Majors offered for the Bachelor of Science degree are:
Behavioral Science - Health, Physical Education
Family Studies and Recreation
Behavioral Science - Health Science
Sociology Home Economics
Biology Long-Term Health Care
Business Administration Mathematics
Chemistry Medical Technology
Computer Science Nursing
Elementary Education Office Administration
Food Service Administration Physics
Majors offered for the Bachelor of Business Administration are:
Accounting
Computer Information Systems
Management
The Bachelor of Music degree is available to students planning to
major in music with special emphasis in music education. The detailed
Academic Policies
requirements for this professional degree are outlined under the De-
2(1 partment of Music.
The Bachelor of Social Work degree is available to students planning
on a career in social work. The detailed requirements are outlined under
the Department of Behavioral Science.
Minors are offered in most majors and emphases as well as the follow-
ing:
Biblical Languages Practical Theology
Foods and Food Service Technology
ASSOCIATE DEGREE PROGRAMS
Southern College offers the following associate degrees:
Accounting Nursing
Allied Health (3 areas) Office Administration
Computer Science (3 areas)
Engineering Studies Pre-Dietetics
Food Service Pre-Health Information
General Studies Administration
Home Economics
Complete details of course requirements for the associate degrees are
outlined in the descriptions in the bulletin section "Courses of Study."
ONE-YEAR CERTIFICATE PROGRAMS
The college has one-year certificate programs in the following areas:
Auto Body Repair (Technology)
Food Service Production (Home Economics)
Requirements for these programs are given in the appropriate de-
partmental sections of this Catalog.
PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA
Southern College offers pre-professional and pre-technical programs
in a wide variety of fields which may prepare students for admission to
professional schools or to enter upon technical careers. Below are listed
the pre-professional curricula offered at Southern College.
Anesthesia Occupational Therapy
Dental Hygiene Optometry
Dentistry Osteopathic Medicine
Dietetics Pharmacy
Law Physical Therapy
Medical Technology Public Health Science
Medicine Veterinary Medicine
An A.S. degree in Allied Health is available to students who spend two
or more years at Southern College while fulfilling pre-professional re-
quirements in the allied health fields of Dental Hygiene, Dietetics, MedU
Academic Information
cal Records Administration, Occupational Therapy, Physical Therapy,
Radiology Technology, and Respiratory Therapy. Pre-professional and O |
technical admission requirements may vary from one professional
school to another. The student is, therefore, advised to become ac-
quainted with the admission requirements of the chosen school.
Detailed requirements for non-degree pre-professional curricula are
outlined by department or in the section on "Interdepartmental Pro-
grams," (See Index).
ACADEMIC INFORMATION
REGISTRATION
Students are expected to register during the scheduled registration
periods designated in the school calendar. The registration process is
complete only after all procedures have been met and registration forms
are returned to the Office of Records. Freshmen are required to partici-
pate in the orientation activities.
Late Registration. Permission to register late must be obtained from
the Director of Records. Students failing to register during the scheduled
registration periods will be assessed a late registration fee of $25.00. The
course load of a late registrant will be reduced by one to two semester
hours for each expired week of instruction. No student may register after
two weeks of the semester have elapsed.
Changes in Registration. To avoid changes in registration the student
should carefully consider the program of courses necessary to meet
his/her objectives. To avoid subsequent adjustments, a balance should be
maintained between the course load, work program, and extracurricular
activities.
To make program changes the student must obtain the appropriate
change of registration voucher at the Office of Records. After obtaining
the necessary signatures indicating approval of the change, the student
must return the form to the Office of Records. Course changes and
complete withdrawals from the school become effective on the date the
voucher is filed at the Office of Records. A fee of $10.00 will be assessed
for each change in program after the first week of instruction.
A student may not change from one course section to another without
the approval of the instructor.
A student may withdraw from a class up to two weeks after mid-term
and receive a grade of ' ' W" automatically. A student withdrawing from a
class after that up to two weeks before the last day of classes will be
assigned a grade of "W" or "WF" by the teacher. The grade for any
withdrawal after that will automatically be "F."
Auditing Courses. With the approval of the department, students may
Academic Information
register on an audit basis in courses (other than private lessons) for
2 2 which they are qualified . Auditors are to be admitted to classes of limited
enrollment only if there are places after all students who wish to enroll
for credit have been accommodated. Class attendance is expected but
examinations and reports may be omitted. With the approval of the
instructor, a student may change a course registration from audit to
credit or from credit to audit only during the first week of instruction. No
credit is given for courses audited, and the fee is one-half of the regular
tuition charge.
COURSE LOAD
College courses are expressed in semester hours at Southern College.
A semester hour consists of one fifty-minute class period per week for
one semester. Thus, two-semester-hour classes meet two hours a week
and three-semester-hour classes meet three hours a week. A laboratory
period of two and one-half to three hours is equal to one class period.
Students should expect to study between one and one-half and two
hours outside of class for each fifty-minute period the class meets. Thus a
sixteen-semester-hour class load should require forty or more hours of
study each week on the part of the student. Except by permission of the
Vice President for Academic Administration, a student may not register
for more than eighteen semester hours.
To qualify for a baccalaureate degree in four years, a student must
average between fifteen and sixteen hours per semester. The summer
term may be used to advantage by students wishing to complete degree
requirements in less than four years or by students having to take re-
duced programs of studies during the regular academic year.
Study-Work Program. It is exceedingly important that the student
adjust the course load to achieve a reasonable balance in study and work.
During registration the student should confer with his adviser in plan-
ning the proper balance of study and work. In determining an acceptable
study-work program, the following will serve as a guide.
Maximum
Course Load Work Load
16 hours 16 hours
14 hours 20 hours
12 hours 26 hours
10 hours 32 hours
8 hours 38 hours
FULL-TIME STUDENT
Students enrolled for twelve or more semester hours and students in
the last semester of their senior year who are taking all the courses
required for graduation (but no fewer than eight semester hours) will be
classified as full-time students. The completion of nine or more semester
Academic Information
hours will constitute full-time enrollment for the summer. Students
receiving financial aid should consult the Student Finance Office for the
definitions of a full-time student set up by the various agencies which
offer aid.
GRADING SYSTEM
Mid-semester and semester grade reports are issued to the student and
parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes. Only
semester grades are recorded on the student's permanent record.
The following system of grading and grade point values is used:
A 4.0 grade points per hour D 1.0 grade points per hour
A- 3.7 grade points per hour D- 0.7 grade points per hour
B+ 3.3 grade points per hour F 0.0 grade points per hour
B 3.0 grade points per hour W Withdrawal
B- 2.7 grade points per hour WF Withdrew Failing
C+ 2.3 grade points per hour (0.0 grade points per hour)
C 2.0 grade points per hour AU Audit
C- 1.7 grade points per hour I Incomplete
D+ 1.3 grade points per hour P Pass
A student may receive an "I" (incomplete) because of illness or other
unavoidable delay. Students who are eligible for an incomplete must
secure from the Office of Records the proper form and file the application
with the teacher to receive an incomplete. Any incomplete which is not
removed by the end of the following term (Fall, Spring, Summer) will
automatically become an "F."
A course in which the student received a grade of "C," "D," or "F" may
be repeated before he takes a more advanced course in the same field.
Only the last grade will be counted on repeated courses. No course may
be repeated more than once without permission from the Vice President
for Academic Administration.
The grade point average is calculated by dividing the total number of
grade points earned by the hours attempted.
STUDENT RECORDS
A student's record is regarded as confidential, and release of the
record or of information contained therein is governed by regulations of
the federal law on "Family Educational Rights and Privacy." Only direc-
tory information, such as a student's name, address, telephone listing,
birthplace and date, major fields of study, participation in officially
recognized activities and sports, dates of attendance, degrees and
awards received, and the most recent previous educational agency or
institution attended, may be released by the institution without consent
of the student unless the student has asked SC to withhold such informa-
tion.
Parents of students termed "dependent" for income tax purposes are
Academic Information
entitled to access to the student's educational records. The law also
24 provides for the release of information to College personnel who demon-
strate a legitimate educational interest, other institutions engaged in
research (provided information is not revealed to any other parties), and
certain federal and state government officials.
A student may inspect and review records and is entitled to challenge
the content of records.
A more thorough explanation of records may be obtained from the
Office of Records. The Director of Records will further explain and
clarify the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act to students, par-
ents, or interested parties upon request.
ACADEMIC HONESTY
Morally and spiritually, Southern College is dedicated to scholastic
integrity. Consequently, both students and faculty are required to main-
tain high ethical, Christian levels of honesty.
Faculty Responsibilities:
1. Teachers must explain clearly the requirements for assignments,
examinations, and projects, such as "open book," "take home," or "peer
collaboration."
2. Teachers may assume "no collaboration" is the rule unless they
state otherwise.
Student Responsibility:
1. Students assume responsibility for learning the proper procedures
for acknowledging borrowed wording, information, or ideas. Otherwise
students might innocently misrepresent others' material as their own.
2. Students unfamiliar with procedures for citing sources should
confer with their teacher.
3. Students are to assume all course work is "no collaboration" unless
stated otherwise by the teacher.
Departmental Policies:
Some departments, because of the nature of their programs, have
additional honesty policies which have the same force as those pub-
lished here. Such policies will be presented to students before im-
plementation.
Procedures for Handling Academic Dishonesty:
1. When a teacher suspects academic dishonesty in some form, such
as cheating or plagiarizing, the teacher must first confront the student
with the dishonesty. If the student and teacher cannot resolve the situa-
tion, or if the student's grade will be affected, then the Vice President for
Academic Administration must be consulted.
2. In established instances of academic dishonesty, the usual proce-
dures for the teacher to follow will be to:
Academic Information
a. Give the student a failing grade on the exam, assignment or project
if the magnitude of either is not sufficient for failing the class. O K
b. Give the student a failing grade in the class if failing the exam,
assignment or project would constitute failing the class.
The teacher will then write up the incident and state the penalty
administered, giving a copy to both the Vice President for Academic
Administration and the student.
3 . Two incidents of academic dishonesty make a student eligible to be
dismissed from college. However, the student may then appeal the
action through the established appeal procedures.
ACADEMIC PROBATION AND DISMISSAL
When for any reason a student's Southern College or cumulative grade
point average falls below 2.00, the student will be placed on academic
probation and restricted from holding office in any student organization
or being a member of any touring group. Those on academic probation
will not be allowed to participate in academic activities causing class
absences.
Any baccalaureate senior with a grade point average of less than 2.25
in his major will also be placed on academic probation. Candidates for an
associate of science degree must have a grade point average of at least
1.95 before being accepted for their final year and at least 2.00 after
attempting 53 or more semester hours. Candidates for a one-year certifi-
cate must have at least a 2.00 average at the end of the second semester of
enrollment. No more than one additional semester of enrollment will be
permitted. If the 2.00 grade point average is not then reached, the student
will be dismissed.
Transfer students must have a grade point average of at least 2.00 in
order to be eligible for regular admission to Southern College.
A student will be subject to academic dismissal when the Southern
College or cumulative grade point average fails to reach the levels
indicated below. The academic record will be reviewed by a committee,
and the Vice President for Academic Administration will notify the
student in writing of the committee's decision.
Semester Hours Attempted
G.PA. /Subject to Dismissal
6-48
1.50
49-64
1.65
65-80
1.75
81-93
1.85
94-116
1.95
117-up
2.00
A student academically dismissed may not be readmitted until two
sessions (for this purpose the summer is counted as one session) have
elapsed. Eligibility for readmission shall include successful college-
Academic Information
26
level work taken in another institution or other evidence of maturity and
motivation.
In order to be eligible for financial aid, the recipient must maintain
satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory academic progress is de-
fined as maintaining a cumulative and resident grade point average of
2.0. If a student does not maintain satisfactory academic progress, fails to
attend classes, prepare and submit required classwork, or take required
examinations, financial aid will be suspended.
If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Academic Prog-
ress Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from
institutional and private sources as well as federal programs.
RIGHT OF PETITION
Students who believe there is a valid reason for requesting variance
from or exception to an academic policy stated in the Catalog may
make a petition to the Vice President for Academic Administration for
consideration of their case after obtaining the advice and signature of the
department chairman of their major. The petition must contain a state-
ment of the request and supporting reasons. Students will be notified in
writing by the Vice President for Academic Administration of the action
on petitions within five working days. Petition forms are available from
the Records Office.
GRIEVANCE PROCEDURE
Students who believe that their academic rights have been infringed
upon or that they have been treated unjustly with respect to their
academic program are entitled to a fair and impartial consideration of
their cases. They should do the following to effect a solution.
1. Present the case to the teacher or teachers concerned.
2. If necessary, discuss the problem with the department chairman.
3. If agreement is not reached at this level, submit the matter to the
Vice President for Academic Administration.
4. Finally, ask for a review of the case by the Grievance Committee,
chaired by the Vice President for Academic Administration or his desig-
nee and including three other faculty members and two students
selected by the Academic Affairs Committee. Both the student and the
teacher involved in the case are entitled to appear before the committee
or to present a written statement of the case. The decision of the commit-
tee shall be presented in writing to the individuals involved within three
days of the committee meeting unless a later time is agreed upon by both
parties. The decision of the committee is binding and will be im-
plemented by the teacher involved or the Vice President for Academic
Administration.
Academic Information
ABSENCES
Class. Attendance at class and laboratory appointments is required. 27
Absences are dealt with in two ways. Teachers may excuse absences
themselves or ask their students to submit excuses to the Absence Com-
mittee. Students are told at the beginning of each semester which of the
two means will be used in the class.
Generally speaking, absences will not be excused by either a teacher or
the Absence Committee for reasons other than illness, authorized school
trips, or emergencies beyond the student's control. Absences due to
illness are not normally excused unless the student contacts Student
Health Service prior to the absence. Non-emergency medical appoint-
ments must not interfere with the class program.
For classes in which the Absence Committee is used, a completed
absence excuse form (one for each class) must be placed in the absence
box, located in the Student Center, no later than noon the first Monday
following the absence. Absence forms are available at the Student Cen-
ter, library, switchboard, and residence halls. The Absence Committee
determines whether or not to excuse the absence and so notifies the
teacher of its decision.
Students having absences exceeding in number* twice the number of
course credit hours (six absences for a three-hour credit course) may, at
the teacher's discretion and after consultation with the Vice President
for Academic Administration, be dropped from the class.
Make-up work is not normally allowed in the case of homework or
quizzes missed due to absences. Teachers have the option of recording
homework and quiz averages if the absence is excused. Tests and major
assignments missed because of excused absences Eire made up as ar-
ranged with the teacher.
Examination. Because of problems concerning time, expense and
fairness, final examinations are rarely rescheduled. Students desiring to
reschedule final examinations must obtain a request form from the Vice
President for Academic Administration, fill it out completely, make two
additional copies and submit all three copies to the teacher involved.
The teacher will approve or deny the request, return one copy to the
student and send one to the Vice President for Academic Administra-
tion. If approved, the rescheduled examination will be given at a time
convenient to the teacher and a fee of $40 per examination will be
assessed. The $40 fee will be waived in cases of illness verified by
Student Health Service or a physician, death in the immediate family, or
three or more examinations scheduled for one day.
Chapel. The chapel service is provided for the spiritual and cultural
benefit of the college family, to promote the interests of Southern Col-
* One and one-half absences are given for missing a 75-minute class, two for
missing a 100-minute class, etc.
Academic Information
lege, and to develop and conserve a spirit of campus unity. The chapel
2 |j attendance policy is the same as for class attendance in that no absences
are permitted except for illnesses, authorized school trips, or emergen-
cies. An excuse must be presented at the office of the Vice President for
Student Affairs within 48 hours after the absence. It is the responsibility
of the students to keep track of their chapel absences. Students are
allowed four unexcused absences from chapel per semester. Additional
unexcused absences can result in a student's being placed on Citizen-
ship Probation. A continued absence problem is cause for dismissal. A
satisfactory chapel attendance record is required for readmission.
A special chapel/orientation program is scheduled during the fourth
summer session.
WAIVER EXAMINATIONS
Upon the approval of the department chairman and the Vice President
for Academic Administration, students may obtain a waiver of curricu-
lar requirements by successfully completing a comprehensive
examination — written, oral, manipulative, or otherwise, as determined
by the division involved. A fee of $40 per examination is charged.
NONTRADITIONAL COLLEGE CREDIT
In addition to credit earned in the traditional classroom setting,
Southern College accepts credit earned by two other means — challenge
examinations and correspondence courses.
The goals and objectives of the college emphasize not only facts and
concepts but also values and attitudes which are not easily transmitted
through correspondence courses or measured by examinations. These
values and attitudes can best be developed by the student's interacting
over a period of time with peers and teachers committed to moral
excellence, critical thinking, and the pursuit of truth. For this reason,
most college credits should be earned through class participation. How-
ever, the college will permit a maximum of one-fourth of the credit
required for a given degree to be earned by these nontraditional means.
College Credit by Examination. The college recognizes three types of
examinations for credit: challenge examinations prepared by a division
which must be passed at "B" level or above, approved College Level
Examination Program (CLEP) subject examinations which must be
passed at the 65th percentile or above, and the Advanced Placement
Examinations which must be passed with a score of three or better. A
student may challenge a given course by examination only once. No
CLEP or challenge exam may be attempted after the student has been
enrolled in that course beyond the second week of a semester. No course
may be challenged as part of the last thirty hours of any degree. Grades
are recorded for departmental challenge examinations and scaled scores
are recorded for nationally normed examinations. Permission to take a
Academic Information
challenge examination while in residence must be obtained from both
the department chairman and the Vice President for Academic Ad- 2Q
ministration.
Credit for challenge and/or validation examinations will not be placed
on a student's permanent record and is, therefore, not transferable until
that student has successfully completed twelve semester hours in resi-
dence at Southern College.
Fees charged for challenge examination and credit are listed under
"Special Fees and Charges" in the financial section of this Catalog.
Additional information concerning challenge examinations may be
obtained from the Office of Records or the Counseling and Testing
Center.
Correspondence. A maximum of twelve semester hours of corre-
spondence or extension credit may apply toward a baccalaureate degree
program and eight hours toward an associate degree.
Home Study International of Washington, D.C., is the officially recog-
nized correspondence school. Southern College recommends Home
Study International for those students needing correspondence credit
and accepts all such credits when the study program is approved by the
college prior to enrollment.
A student will be permitted to carry correspondence work while in
residence only if the required course is unobtainable at the college.
Correspondence courses, whether taken while in residence or during the
summer, must be approved in advance by the college.
Correspondence work may not apply on the upper division require-
ments of the major or minor. A minimum grade of "B" must be earned to
apply on the lower division requirements for a major. Correspondence
credit with a "D" grade is unacceptable and a course in which the
student earned a grade of "D" or "F" while in residence may not be
repeated by correspondence. No correspondence credit will be entered
on the student's record until he has earned a minimum of twelve hours in
residence with an average of at least "C." Official transcripts must be in
the Office of Records before a diploma will be ordered. The graduation
date will be the last day of the month after the official transcript is
received.
TRANSCRIPTS
Official transcripts of a student's academic record may be obtained by
the student upon a written request to the Office of Records. The request
must include the student's signature and payment of $2.00 in cash,
check, or money order for each transcript ordered. Same-day service is
available for $5.00. Because of legal difficulties, telephone requests from
students or written requests from other members of the student's family
cannot be honored.
Academic Enrichment Services
A student may receive an unofficial transcript for evaluative purposes
Qft without charge by applying in person at the Office of Records. Official
transcripts given directly to a student will be stamped "Student Copy."
No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid in
full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions will
be made.
SEQUENCE OF COURSES
A student may not receive credit for a course which is prerequisite to a
course for which he has already received credit.
COURSE NUMBERS
Each course number consists of three figures as follows:
The first numeral indicates class year status as follows:
— remedial (Institutional credit only)
1 — freshman level (lower division)
2 — sophomore level (lower division)
3 — junior level (upper division)
4 — senior level (upper division)
Within a given 100 sequence there is no necessary significance in one
course number being higher than another. For instance, 265 does not
necessarily mean that the course is on a higher level than 235.
Course numbers that stand alone represent courses of one semester
which are complete units. Course numbers separated by a comma repre-
sent complete units, either one of which may be counted for graduation
without reference to sequence.
Course numbers separated by a hyphen are two-semester courses in
which credit for the first course is a prerequisite to the second. However,
credit may be given for the first semester when taken alone.
ACADEMIC ENRICHMENT SERVICES
E. A. ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES
The E. A. Anderson Lecture Series is an annual feature of the business
curriculum. The series is made possible by the generosity of E. A. An-
derson of Atlanta, Georgia, for the purpose of giving the student a
broader understanding of the business world.
The public is invited to attend the lectures free of charge; however, for
a fee, continuing education credit is available. All lectures are presented
at 8 p.m. in the E. A. Anderson Business Seminar Room, Brock Hall,
Room 338.
Academic Enrichment Services
EUGENE A. ANDERSON HEILLER ORGAN CONCERT SERIES
The Anderson Heiller Organ Concert Series was initiated in 1986 to j J
provide world-class organ concerts. These concerts and workshops are
presented by foremost organists from throughout the world. Selected
performances are broadcast internationally on "Pipe Dreams."
The series is made possible through the generosity of Eugene A.
Anderson of Atlanta, Ga., for the education and enjoyment of the stu-
dents and the public. Because of its uniqueness, this series attracts
organists and other fine arts enthusiasts from all areas of the country.
The Anton Heiller Memorial Organ, a 70-stop 108-rank tracker, was
dedicated in the Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church in April
1986. A second instrument, a mean-tone organ with two manuals and 13
stops, is housed in Ackerman Auditorium. Both were built by John
Brombaugh and Associates of Eugene, Ore.
FLORENCE OLIVER ANDERSON LECTURE SERIES
Each year the Nursing Department at Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists brings nationally recognized experts in the health field on
campus to address the professional community.
Southern College believes education to be a dynamic lifelong process
and is committed to providing professional nurses with continuing
education opportunities, as well as exposing student nurses to the im-
portance of self-initiated education.
This series of seminars is dedicated to excellence in nursing and is
made possible by the generosity of the late Florence Oliver Anderson.
CHAMBER MUSIC SERIES
Ackerman Auditorium in J. Mabel Wood Hall is the setting for the
Sunday evening Chamber Music Series. Each semester two or three
artists and/or ensembles provide a variety of listening experiences for
students, faculty, and the community. Artists are chosen in such a
fashion that over a four-year period a student can become acquainted
with most types of chamber music.
HUMANITIES/PERSPECTIVES FILM SERIES
Christian education involves the teaching of discretion in society:
how to appreciate human culture while being critical of its content and
direction. These films series, sponsored by the Division of Humanities
and Religion Department, seek to provide films of a serious, mature,
informative, educational, and entertaining nature. They are intended to
augment the educational experience of students at the college level.
The films in these series have been chosen for their societal impact,
historical importance, inspirational depth, classical significance, and
informative value. Critical notes are provided to strengthen the student's
awareness of certain elements in the films.
Academic Enrichment Services
INSTRUCTIONAL MEDIA
The Instructional Media Service serves the college administration,
faculty, staff, and students. The full-time staff includes a director, secre-
tary, and service technician.
LIBRARIES
McKee Library provides both print and nonprint educational mate-
rials for the students and faculty of the college. Open stacks, pleasant
areas to read or study, current periodicals, and a large microform collec-
tion contribute to the enjoyment of learning. Special collections in the
library include the Curriculum Library, a collection of elementary and
secondary education materials; Seventh-day Adventist Heritage Collec-
tion, books and materials by SDA authors and about the Seventh-day
Adventist Church, pictures, periodicals, archive material; the Dr. Ver-
non Thomas Memorial Civil War and Abraham Lincoln Collection,
books, letters, manuscripts, newspapers, pamphlets, pictures, paintings,
maps, and artifacts of this period in American History.
The 10,000 volume extension library at the Orlando Center is well-
known throughout central Florida as an outstanding nursing material
resource center.
The combined collection of these libraries contains approximately
180,000 volumes. Approximately 1,000 periodicals are currently re-
ceived which include a large number of titles kept permanently on
microform. McKee Library has an online computerized card catalog. The
library is a charter member of Ohio College Library Center and South-
eastern Library Network automated systems.
The facility has been in use since 1970, and provides seating for 400,
including 300 individual study carrels. Computer terminals and electric
typewriters are available for student use.
MARINE BIOLOGICAL STATION
Southern College is affiliated with Walla Walla College in the opera-
tion of a marine biological station, located at Rosario Beach on Fidalgo
Island in the Puget Sound of the state of Washington. The Station
provides facilities for undergraduate and graduate students to take
courses and do research during the summer term and for year-round
research. The close proximity to the biological spectrum from sea bottom
to Alpine tundra provides a unique opportunity for instruction and
investigation.
PRESIDENT'S LECTURE SERIES
Initiated in 1985, the President's Lecture Series brings speakers of
national or international prominence to the Southern College campus.
The lecturers address both the general public and the campus commu-
nity. Lecturers for 1985-86 were:
Academic Enrichment Services
1985-86 Rosalyn Yalow, Physicist, Nobel Laureate
1985-86 Chaim Potok, Author, The Chosen and other works QQ
1986-87 Alan Collins, Sculptor aif
1986-87 Charleton Gajdusek, M.D., Nobel Laureate
STALEY CHRISTIAN SCHOLAR LECTURE SERIES
The Thomas F. Staley Foundation provides the Department of Reli-
gion with funds for a speaker to come on campus once a year. This
individual is the speaker for a chapel service, usually holds a table-talk
session during the lunch hour at the cafeteria, and serves as guest
lecturer at several religion classes. Recent lecturers have been:
1984 — Jay E. Adams, Scholar, Author (22 books), Teacher. From
Westminster Theological Seminary, Calif.
1985— Carl F. H. Henry, Editor of Christianity Today 1956-1968,
Scholar, Author (28 books), Lecturer for World Vision Interna-
tional.
1986 — Myron S. Augsburger, President of Eastern Mennonite College
and Seminary, Evangelist of Inter-Church Crusades. Author,
Scholar. Moderator of the General Assembly of the Mennonite
Church 1983-1985.
1987 — Haddon W. Robinson, Director of Dallas Youth for Christ
1952-1955, Professor at Dallas Theological Seminary 1970-
1979, President of Denver Seminary. Scholar, Author.
WSMC FM90.5
WSMC FM90.5 is a 100,000 watt, noncommercial, fine arts radio
station licensed to Southern College.
WSMC provides training for students in the field of broadcasting. The
station regularly hires between 10 and 15 students as on-air announcers,
or production assistants. The station is an excellent way for the student
to receive hands-on experience in the field of broadcasting.
WSMC represents the college to the greater Chattanooga community,
with a coverage area including a 100-mile radius of Chattanooga.
Founded in 1961, it is the oldest noncommercial fine arts station in
southeastern Tennessee. WSMC was the first radio station in a seven-
state region to receive satellite capability. The station also exists as an
outreach of the college — striving to enhance the quality of life in the
community.
Programming on WSMC revolves around the phrase "The Classic
Experience." The station produces high-quality fine arts, informational,
educational, and inspirational programs daily. WSMC is affiliated with
National Public Radio, American Public Radio, the Associated Press,
and the Adventist Radio Network.
WSMC's broadcast studios are located in Brock Hall. The facility
includes a studio-quality production room, news room, music library,
and on-air studios.
COURSES
OF STUDY
ACADEMIC DIVISIONS
For administrative purposes, the departments of instruction are or-
ganized into divisions. The divisions serve to foster interdepartmental
activities and unite departments which are part of the same general field
of knowledge. Listed below are the divisions with their various depart-
ments, directors, and associated programs. The Division of Adult
Studies and Special Programs has no courses of its own, but coordinates
continuing education conventions and workshops and operates the Con-
ference Center.
ADULT STUDIES AND SPECIAL PROGRAMS Dean Kinsey
BUSINESS AND TECHNOLOGY
Business and Office Administration Wayne VandeVere
Technology ". John Durichek
HUMAN DEVELOPMENT
Behavioral Science Ed Lamb
Education and Psychology Gerald Colvin
Health, Physical Education, and Recreation Phil Garver
Home Economics Diane Fletcher
Library Science Peg Bennett
HUMANITIES
Art Robert Garren
English David Smith
History William Wohlers
Journalism and Communication Bill Oliphant
Modern Language Helmut Ott
Music Marvin Robertson
NURSING Katie Lamb
RELIGION Gordon Hyde
SCIENCE
Allied Health Stephen Nyirady
Biology Stephen Nyirady
Chemistry Steven Warren
Computer Science Tim Korson
Engineering Studies Lawrence Hanson
Mathematics Lawrence Hanson
Physics Ray Hefferlin
35
Allied Health
36
ALLIED HEALTH-
Stephen Nyirady, Ph.D., Chairman
Steve Warren, Ph.D., Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy
Marcella Woolsey, Ph.D., Pre-Physical Therapy
Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Medical Technology
The Allied Health Professions are rapidly growing areas of specializa-
tion within the health care industry. Job openings are plentiful and pay
scales are comparable to other professionals in health care. The depart-
ment offers a B.S. degree in Medical Technology and an A.S. degree in
Allied Health (Pre-Dental Hygiene, Pre-Occupational Therapy, Pre-
Physical Therapy).
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in medical technology,
consists of three years of prescribed study at Southern College and a 12-
to 1 3-month senior year in a hospital-based medical technology program
accredited by the Committee on Allied Health Education and Accredita-
tion (CAHEA) of the American Medical Association. Hospital programs
affiliated with Southern College include Erlanger Memorial Hospital,
Florida Hospital Medical Center, and Kettering Medical Center. Intern-
ship in other CAHEA-accredited programs requires prior college ap-
proval.
The medical technology degree qualifies a person to take a number of
national certifying examinations, including those offered by the Board
of Registry of the American Society of Clinical Pathologists (ASCP) and
the National Accrediting Agency for Clinical Laboratory Sciences
(NAACLS). Certified laboratory professionals work in hospitals, clinics,
physicians' offices, public health agencies, private laboratories, phar-
maceutical firms, and research institutions.
The curriculum prescribed by Southern College is designed to meet
the requirements of the college and of the Committee on Allied Health
Education and Accreditation (CAHEA). Affiliated hospitals may have
additional requirements. Students should consult the brochures or ad-
visers of the specific hospitals for those requirements.
Occasionally pre-dental students, pre-medical students, and graduat-
ing seniors in biology or chemistry may wish to become certified Medi-
cal Technologists. This is possible if the student plans courses to fulfill
the requirements of the college and the hospital program.
During the fall semester of the third year, students must apply for
admission to an affiliated hospital-based medical technology program.
Acceptance of the individual student to the senior year program is
determined by the hospital. To be eligible for admission, a student must
complete all of the college course requirements prior to beginning the
Allied Health
senior year. The over-all grade point average must be acceptable to the
college for graduation. Most hospital programs do not accept students Q7
with less than a 2.75 cumulative average on a 4.0 system. Although
hospital acceptances are granted during the junior year, they are condi-
tional, pending satisfactory completion of the stated admission criteria.
Written information about each of the affiliated hospital-based medi-
cal technology programs is available through the college medical
technology adviser. The student should be aware that acceptance
criteria, pre-clinical course requirements, application procedures, tui-
tion for the senior year, and program formats may vary at each affiliated
hospital. There is a $50 recording fee for the senior year.
Major: To include MDTC 225. Cognates: Forty-two hours including
BIOL 151-152, 315, 330; CHEM 151-152, 311, 313; CPTR120, 125, or 131;
MATH 114; BUAD 334.
General Education Requirements: Thirty-five hours including ENGL
101, 102; Religion, 9 hours; History, Biblical Science, and Economics, 6
hours; Language, Literature, and Fine Arts, 6 hours; Behavioral, Family
or Health Sciences, 3 hours; Activity Skills, 5 hours.
Twenty hours of upper division, including two writing courses are
required — one (W) course must be in a cognate area and one in a non-
cognate area.
ELECTIVES 14
Recommendations include:
BIOL 316, 415, 417, 418
CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323, 324
MATH 215
PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214
TOTAL PRE-CLINICAL CREDIT HOURS 93
HOSPITAL CLINICAL (SENIOR) YEAR Variable
Individual affiliated hospital programs should be consulted for their
specific courses and credits. Approximately forty credit hours are given
in the twelve- to fifteen-month clinical programs. Courses taught in
affiliate programs include:
Introduction to Medical Laboratory Science, Urinalysis, Hematol-
ogy, Hemostasis, Immunology, Immunohematology, Clinical Mi-
crobiology, Clinical Mycology, Clinical Parasitology, Clinical Bio-
chemistry, Instrumentation, Research.
2+2 MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM
The 2 +2 ladder program in medical technology permits an individual
possessing an associate degree from an accredited college plus certifica-
tion as a medical laboratory technician [MLT (ASCP) or CLT (NCA)] to
earn a baccalaureate degree in medical technology without duplicating
Allied Health
previous work. For this program, students spend their junior year at
Qll Southern College completing general education and science require-
ments. They spend their senior year at Kettering Medical Center in
Dayton, Ohio, studying advanced topics in clinical laboratory science.
MDTC 225. Introduction to Medical Technology 2 hours
This course is designed to acquaint prospective medical technologists with
the profession. The history and standards of medical technology and
employment opportunities will be surveyed. Elementary clinical laboratory
procedures will be taught and laboratory tours will be conducted.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE IN ALLIED HEALTH
The Associate of Science degree in Allied Health Professions prepares
the student for admission to professional programs at Loma Linda Uni-
versity or Andrews University. Admission to any professional school is
dependent on meeting the GPA and prerequisite requirements of the
individual school. Students desirous of admission to other professional
programs should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the re-
quirements.
Applications for transfer to the junior year of colleges offering Allied
Health programs must be made early in the second semester of the final
year at Southern College. LLU requires students who have credit for any
remedial courses or for MATH 104, Intermediate Algebra, to take a
corresponding number of semester credits above the minimum number
required for graduation. The lowest acceptable grade for courses to be
transferred is C-. A minimum grade point average of 2.00 is required for
the Associate of Science degree at Southern College, but grade point
averages between 2.50 and 3.00 are considered minimal for entrance to
the junior year of Allied Health programs. All applicants are required to
have taken the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test. (AHPAT).
There are three emphases in the Allied Health Professions degree:
pre-Dental Hygiene, pre-Occupational Therapy, pre-Physical Therapy.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 246.
PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE
Adviser: Steven Warren
(Program meets admission requirements for Loma Linda University)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s.
Math)
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs.
Area C HIST, 3 hrs.
Area D For Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.; SPCH, 3 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125, CHEM 111-112, 113-114.
Allied Health
Area F PSYC 124; SOCI 125; 3 additional hrs. PSYC, SOCI, HIST, or
ECON. 39
Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; Music or Art, 2 hrs.
Elective To make a total of 64 hrs.
PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
Adviser: Steven Warren
(Program meets admission requirements, for Loma Linda University)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s.
Math)
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs.
Area C HIST, 3 hrs.
Area D SPCH, 2 hrs.; For Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 3 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 111-112, 113-114.
Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125; additional PSYC or SOCI, 2 hrs.
Area G ART 235; TECH 154, Applied Arts or Crafts, 2 hrs.; PEAC, 1
hr.
A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee)
in an occupational therapy department is required.
PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
Adviser: Marcella Woolsey
(Program below meets Andrews University admission requirements)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104 (or 22 Math ACT)
Area B RELB or RELT, 3 hrs.; RELT 255
Area C HIST 154
Area D SPCH 135; Fine Arts, 3 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 151-152
Area F PSYC 124, 128; PSYC, SOCI or ECON, 3 hrs.
Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120
Elective To make a minimum total of 64 hrs.
BIOL 155, 156 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102. Recommended
electives are FDNT 125, ECON 213, ACCT 103. A physics sequence with
laboratory is required for entrance to the program. This is offered on the
Andrews University campus immediately preceding the fall quarter.
PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, is acceptable.
A minimum of 80 hours work experience, including at least 15 hours
in each of three of the following settings, is required: general acute care
hospital, home health agency, industrial practice, nursing home, private
practice, rehabilitation center, school for the handicapped, specialized
clinics.
Allied Health
40
(Program below meets current Loma Linda University admission re-
quirements)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 103 (or 22 Math ACT and 2 units h.s.
Math)
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs.
Area C HIST, 3 hrs.
Area D SPCH 135; Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 6 hrs.
Area E BIOL 101-102, 125; CHEM 111-112, 113-114 (or CHEM 151-
152)
Area F PSYC 124, 128
Area G PEAC 125; additional PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120
Elective To make a minimum total of 64 hrs.
BIOL 155-156 may be substituted for BIOL 101-102 A physics sequence
with laboratory is required for entrance to the program. This is offered on
the LLU La Sierra campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. PHYS
211-212, 213-214, 8 semester hours at SC, is acceptable. A minimum of
80 hours work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical
therapy department is required.
(Program below meets admission requirements for students entering
Loma Linda University June 1989 or later.)
Area A ENGL 101-102; MATH 104, 215
Area B RELB or RELT, 9 hrs.
Area C HIST, 3 hrs.
Area D Foreign Lang/Lit/Fine Arts, 9 hrs.; SPCH 135
Area E BIOL 151-152, 125, CHEM 151-152
Area F PSYC 124, 128; SOCI 125
Area G PEAC, 1 hr.; CPTR 120
A physics sequence with laboratory is required for entrance to the
program. This is offered on the LLU La Sierra campus immediately
preceding the fall quarter. PHYS 211-212, 213-214, 8 semester hours at
SC, is acceptable. A minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer or
as an employee) in a physical therapy department is required.)
ART
Robert Garren, M.F.A., Chairman
Basic to the philosophy of the Department of Art is the provision for
the quality of environment most conducive to spiritual, aesthetic, and
technical growth. The instructors desire to help all students become
aware of their options in the field of art and to prepare them systemati-
cally to meet the needs of their respective choices, whether they are
oriented commercially or aesthetically.
Students majoring in Art must meet the specific requirements of the
Art Department (below) and the General Education program (pages
14-16). For Art and most other programs in the Humanities Division,
intermediate foreign language is required.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN ART
Major: Thirty-six hours to include ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344, 345,
499, with not less than 14 hours upper division. Cognate requirements:
CRTF 225. A foreign language at the intermediate level is required.
Minor: Eighteen hours including courses ART 104-105, 109, 110, 344,
with not less than six hours in upper division courses.
Teaching Endorsement: The following are the minimum require-
ments.
ART 104-105 Beginning Drawing I, II 4 hours
ART 109, 110 Design I, II 6 hours
Art techniques elective 2 hours
ART 344 History of Art 3 hours
Art appreciation elective 2 hours
Art elective 3 hours
EDUC 230, 438 Methods - Art _4 hours
TOTAL 24 hours
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 249.
ART 104-105. Beginning Drawing I, II (G-l) 2,2 hours
An introductory course in drawing, composition, and design. Emphasis on
the basic art elements and their functions in composition using various
media. (Fall, Spring)
Art
41
Art
ART 109. Design I (G-l) 3 hours
Emphasis on the design and layout of newspapers, magazines, brochures,
and advertisements. Creative use of illustrations and typographical ele-
ments to enhance the communicative potential of the print media.
ART 110. Design II (G-l) 3 hours
Problems in two and three dimensional art, dealing with line, shape, form,
color, and texture.
ART 215. Sculpture (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
Introduction to the problems of form in sculpture and three-dimensional
design using various media such as clay, plaster, wood, and metal casting.
Taugnt odd years. May be repeated for credit.
ART 217. Printmaking 3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the art major experience in printmaking media.
Relief, intaglio, and silk-screen will be covered. May be repeated for credit.
ART 221-222. Painting I, II 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the student experience in using painting mate-
rials applied to compositional organizations. May be repeated for credit.
(Fall, Spring)
ART 235. Ceramics (G-l) 3 hours
Fundamentals of the preparation and use of clay. Methods of fabrication
from hand building to wheel-thrown wares, chemistry and application of
glazes, and stacking and firing of kilns. May be repeated for credit. A $20 fee
is applied toward necessary supplies. (Fall)
ART 311-312. Painting III, IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: ART 221 or permission of instructor.
Advanced problems in painting. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, Spring)
ART 313-314. Drawing III, IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: 104-105 or permission of instructor.
A course designed to give the student increased experience in the applica-
tion of drawing media to the production of art. This course may be repeated
for credit. (Fall, Spring)
ART 295/495. Directed Study (W) 1-3 hours
For students electing to take ART 295, permission of the teacher must be
obtained. ART 495 is for majors and minors only. The course is designed for
students who wish directed study or for a group of students who wish a
special course not taught under the regular class offering. Students taking
tne class as directed study may choose from art history, ceramics, design,
drawing, painting, printmaking, and sculpture. (Students must have had
maximum classes offered in area.) This course also includes credit offered
by the Art Department on directed study tours. May be repeated for credit up
to four times. Writing emphasis for ART 495 only.
ART 499. Senior Project 1 hour
Major projects in area of interest for seniors and preparation of permanent
portfolio of college art work. (Spring)
ART HISTORY
ART 218 or 318. Art Appreciation (D-3), (W) 3 hours
Lecture and travel seminar. One class is offered in the fall semester, with two
hours per week lecture, and the week of Thanksgiving spent in Washington,
D.C., and New York City visiting major art museums. When offered in the
first summer session, there will he one week of two-hour lectures and two
weeks of travel and museum visits. The summer tour will include
Washington, D.C., Philadelphia, New York City, Newport, Rhode Island,
Boston, and the Storm King Art Center in upstate New York. There is an
additional charge for travel. Students will be required to write a summary
paper. Students taking the class for upper-division credit will be required to
write a research paper.
ART 344. History of Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours
A study of the arts of western civilization from antiquity to the mid-180CTs
with an emphasis on pivotal figures in art history. (Fall)
ART 345. Contemporary Art (D-3), (W) 3 hours
Nineteenth and twentieth century developments in European and American
arts. (Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in
Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours
A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various
levels of the elementary school.
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Art 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education (secondary program).
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first semester
during the senior year.
(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Art
43
Behavioral Science
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE-
44
Ed Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Chairman
Larry Williams, M.S.W.
The Behavioral Science faculty fully support the educational
philosophy and objectives of Southern College. More specifically, this
faculty embraces the following beliefs:
{1} God is not only the Creator and Sustainer of all life, but also the
ultimate Source of all knowledge.
(2) Man is created in the image of God, and possesses harmonious
physical, mental, spiritual, and social attributes.
(3) A loving God seeks to restore his image in humanity, thus prepar-
ing them for personal fellowship with Himself.
We understand a redemptive education must focus on the growth of
the whole person. The Behavioral Science faculty commits itself, there-
fore, to achieving the following objectives:
Spiritual
Behavioral Sciences majors will acquire an understanding of the basic
beliefs and values of Christianity as presented by the Seventh-day Ad-
ventist Church. We, as their teachers, will provide class devotionals,
Christian-service applications, and the encouragement for them to
commit themselves to such ideals.
Intellectual
Those studying Behavioral Science at this college will perceive them-
selves as Christian scholars beginning a lifelong pursuit of knowledge.
We have designed course-related activities and investigations to aid
them in achieving intellectual and career goals, and in acquiring the
necessary tools for future learning. The Behavioral Science curriculum
is structured so as to encourage critical thinking, perceptive discussion,
intellectual curiosity, and cultural awareness.
Social
Behavioral Science students are expected to develop positive inter-
personal skills, communication techniques, and decision-making ap-
proaches. The teachers in this program strongly emphasize the attitudes
of acceptance, caring, patience, and service.
Physical
Students in Behavioral Science are encouraged to develop a holistic
view of mankind in appreciation for the interactive nature of our physi-
cal, mental, social, and spiritual being. They are expected to establish
balanced programs of exercise, rest, diet, study, work, and recreation.
The faculty promotes such positive values and practices through exam-
ple and instruction.
Behavioral Science
Students wishing to prepare for graduate study in community and/or
family counseling, law, personnel work, and sociology should consider £ C
a major in a Behavioral Science emphasis. The Bachelor of Science in ^^
Social Work is also offered for those students seeking preparation for
later service in child welfare, corrections, health services, mental health,
medical school, and human services social work. Registered nurses will
find a major in some area of Behavioral Science an excellent foundation
for public health and psychiatric work. To achieve a complete prepara-
tion in these fields, however, the student is encouraged to consider
further training at the graduate level.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
Major: Forty-five hours with a 21 -hour emphasis in Family Studies or
Sociology, including core requirement courses BHSF 394; PSYC 124,
128; SOCW 221, 222; SOCI 125, 223, 424. Cognate requirements total six
hours: 3 hours in Biology and 3 hours in MATH 215. Additional re-
quirements for the specific emphases in the Behavioral Science major
are:
Family Studies emphasis: PSYC 233, 315; SOCI 295 or 495, 365;
HMEC 147, 201, 202. Remaining course-work will normally be
chosen from the following courses: PSYC 225, 367, 377; SOCW 375.
Sociology emphasis: SOCI 427 and 295 or 495.
Students contemplating graduate study should take as many courses
as possible in the area of his emphasis.
Minor — Behavioral Science. Eighteen hours selected from any Be-
havioral Science areas and including PSYC 124, SOCW 221, and SOCI
125, with a minimum of six hours of upper division Behavioral Science
classes.
Minor — Sociology. Eighteen hours including SOCI 125, 424, and 427.
BACHELOR OF SOCIAL WORK DEGREE
Major: Forty-five hours including BHSF 115, 394; SOCW 221, 222,
314, 315, 316, 435; PSYC 124, 128, 315; SOCI 125, 223, 424, 495. Cognate
requirements: any human biology.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 250.
BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE FOUNDATIONS
BHSF 115. Orientation to the Behavioral Sciences 1 hour
An examination of career choices, training requirements, employment
trends in the behavioral sciences. Career and academic guidance will be
provided for each student. Some visitations and interviewing asked of
students. (Fall, Spring)
Behavioral Science
BHSF 494. Research Methods (W) 3 hours
/iR Prerequisite: MATH 215.
An introduction to common research design and methodology. Descriptive
and relational designs are examined. A semester research proposal and
completed project is expected of each student. (Fall)
SOCIAL WORK
SOCW 221. Social Welfare as an Institution (F-l) 3 hours
Social welfare programs are viewed from both historical and philosophical
perspectives. Organizations in which social work is practiced are evaluated.
(Falff
SOCW 222. Social Welfare Issues and Policies (F-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor.
A study of contemporary issues and policies that influence the delivery of
social services. (Spring)
SOCW 314. Social Work Methods (W) 3 hours
A course oriented toward problem-solving technologies used in working
with individuals, groups, and communities. Diagnostic assessments of the
person-problem-situation, ego supportive procedures, and problem-solving
processes are emphasized. (Fall)
SOCW 315. Group Work (W) 3 hours
A course designed to develop a basic understanding of group theory and
process from a therapeutic perspective. (Spring)
SOCW 316. Community Organization and Policy (F-l) 3 hours
Community organization principles are explored including public policy
development and implementation. (Fall)
SOCW 375. Introduction to Family Intervention (F-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the various theoretical orientations of family interven-
tion. The family is viewed as a unit, with focus on programs and crisis
techniques designed to maintain and re-establish family equilibrium. (Fall)
SOCW 435. Social Work Practicum 4,4 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 314.
This course provides opportunity for students to apply the combined
techniques of casework, group work, and/or community organization
through direct participation in the social service delivery system. Through
his participation the student becomes familiar with agency structures, func-
tions, and programs. A minimum of 200 hours will be spent working in an
agency setting for each four hours of course credit. Course may be repeated
once. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SOCW 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCW 221 or permission of the instructor.
Study of special topics pertinent to the field of social work. Content will vary
Behavioral Science
among such topics as child welfare, income maintenance, values and ethics
of social work practice, etc. The selected topic is pursued for the entire M I*
semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total of not more than "1 /
three hours credit. (Fall)
SOCIOLOGY
SOCI 125. Introduction to Sociology (F-l) 3 hours
An objective approach to the analysis and understanding of the social
world. Consideration is given to the dynamic nature of American society
and social institutions. Emphasis is placed on the study of social groups
including the family, its history and current place in society. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
SOCI 223. Marriage and the Family (F-2) 2 hours
A course in the ethics of human relationships, including the place of the
family in society and the Christ-centered approach to marital and familial
conflicts. (Fall, Spring)
SOCI 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
(See Psychology area listings.)
SOCI 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours
A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in
the Christian cultural setting.
SOCI 316. Community Organization and Policy (F-l) 3 hours
(See Social Work area listings.)
SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours
The course emphasizes the reciprocal impact of societal attitudes on the
process of aging and the increasing influence of "mature citizens" in con-
temporary society. Historical, demographic, and future trends are explored.
A balance between the theoretical and the applied is sought. (Spring)
SOCI 356. Minorities in America (F-l) (W) 3 hours
(See HIST 356 under History listings.)
SOCI 365. Family Relations (F-2) 3 hours
A sociological analysis of family structures and functions. Attention will be
given to courtship, family organization and interaction, family disorganiza-
tion and reorganization, and the post-parental family. Emphasis will be
given to findings of recent family studies. (Spring)
SOCI 374. Criminology (F-l) 3 hours
This course emphasizes the scientific study of crime as a social phenome-
non, of criminals, and of penal treatment, the relationship of law and crime
to other trends in the social order. Research in prevention and treatment of
crime. (Fall, odd years)
Behavioral Science
48
SOCI 424. Contemporary Social Problems (F-l) 3 hours
Attention is given to the major forces shaping cultural and subcultural
changes today. Changes are particularly viewed as to their effectiveness in
bringing about group and mass adjustment. (Spring)
SOCI 427. Sociological Theory Development (F-l), (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: SOCI 125.
This course focuses on the emergence of sociology as a systematic disci-
pline. A critical analysis of sociological theory is made from 1850-1920,
including Comte, Tocqueville, Spencer, Marx, Weber, Durkheim, Simmel,
and Pareto. (Fall, even years)
(F-l), (F-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
SOCI 295/495. Directed Study (F-l) 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: SOCI 125 or permission of the instructor.
Study of special topics pertinent to the area of sociology. Content will vary
among such topics as the sociology of women, social conflict and change,
Black America, the sociology of education, etc. The selected topic is pur-
sued for the entire semester. This course can be repeated for credit for a total
of not more than three hours credit. (Spring)
SOCI 296/496. Study Tour 1-3 hours
Two tours are scheduled annually for the purpose of studying a range of
behavioral science topics. The fall trip to New York City occurs during
Thanksgiving vacation and focuses on ethnicity, social problems, urban
change, and social agencies (1 hour). The spring trip to New England occurs
during the May summer session and focuses primarily on ethnic studies (3
hours). A fee is required to cover travel expenses.
Biology
■BIOLOGY-
Edgar Grundset, M.A.
Duane Houck, Ph.D.
Steve Nyirady, Ph.D., Chairman
Marcella Woolsey, M.A.
The study of Biology constitutes one of the most exciting and impor-
tant fields of scientific investigation since it provides a better under-
standing of ourselves and the living things around us. Even the casual
observer of Biology who pauses long enough to take a course, may derive
a lifetime of pleasure and fulfillment from a hobby such as bird watch-
ing, shell collecting, or wildflower photography.
More importantly, a major in Biology is an excellent starting point for
numerous careers which are both rewarding and challenging. With a
B.S. degree in Biology, one may pursue graduate study leading to re-
search in the basic sciences (anatomy, physiology, ecology, ethology,
cytology, etc.)i teaching at the college or graduate level, industrial re-
search, and environmental applications for either business, industry, or
government. The B.A. degree is the degree of choice in preparation for
high-school teaching, medicine, dentistry, optometry, careers in
wildlife, forestry or zoo management, health education, public health,
biostatistics, epidemiology, and environmental health, to name a few.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
Major: Thirty hours including BIOL 151-152, 316, 424, 485; ecological
course 226 or 317; botany 408 or 419; physiology 418 or 419; including
two of the following field courses: 200, 314, 317, 318, 319, 408, 411, 475,
516. Up to three hours of CHEM 323 may apply on a major or minor.
Cognate requirement: CHEM 151-152. A course in general physics is
highly desirable. A minor in chemistry is recommended.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN BIOLOGY
Major: Forty hours including BIOL 151-152, 316, 330, 412, 415, 424,
485; ecological course 226 or 317; botany 408 or 419; physiology 418 or
419; including two of the following field courses: 200, 314, 317, 318,
319, 408, 411, 475, 516. Up to three hours of CHEM 323 may apply on a
major. Cognate requirements: CHEM 151-152; MATH 114 and 215. A
course in general physics is highly desirable.
Minor: Eighteen hours including BIOL 151-152 (or equivalent). A
course in physiology is strongly recommended. Up to three hours of
CHEM 323 may apply on a minor. A minimum of six hours must be in
upper division.
Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject
49
Biology
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements
CIl by meeting the number of hours indicated below.
Biology
BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 hours
Biology electives _8 hours
TOTAL 16 hours
General Science
BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 hours
Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours
TOTAL 16 hours
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 252.
BIOL 101-102. Anatomy and Physiology (E-l) 3,3 hours
A study of the fundamentals of human anatomy and physiology. The first
semester covers basic cytology, histology, the musculoskeletal, integumen-
tary, and nervous systems. The remainder of the body systems are studied
the second semester. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
BIOL 103. Principles of Biology (E-l) 3 hours
This is a basic general education biology course designed to give the student
a modern treatment of the fundamental processes and principles of plant
and animal life. Three lectures each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 104. Principles of Biology Lab (E-l) 1 hour
Prerequisites: Previous or concurrent enrollment in BIOL 103.
Laboratory exercises designed to illustrate the principles learned in BIOL
103. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in Biology. (Fall, Spring)
BIOL 125. Basic Microbiology (E-l) 4 hours
A study of the principles of microbiology , various types of microorganisms
and their relation to health and disease. Two lectures and two one and
one-half laboratory periods each week. Does not apply on major in Biology.
(Fall, Spring, Summer)
BIOL 151-152. General Biology (E-l) 4,4 hours
This is an introductory course in biology open to all college students. The
course is designed to give the non-science student a modern treatment of the
fundamental processes of plant and animal life as well as to provide a
satisfactory basis upon which a biology major may build. Three lectures and
one laboratory period each week. (Fall, Spring)
Biology
51
BIOL 226. Environmental Biology (E-l) 3 hours
This very relevant course introduces the student to the very complex inter-
locking environmental problems facing us today. Beginning with basic
ecological principles, the course goes on to examine population dynamics,
energy utilization, resource consumption and the various forms of pollu-
tion. These issues are all discussed in terms of a balanced and rational
ecological approach. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week.
(Spring)
BIOL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours
See BIOL 495.
BIOL 313. Embryology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
An introduction to the development of the vertebrate animal with emphasis
on the development of the chick. Two lectures and one laboratory period
each week. (Fall)
BIOL 314. Ornithology (E-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 103, or 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A systematic study of bird life with special emphasis on external features.
Taxonomy, nesting, and feeding habits, flight and migratory patterns. Two
lectures and one laboratory period each week. An extended field trip, which
applies toward laboratory credit, is planned during spring vacation. There is
a small additional charge to help cover transportation costs. (Spring)
BIOL 315. Parasitology (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A general survey of the more important parasites of man and domestic
animals. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring)
BIOL 316. Genetics 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 125 or 151, or consent of instructor.
A study of heredity as related to man, domestic plants and animals and an
investigation of gene structure and function. Two lectures and one labora-
tory period each week. (Fall)
BIOL 317. Ecology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
Ecology is a study of the interrelationships of plants, animals and their
environment. This course will examine these interactions in the context of
energy flow, nutrient cycles, limiting factors, succession and population
dynamics. Field work will introduce various ecological sampling
techniques and the student will participate in ecological analysis of various
local communities as well as extended field trips. Two lectures and one field
trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall)
Biology
BIOL 318. Ichthyology 3 hours
12 Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A systematic study of the fishes found in the local area, with a survey of the
fishes of other waters. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week.
(Taught every third year)
BIOL 319. Herpetology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A systematic study of amphibians and reptiles of the local area, with a
survey of amphibians and reptiles of other areas. Two lectures and one
laboratory period each week. (Taught every third year)
BIOL 330. General Microbiology 4 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent.
A general study of bacteria, yeasts, molds and viruses, considering their
morphology, physiology, genetics and methods of control. Study will be
given to immunology topics: antigen-antibody properties, host-antigen in-
teractions, humoraland cellular immune systems. The importance of mi-
croorganisms in environmental and applied fields will be considered. Three
lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring)
BIOL 408. Systematic Botany 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of flowering plants in their natural environment and detailed
microscopic study of them in the laboratory. Students will learn to identify
plants with the aid of botanical keys and to recognize plant families. The
importance of accurate plant identification is revealed by the study of
poisonous plants, plants of medical importance, and noxious weeds. Two
lectures and one field trip or laboratory period each week. (Fall)
BIOL 411. Mammalogy 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the mammals of the world, with emphasis on North America.
Includes classroom and field study of systematics, distribution, behavior
and ecology. Two lectures and one laboratory each week. (Taught every
third year)
BIOL 412. Cell Biology 3 hours
Prerequisites: BIOL 151-152; CHEM 311-312.
This course, designed for advanced biology and chemistry majors, deals
primarily with cell structure and function. Building on cellular principles
learned in BIOL 151-152, the student is exposed to methods of cellular
research while learning about the appearance and operation of cellular
organelles. The exciting details of cell integration and control provide the
framework for this interdisciplinary study. Three lectures each week. (Fall,
odd years)
BIOL 415. Comparative Anatomy 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A comparison of the anatomy of the various organ systems of vertebrates.
Biology
The dogfish shark, mud puppy, cat, and/or fetal pig are used for laboratory
study. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring)
BIOL 417. Animal Histology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A descriptive study of normal tissues, including those of man. The micro-
scopic identification and characteristics of stained section is emphasized in
the laboratory. One lecture and two laboratory periods each week. (Fall,
even years)
BIOL 418. Animal Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 106, 151-152, or equivalent and CHEM 151-152 or equi-
valent.
A study of the principles of animal function with special attention to man.
Two lectures and one laboratory period each week. (Spring)
BIOL 419. Plant Physiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 and CHEM 151-152 or consent of instructor.
A study of the functions of seed plants. Topics covered include water
relations, mineral nutrition, photosynthesis, transpiration, translocation,
respiration, and growth. Two lectures and one laboratory period each week.
(Spring)
BIOL 424. Issues of Natural Science and Religion (E-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the philosophical basis of modern natural science as it relates to
current issues in origins, biotechnology, bioethics, and environmental re-
sponsibility. Special attention is given to Christian perspectives of the
issues discussed. Credit can be applied toward either Biology or Religion.
Three lectures each week. (Fall)
BIOL 485. Biology Seminar (W) 1 hour
Open to Biology majors or minors only or with approval of Biology staff.
Reports are made on some specific problem in the field of Biology and on
current literature in the field. To be taken in the senior year or with approval
of Department Chairman. (Fall or Spring)
BIOL 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 151-152 or equivalent.
BIOL 495 open to Biology majors or minors only.
Designed for the student who wishes to do private study or for a group of
students who wish a special course not listed in the regular otferings.
Examples: entomology, economic botany, animal behavior, etc. Content and
method of study must be arranged for prior to registration. (Fall or Spring)
BIOL 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: 20 hours of biology or permission of the instructor.
Individual research under the direction of members of the staff. Problems
will be selected according to the interest and experience of the student. Prior
to registration students are urged to contact all biology staff members with
respect to the choice of available research problems. This course should be
taken not later than the first semester of the senior year. (Fall, Spring)
Biology
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Biology 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction; planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances; and the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester
during the senior year. (Spring)
(E-l), (G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
ROSARIO BEACH MARINE BIOLOGICAL FIELD STATION
The Rosario Beach Marine Station is a teaching and research facility
operated by Walla Walla College in affiliation with Southern College
and other Adventist colleges. Located seven miles south of Anacortes,
Washington, the station occupies 40 acres of beach and timberland
including a high hill and canyon.
In addition to some of the biology courses listed in this catalog, the
following are among those taught during the summer at Rosario Beach:
BIOL 200. Introduction to Marine Biology 3 hours
An overview course designed to introduce general education students to the
biology and ecology of trie marine environment. Course not applicable to
biology majors.
BIOL 475. Marine Invertebrates 3 hours
A description of selected groups of marine invertebrates. The course will
involve extensive collection, classification, and study of the marine inver-
tebrates of the Puget Sound.
BIOL 516. Behavior of Marine Organisms 3 hours
Prerequisites: Animal Behavior or Intro to Psychology.
A study of intra- and interspecific behaviors of marine animals and their
behavioral responses to the physical environment. The course involves
laboratory experiences, field observation, and a research project.
Business and Office Administration
-BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION-
Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed.
Richard Erickson, M.B.A.
E. William Richards, Ph.D.
Evonne Richards, Ed.D.
Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D.
Dan Rozell, M.A.
Wayne VandeVere, Ph.D., Chairman
The courses and programs offered by the department are designed to
prepare students for business-related careers with the church, govern-
ment, industry, and in long-term health care and to train students for
secretarial, office work, and office administration in the modern office.
The objectives of the department are:
1. To give the student a broad background of knowledge of the free
enterprise system within a framework of moral and ethical
guidelines.
2. To assist the student to develop a sound Christian philosophy
toward our current economic environment and the ever changing
business world of the future.
3. To provide the student with a quality academic program with basic
business skills required for initial job placement.
4. To encourage Seventh-day Adventist students to serve as workers
and in positions of business leadership with organizations spon-
sored by this denomination.
5. To train office managers, administrative assistants, executive sec-
retaries and word processing operators and managers.
6. To provide the necessary academic background for entrance into
most graduate degree programs in business.
The department offers a Bachelor of Business Administration degree
(B.B.A.) with majors in Accounting, Management, and Computer Infor-
mation Systems and a Bachelor of Science degree (B.S.) with majors in
Business Administration, Long-Term Health Care, and Office Adminis-
tration.
For those who desire a two-year program, an Associate of Science
degree (A.S.) is available in Accounting and Office Administration with
major options in executive, medical, and word processing. A program in
Pre-medical Records Administration is also available.
Students wishing to receive teacher certification in Business or Office
Administration must also satisfy the professional teacher education
requirements (see Education listings).
55
Business and Office Administration
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE
jy The B.B.A. degree requires a basic core of business courses plus a
major in Accounting, Management or Computer Information Systems.
Basic Core Course requirements are as follows:
ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours
ACCT 321 Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours
ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6 hours
BUAD 313 Business Statistics 3 hours
BUAD 314 Quantitative Methods for
Business Decisions 3 hours
BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 hours
BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours
BUAD 337 Business Law I _3_ hours
TOTAL 33 hours
BUAD 315 and 326 are not required for the major in Computer Informa-
tion Systems.
Major
ments:
-Accounting: 30 hours plus the above B.B.A. Core Require-
ACCT 211-212
ACCT 317
ACCT 322
ACCT 417
BUAD 338
BUAD 357
or
BUAD 414
BUAD 488
SECR 315
Intermediate Accounting 6 hours
Federal Income Taxes 4 hours
Cost and Managerial Accounting II ... 3 hours
Auditing 4 hours
Accounting electives 3 hours
Business Law II 3 hours
Business Ethics '
3 hours
Business Policies
Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour
Business Communications J3_ hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Major— Management: 30 hours plus the above B.B.A. Core Require-
ments:
ACCT 211 Intermediate Accounting 3 hours
BUAD 338 Business Law II 3 hours
BUAD 344 Human Resource Management 3 hours
BUAD 353 Management of a Small Business 3 hours
BUAD 355 Organizational Behavior 2 hours
BUAD 357 Business Ethics 3 hours
BUAD 414 Business Policies . 3 hours
BUAD 488 Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour
Business and Office Administration
BUAD 347 Business and Government
or 3 hours
BUAD 314 Money & Banking
Electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON . . 3 hours
SECR 315 Business Communications 3_ hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Major — Computer Information Systems: 39 hours plus the above
B.B.A. Core Requirements:
CPTR 127 . Micro Tools 3 hours
CPTR 131-132 Funds of Programming I, II 6 hours
CPTR 217 Cobol 3 hours
CPTR 317 File Processing 3 hours
CPTR 318 Data Structures 3 hours
CPTR 319 Data Base Management Systems 3 hours
CPTR 324 Systems Analysis 2 hours
CPTR 325 Systems Design 2 hours
CPTR 326 Systems Management 2 hours
CPTR 409 Software Development Internship 3 hours
CPTR 485 Computer Science Seminar 1 hour
CPTR, BUAD, ACCT or ECON ± hours
TOTAL 39 hours
Among the General Education Requirements, the B.B.A. degree stu-
dents in Accounting and Management must include SPCH 135, CPTR
127, and a course in psychology. The Computer Information Systems
degree requires cognates in MATH 114, SPCH 135, and a course in
psychology.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREES
Major — Business Administration: 43 hours:
ACCT 121-122 Prnciples of Accounting 6 hours
ACCT 211 Intermediate Accounting I 3 hours
BUAD 313 Business Statistics 3 hours
BUAD 314 Quantitative Methods for
Business Decisions 3 hours
BUAD 315 Business Finance 3 hours
BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours
BUAD 337, 337 Business Law I, and II 6 hours
BUAD 357 Business Ethics 3 hours
BUAD 414 Business Policies 3 hours
BUAD 488 Seminar in Business Administration . . 1 hour
ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6_ hours
TOTAL 43 hours
Cognate requirements: CPTR 127 and SECR 315.
57
Business and Office Administration
58
Major — Long-Term Health Care: 47 hours:
ACCT 121-122
BUAD 315
BUAD 334
BUAD 337, 338
BUAD 357
BUAD 431
BUAD 432
BUAD 434
BUAD 435
BUAD 497
ECON 224, 225
Principles of Accounting 6
Business Finance 3
Principles of Management 3
Business Law I and II 6
Business Ethics 3
General Administration of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3
Technological Aspects of
Long-Term Care 3
Financial Management of the
Long-Term Care Facility . . 3
Human Resource Management and
Marketing of the Long-Term
Care Facility 3
Long-Term Care Administration
Internship 8
Principles of Economics J3^
TOTAL 47
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
hours
Cognate requirements: CPTR 127 and SOCI 349
Major — Office Administration: 47 hours:
SECR 104 Shorthand I 4 hours
SECR 114 Shorthand II 4 hours
SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours
SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 216 Business English 3 hours
SECR 218 Business Math and
Calculating Machines 2 hours
SECR 221 Office Transcription 3 hours
SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours
SECR 315 Business Communications 3 hours
SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
SECR 323 Word Processing Text Editing 3 hours
SECR 324 Advanced Word Processing and
Transcription 3 hours
ECON 213 Survey of Economics
or 3 hours
ECON 224 Principles of Economics
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours
Electives in SECR, BUAD, ACCT,
or ECON (upper division) 3_ horns
TOTAL 47 hours
Cognate requirements: ACCT 121-122, CPTR 120 or equivalent.
Business and Office Administration
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE
Major — Accounting: 30 hours:
ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours
ACCT 211-212 Intermediate Accounting 6 hours
ACCT 321 Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours
BUAD 337 Business Law I 3 hours
ECON 213 Survey of Economics
or 3 hours
ECON 224 Principles of Economics
Electives in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON . . _6^ hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Cognate requirements: CPTR 127, SECR 105 or equivalent.
Major — Office Administration, Executive Option: 35 hours:
SECR 104 Shorthand I 4 hours
SECR 114 Shorthand II 4 hours
SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours
SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 216 Business English 3 hours
SECR 218 Business Math and Calculating
Machines 2 hours
SECR 221 Office Transcription 3 hours
SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours
SECR 315 Business Communications 3 hours
SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
SECR 323 Word Processing Text-Editing _3^ hours
TOTAL 35 hours
Cognate requirements: ACCT 103 or 121, ENGL 102.
Majoi^-Office Administration, Medical Option: 30 hours:
SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours
SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 216 Business English 3 hours
SECR 218 Business Math and Calculating
Machines 2 hours
SECR 221 Office Transcription 3 hours
SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours
SECR 316 Medical Terminology 3 hours
SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
SECR 323 Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours
Business and Office Administration
SECR 333 Advanced Medical Terminology and
fifl Transcription 3_ hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Cognate requirements: ACCT 103 or 121, BIOL 105, ENGL 102, CPTR
120.
Major — Office Administration, Word Processing Option: 30 hours:
SECR 115 Intermediate Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 213 Records Management 2 hours
SECR 214 Advanced Typewriting 3 hours
SECR 216 Business English 3 hours
SECR 218 Business Math and Calculating
Machines 2 hours
SECR 221 Office Transcription . 3 hours
SECR 223 Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours
SECR 315 Business Communications ............ 3 hours
SECR 317 Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
SECR 323 Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours
SECR 324 Advanced Word Processing and
Transcription 3_ hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Cognate requirements: ACCT 103 or 121, CPTR 120, ENGL 102.
MINORS IN BUSINESS AND OFFICE ADMINISTRATION, 18 hours:
Business Administration: ACCT 121-122; ECON 213 or 224; BUAD
334 or 344; and 6 hours upper division in ACCT, BUAD, or ECON.
Office Administration: SECR 214 and 15 hours from courses in Office
Administration, six of which must be upper division.
PRE-HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION PROGRAM
(Formerly Pre-Medical Records Administration Program)
BIOL 101-102 Anatomy and Physiology 6 hours
MATH 103 Survey of Math 3 hours
PSYC 124 Introduction to Psychology 3 hours
BIOL 155-166 Foundations of Biology recommended.
(A full sequence of science
may be substituted) 6-8 hours
SECR 115 Intermediate Typing 3 hows
ACCT 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 horn's
TOTAL 27-29 hours
Teaching Endorsements: The student must earn a major in the subject
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements
by meeting the number of hours indicated below.
Business and Office Administration
Bookkeeping
ACCT 121-122
ECON 224 or
ECON 225
BUAD 337 or
338
BUAD 128
SECR 315
Principles of Accounting 6 hours
Accounting elective 4 hours
Principles of Economics 3 hours
Two of the following three
areas for a total of 6 hours
Business Law (3)
Personal Finance (3)
Business Communications (3)
TOTAL 19 hours
61
Business Law
ACCT 121
ECON 224 or
ECON 225
BUAD 337, 338
BUAD 128 or
SECR 315
Principles of Accounting 3 hours
Principles of Economics 3 hours
Business Law 6 hours
Business elective 3 hours
Personal Finance (3) 3 hours
Business Communications (3)
TOTAL 18 hours
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
Business Education Certification: Core requirements for Business
Education certification include the following thirty-five semester hours:
A. BUAD 121-122 Principles of Accounting 6 hours
ECON 224, 225 Principles of Economics 6 hours
BUAD 337 Business Law 3 hours
SECR 315 Business Communications 3 hours
SECR 218 Business Math & Calculating Machines 2 hours
SECR 105 Beginning Typewriting 3 hours
CPTR 120 Computer-Based Systems 3 hours
BUAD 128 Personal Finance 3 hours
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours
BUAD 315 Business Finance _3 hours
TOTAL 35 hours
B. EDUC 438 Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours
Business and Office Administration
62
Additional Hours Required for Cluster Endorsements:
Basic Business
BUAD 338
ECON 328
ECON 213
Accounting
ACCT 211-212
Data Processing
CPTR 125
CPTR 127
MATH 104
Office Technology
SECR 214
SECR 223
SECR 323
SECR 213
SECR 317
SECR 104
SECR 114
Business Law 3 hours
Managerial Economics 3 hours
Survey of Economics _3 hours
TOTAL 9 hours
Intermediate Accounting _6 hours
TOTAL 6 hours
BASIC Programming Language 3 hours
Micro Tools 3 hours
or two of the following:
CPTR 105, 106, or 107 2-3 hours
Intermediate Algebra _3 hours
TOTAL 8-9 hours
Advanced Typewriting 3 hours
Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours
Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours
Records Management 2 hours
Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
Shorthand I 4 hours
Shorthand II _4 hours
TOTAL 21 hours
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 253.
ACCOUNTING
ACCT 103. College Accounting (G-2) 3 hours
This course covers the fundamental accounting processes dealing with the
bookkeeping and accounting functions for the small business, professional
offices, merchandising firms and service organizations. This course does
not apply toward a bachelor's degree offered by the Department of Business
and Office Administration. (Fall)
ACCT 121-122. Principles of Accounting (G-2) 3,3 hours
A course designed to introduce the student to the "Generally Accepted
Accounting Principles." The theory of debit and credit, transaction
analysis, financial statement preparation, analysis of basic balance sheet
accounts, income recognition, and basic management accounting concepts
are covered.
Business and Office Administration
ACCT 211-212. Intermediate Accounting 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. ftQ
An advanced course in accounting principles and theory including prepara-
tion of financial statements, intensive study and analysis of the classifica-
tion and evaluation of balance sheet accounts and their related income and
expense accounts. (Fall, Spring)
ACCT 316. Fund and Institutional Accounting 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122.
A course designed to provide an in-depth coverage of the concepts of fund
accounting as they apply to governmental units and not-for-profit institu-
tions including schools, hospitals, and churches. Considerable attention
will be given to accounting principles as used by the various institutions of
the Seventh-day Adventist Churcn. (Fall)
ACCT 317. Federal Income Taxes 4 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122.
A course designed to provide an explanation and training in the application
of personal and corporate Federal income taxes to specific problems. Social
Security taxes are also included. (Spring)
ACCT 321. Cost and Managerial Accounting I 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 122.
A study of cost accounting fundamentals with emphasis on accounting as a
managerial tool. Special attention is given to cost-volume-profit relation-
ships, job-order costing, budgeting, standard costing, capital budgeting,
cost behavior patterns, transfer pricing, and divisional performance meas-
urement. (Fall)
ACCT 322. Cost and Managerial Accounting II 3 hours
Prerequisites: ACCT 321 and BUAD 313.
An in-depth study of the more technical aspects of cost accounting systems,
including cost allocations, joint product and by-product accounting, actual,
standard, and direct cost methods. Process cost is emphasized. The more
quantitative aspects of management are covered including decision-making
under uncertainty, inventory control, cost behavior and regression analysis,
the variance investigation decision, and mix and yield variances. (Spring)
ACCT 415. Advanced Accounting 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212.
A course designed to study the problems concerned with consolidated
financial statements, partnerships, business firms in financial difficulty,
estates and trusts, foreign exchange, and segment reporting. (Spring)
ACCT 417. Auditing 4 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 211-212.
A course designed to study auditing and its related types of public account-
ing work including generally accepted auditing standards, professional
code of ethics of the AICPA, and auditing procedures. (Fall)
Business and Office Administration
ACCT 418, 419. C.P.A. Review Problems 3,3 hours
flu Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
A course designed to study accounting theory, auditing, accounting prac-
tice, and business law as exemplified by the official accounting pro-
nouncements of the AICPA and FASB. (Fall, Spring)
ECONOMICS
ECON 213. Survey of Economics (C-2) 3 hours
A course designed for the general education student. It provides an under-
standing of the United States' mixed economy through a study of the market
system, the role of money, the government's fiscal policy, and the impact of
the foreign sector. This course does not apply on a major in accounting or
management. No credit is available if ECON 224 or 225 has been taken. (Fall)
ECON 224, 225. Principles of Economics (C-2) 3,3 hours
A survey course in the fundamentals of economics; the institutions, forces,
and factors affecting production, evaluation, exchange, and distribution of
wealth in modern society. (Fall, Spring)
ECON 314. Money and Banking 3 hours
Prerequisite: ECON 224.
Mediums of exchange, money and credit, banks and their services, the
Federal Reserve System, and other financial institutions are considered.
(Spring)
BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
BUAD 128. Personal Finance (F-2) 3 hours
A course in basic economic concepts and business terminology and prac-
tices designed to provide the techniques to manage personal finances.
Budgeting, consumerism, insurance, home ownership, and investments are
included in the topics covered. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
BUAD 313. Business Statistics 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 120 or 125; MATH 104 or an ACT mathematics score of
22 or above.
Descriptive statistics; probability theory and applications including Baye-
sian revision; the binomial, hypergeometric, Poisson, exponential, normal,
student's t, chi-square, and F distributions; inferential statistics including
sampling concepts, confidence intervals, and hypothesis testing; multiple
regression and correlation; introductory time series analysis. This is an
applied (rather than mathematical) approach to statistics, and emphasis will
be placed on statistics as a tool of management for decision-making. (Fall)
BUAD 314. Quantitative Methods for Business Decisions 3 hours
Prerequisite: BUAD 313.
Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans-
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics.
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring)
Business and Office Administration
BUAD 315. Business Finance (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121-122. ft £
A study of the fundamental principles of financial organization. Emphasis
on instruments of finance, policies of capitalization, problems pertaining to
working capital, and corporate expansion and reorganization. (Fall)
BUAD 326. Introduction to Marketing 3 hours
A study of the nature and functions of marketing. Includes marketing
institutions, basic problems in the marketing of commodities and services,
price policies, and competitive practices. (Spring)
BUAD 334. Principles of Management 3 hours
A beginning course designed to study business management including an
analysis of business policies viewed from the standpoint of the functional
characteristics of the management process and current ethics. (Fall)
BUAD 337, 338. Business Law 3,3 hours
A course designed to study the nature and social functions of law including
social control through law and the law of commercial transactions and
business organizations. (Fall, Spring)
BUAD 344. Human Resource Management 3 hours
An introduction to the organization, training, motivation, and direction of
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at high
levels. Among topics covered are selection, training, compensation and
financial incentives, work standards, techniques of supervision and leader-
ship. (Spring)
BUAD 347. Business and Government 3 hours
A study of the ways in which business and economic life are shaped and
directed by government. The legal framework within which business is
conducted and the evolution of public policy toward business are
examined. (Fall)
BUAD 353. Management of a Small Business 3 hours
A course on the principles and problems of organizing and operating a small
business. Topics covered will include a procedural system for establishing a
new business, providing physical facilities, financing, organizing, and the
management of the small business. (Fall)
BUAD 355. Organizational Behavior 2 hours
This course examines the nature and consequences of human behavior in
work organizations. Primary emphasis is placed on the interaction between
employee needs and organizational requirements, and on the role of man-
agement in facilitating mutual goal attainment. Topics covered include:
individual differences, perception and attitude formation, motivation, job
design, group processes, conflict, leadership, decision-making, and change
and development processes. (Spring)
BUAD 357. Business Ethics 3 hours
The ethical and social responsibility of individual managers and the firm are
examined as they relate to the needs and demands of society in a Christian
Business and Office Administration
environment. Topical issues include social responsibility, personal rela-
f%ft tions, environmental impact, consumerism, product liability, and discrimi-
"" nation. (Spring)
BUAD 414. Business Policies (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: BUAD 334.
This course of study is designed to give the student experience in
decision-making and problem-solving through the case method. The atten-
tion of the student is directed to defining, analyzing, and proposing alterna-
tive solutions to business problems from management's viewpoint. (Spring)
BUAD 425. Investment Analysis (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ACCT 121.
A practical, as well as a theoretical, approach is taken for the potential
investor of institutional or personal funds through the use of problems,
readings, and cases. Topics covered will include stocks and bonds in the
security market, real estate, and fixed equipment investments. (Spring)
BUAD 431. General Administration of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A study of management tools and techniques including theories of organiza-
tion and management, mechanisms for planning, organizing, directing, and
controlling. Includes review of licensing requirements, insurance, business
law, human relations, public relations. (Summer)
BUAD 432. Technological Aspects of Long-Term Care 3 hours
A detailed study of the technical aspects of long-term care administration
including a review of the history and philosophy of facilities, the relation-
ship to other health care facilities in the total health care delivery system,
and technically related medical relationships and services. (Summer)
BUAD 434. Financial Management of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A review of techniques and interpretation of financial information for man-
agement decision-making in the long-term care facility. (Summer)
BUAD 435. Human Resource Management and Marketing of the
Long-Term Care Facility 3 hours
A study of the organization, training, motivation, and direction of
employees with a view to maintaining their productivity and morale at a
high level. Selection, compensation, financial incentives, work standards,
and leadership are the topics that will be .covered. Marketing functions,
problems, services, and competitive practices will also be covered. (Sum-
mer)
BUAD 488. Seminar in Business Administration 1 hour
This course will include the Eugene Anderson Lecture Series in business.
Top men and women in their field will present lectures in insurance, real
estate, finance, retailing, production management, etc. Attendance at ten
lectures will be required. This course may be repeated for credit. (Spring)
Business and Office Administration
BUAD 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Individual research work open only to business majors. Content to be ar- f| y
ranged. Approval must be secured from Department Chairman prior to "*
registration. (Fall, Spring)
BUAD 497. Long-Term Care Administration Internship 8 hours
A tailored program of management experience in a selected long-term care
facility will include 400 clock hours of on-the-job experience. One-third
regular tuition rate. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
(C-2), (F-2), (G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
SECR 104. Shorthand I (G-2) 4 hours
This course presents the fundamental principles of Gregg Shorthand, using
the individual progress method. Reading and writing of shorthand outlines
and longhand transcription are emphasized. Five class periods a week.
(Fall)
SECR 105. Beginning Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours
Five class periods each week. One hour of laboratory a week is required.
Basic keyboard fundamentals; development of manipulative techniques;
development of speed and accuracy on straight copy material and problems;
introduction to business letters; simple tabulation. For students with little
or no previous training in typewriting. Thirty-five words a minute for three
minutes is required. (Fall)
SECR 114. Shorthand II (G-2) 4 hours
Prerequisites: SECR 105 or high school equivalent, and SECR 104 with grade
of C or above or consent of instructor.
A continuation of individual progress instruction in which students pro-
gress at their own rates in building shorthand skill. Transcription on the
typewriter is introduced with increased emphasis on speed building. Five
class periods a week. (Spring)
SECR 115. Intermediate Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 105 or equivalent.
Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Continua-
tion of SECR 105; improvement of basic skills; business letter production;
tabulated reports; manuscripts; special business forms. (Students with two
years of high school typewriting may waive this course by examination.)
(Fall)
SECR 213. Records Management 2 hours
Basic principles and procedures of control and storage of records. A simula-
tion involving a study of rules for alphabetic filing and projects on five
methods. An overview of automated filing systems and criteria by which
records are created, stored and transferred. (Fall)
Business and Office Administration
SECR 214. Advanced Typewriting (G-2) 3 hours
QQ Prerequisite: SECR 115 or equivalent.
Three class periods plus additional laboratory time each week. Preparation
of final copy from rough drafts; typing of financial statements; complex
statistical and tabulated reports, ana representative problems from techni-
cal and professional offices. (Spring)
SECR 216. Business English 3 hours
Pre- or co-requisite: ENGL 101.
An intensive study of elementary grammar, punctuation, vocabulary, spell-
ing, and word usage as necessary tools for effective written and spoken
communication. (Fall)
SECR 218. Business Mathematics and
Calculating Machines (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 099 or ACT score of 12 or above.
The electronic calculator is used to solve common business problems which
include: basic arithmetic operations, fractions, percentage, interest, dis-
counts, merchandising, payrolls, depreciation and the use of credit.
(Spring)
SECR 219. Offset and Quick Print Operations 2 hours
This course is designed to prepare the student to work in a quick print
business operation by operating equipment typical of large corporation
in-house printing systems. (Fall, Spring)
SECR 221. Office Transcription 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101, SECR 216.
Pre- or corequisites: ENGL 102, SECR 214.
Development of skill in producing mailable office transcription. Proficiency
in business grammar, punctuation, word usage, and document styles. Em-
phasis is placed on speed and accuracy in producing mailable copy, using
machine transcription. Also, a study of current methods of office repro-
graphics. (Spring)
SECR 223. Concepts of Word Processing 2 hours
Introduces the total concept of word/information processing. Through lec-
tures, films and field trips, the student will learn terminology, practices,
procedures, and controls used in modern office environments. This course
is designed to acquaint the student with new roles of office workers, new
office career opportunities, and electronic office equipment and systems.
The student will develop skill in using an electronic memory typewriter.
(Spring)
SECR 315. Business Communications (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101-102,
A study and application of the modern practices in oral and written business
communications. Accuracy in grammar, spelling, and punctuation, and the
writing of well-knit sentences and clear paragraphs are taught as a means of
effective expression in business-letter writing. (Fall, Spring)
Business and Office Administration
SECR 316. Medical Terminology 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 214 or 316; BIOL 105 or consent of instructor. f|Q
A study of medical terms — their pronunciation, spelling, and meaning, and
their application to medical secretarial work. Open only to students who are
enrolled in a medical emphasis program. (Fall)
SECR 317. Secretarial Procedures 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 213; 214; 215 or previous or current enrollment in 323.
An integration of skills learned in previous secretarial courses, together
with emphasis on decision-making ability, judgment, business ethics, and
initiative used in the secretarial profession. Lectures/simulations. (Spring)
SECR 323. Word Processing Text-Editing 3 hours
Prerequisites: SECR 223, CPTR 120.
Introduces the student to the text-editing capabilities of modern dedicated
word processing equipment. The student will complete the self-paced train-
ing materials for the Dictaphone System 6000 as well as other supplemen-
tary projects. (Fall)
SECR 324. Advanced Word Processing and Transcription 3 hours
Prerequisite: SECR 323,
Continued skill and knowledge in the use of dedicated text-editing equip-
ment. In addition, the student is introduced to word processing software in a
general purpose microcomputer and minicomputer environment. (Spring)
SECR 333. Advanced Medical Terminology
and Transcription 3 hours
Prerequisites: SECR 223 and 316.
For medical secretarial majors only. Continued emphasis on increasing
medical vocabulary, with skill and knowledge developed in the transcrip-
tion techniques and procedures of medical dictation. Three class periods
per week. (Spring)
SECR 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Open only to majors in Office Administration. Research studies relating to
the field of Office Administration are assigned according to the experience
and interests of the student. Length of project determines credit.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Business 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A study of the status, disciplines, and curricular structure of business
education, the psychology of skill development and measurement, and
lesson development of specific classes. An investigation of instructional
materials and resources for the business education classroom. Special areas
of instruction will be presented for the endorsement clusters of Basic Busi-
ness, Accounting, Data Processing and Office Technology. Emphasis will be
placed on professional development for this area of teaching. (Spring)
(G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Chemistry
70
■CHEMISTRY-
Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D.
Steve Warren, Ph.D., Chairman
Since everything we touch, eat, wear, or use is made of chemicals, the
study of chemistry is an exciting and yet practical pursuit. A major in
Chemistry can be your key to a rewarding and challenging career in a
wide variety of areas such as the basic sciences or industrial research,
pharmacology, toxicology, chemical engineering, forensic chemistry,
chemistry education, medical and paramedical careers, as well as many
business applications such as pharmaceutical and chemical sales, patent
research and patent law, marketing and consulting, to name just a few.
The B.S. degree in Chemistry is recommended in preparation for
graduate study leading to research oriented careers, professional appli-
cations of chemistry, or post-secondary education. The B.A. degree is the
preferred degree for high-school teaching, premedicine, or preparamed-
ical fields and possibly for some of the business applications.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN CHEMISTRY
Major: Thirty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 315,
321, 485 or 497. CHEM 411-412, 413-414 may be substituted for CHEM
315,321. The first course in Calculus is a cognate requirement. CPTR 125
or 131 is strongly recommended.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE ESf CHEMISTRY
Major: Forty hours including CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 315,
321, 325, 411, 412, 413, 414, 485, and 497 are required. Cognate require-
ments are: PHYS 211-212, 213-214, MATH 115, 217 or 315, CPTR 125 or
131. German or French is highly recommended. This course of study is
designed for the professional chemist.
Minor: Eighteen hours, six of which must be upper division.
Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the subject
area of his first teaching field. He may add the following endorsements
by meeting the number of hours indicated below.
Chemistry
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry 8 hours
Organic Chemistry 4 hours
Analytical Chemistry _4 hours
TOTAL 16 hours
General Science
BIOL 155, 156 Foundations of Biology 8 hours
Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours
TOTAL 16 hours
Chemistry
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro- 7 1
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 260.
CHEM 103. Pre-General Chemistry 2 hours
Prerequisite: Successful completion of two years of high school algebra or
MATH 104.
Basic concepts in chemistry and mathematics as needed to begin General
Chemistry. Two hours of lecture each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in chemistry. Taught second semester only. (Spring)
CHEM 111-112. Survey of Chemistry (E-2) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: A course in high school algebra. A minimum Mathematics
ACT score of 12 or a minimum grade of "C M in MATH 099 are required.
A survey course designed to familiarize the student with the basic princi-
ples of inorganic, organic and biochemistry. Three hours of lecture each
week. Does not apply to a major or minor in chemistry. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
CHEM 113-114. Survey of Chemistry Laboratory (E-2) 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 111-112.
Laboratory material designed to illustrate the material in lectures of CHEM
111-112. Three hours of laboratory each week. Does not apply on a major or
minor in chemistry. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 151-152. General Chemistry (E-2) 4,4 hours
Prerequisites: High school chemistry and mathematics through Inter-
mediate Algebra or Pre-General Chemistry.
An introduction to the fundamental laws and accepted theories along with
applications to the various fields of chemistry. Three hours of lecture and
three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 203. Concepts of Biochemistry (E-2) 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 1 1 1 or successful completion of a high school chemistry
course.
A review of basic chemistry and an introduction to the fundamental organic
chemistry and biochemistry of the body with emphasis on physiological
chemistry. Three hours of lecture and 2V2 hours of lab each weeK. Does not
apply on a major or minor in chemistry. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 311-312. Organic Chemistry 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: Successful completion of CHEM 151-152 or its equivalent.
Many of the fundamental functional groups of both aliphatic and aromatic
carbon compounds are studied. Attention is also given to spectroscopy,
relative reactivities, reaction mechanisms and physical properties of these
compounds. There are three hours of lecture each week. (Fall, Spring)
Chemistry
72
CHEM 313-314. Organic Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in CHEM 311-312.
Experiments are done to acquaint the student with the basic organic chemis-
try laboratory techniques; melting points, boiling points, recrystallization,
distillation, separations, etc. The exercises also illustrate reactions that are
discussed in CHEM 311-312. Four hours of laboratory each week. (Fall,
Spring)
CHEM 315. Analytical Chemistry 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152.
A study of equilibria as it applies to analytical chemistry. Techniques of
determinations, sampling, handling of data, and the detailed chemistry
involved is studied in terms of quantitative determinations. Three hours of
lecture and three hours of laboratory each week. (Fall)
CHEM 321. Instrumental Analysis 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 315.
A study of the theories, techniques and instruments involved in spec-
trometry, chromatography, electrochemistry andradiochemistry. Three lec-
tures and one laboratory session per week. (Spring)
CHEM 323. Biochemistry 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312.
The materials, mechanisms, and end products of the processes of life under
normal and pathological conditions are studied. Four hours of lecture each
week. (Spring)
CHEM 325. Organic Qualitative Analysis 2 or 3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312; 313-314.
Application of solubility principles, classification reactions, and the prep-
aration of derivatives for the identification of both pure compounds and
mixtures. Two hours of lecture for nine weeks, and three or six hours of
laboratory each week. Offered on sufficient demand. (Fall)
CHEM 411. Physical Chemistry 3 hours
Prerequisites:CHEMl51-152;CPTRl25or218;PHYS211-212;MATHll5.
A study of gases, kinetic theory, liquids, solids, and thermodynamics. Three
hours of lecture each week. Taught alternate years. (Fall, even years)
CHEM 412. Physical Chemistry 3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 411.
A study of electrochemistry and conductivity, reaction kinetics, molecular
structure, nuclear chemistry, absorption and colloids. Three hours of lecture
each week. Taught alternate years. (Spring, odd years)
CHEM 413, 414. Physical Chemistry Laboratory 1,1 hours
Prerequisites: CHEM 315, also CHEM 411, 412 must be taken concurrently
or previously.
Experiments chosen to illustrate material in CHEM 411, 412. One laboratory
period each week. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 485. Chemistry Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CHEM 311-312.
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics in the chemistry field.
To be taken in the junior or senior year. (Fall)
CHEM 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 151-152.
Designed for junior and senior students who wish to do private study or for a
group of students who wish a special course on topics not taught under the
regular class offerings. (Fall, Spring)
CHEM 497. Introduction to Research (W) 1 to 2 hours
Prerequisite: 20 hours of chemistry or permission of the instructor.
Individual research under the direction of the members of the staff. Prob-
lems are assigned according to the experience and interest of the student.
Prior to registration, two semesters before graduation, students are urged to
contact all chemistry staff members with respect to choice of available
problems. Should be taken not later than the first semester of the senior year.
(Fall, Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Chemistry 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester
during the senior year. (Spring)
Taught at the Orlando Center
CHEM 203. Concepts of Biochemistry (E-2) 4 hours
(E-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Chemistry
73
Computer Science
COMPUTER SCIENCE
John Beckett, B.A.
Lawrence Hanson, Ph.D.
Timothy Korson, Ph.D., Chairman
Merritt MacLafferty, M.A.
Computer Science deals with the control programs that govern the
oehavior of modern digital computers. In modern society, it is rare that a
day passes without the average person interacting, in some way, with
computers. From the tiny microcomputers that govern the fuel con-
sumption of automobiles to the huge machines that process the millions
of transactions in the marketplace, the computer has become an insepar-
able part of modern life.
With the burgeoning use of computers, however, comes the alarming
fact that there will continue to be a shortage of computer professionals.
Formerly, companies were willing to hire and train applicants with
minimal formal computer knowledge. In today's high technology soci-
ety, however, employers expect applicants to already possess substan-
tial skills and knowledge, such as are gained by earning a B.S. degree in
Computer Science at Southern College. Once an individual has acquired
these skills, the opportunities in industry, education, and research are
excellent.
The Southern College graduate will be well qualified to assume the
responsibilities of an entry level programmer. Furthermore, he will have
the training necessary for career advancement into positions such as
Data Base Administrator, Systems Analyst, Systems Programmer, Team
Leader, and Data Processing Administrator.
CODE OF COMPUTER CONDUCT
AT SOUTHERN COLLEGE
1. Users must use only those computer accounts which have been
authorized for their use.
2. Users must use their computer accounts only for the purposes for
which they were authorized, as arranged with the Computer Serv-
ice Department.
3. Users should minimize the impact of their work on the work of
other users. It is the responsibility of the user to learn efficient
means of utilizing the computer.
4. Users must not attempt to subvert the restrictions associated with
their computer accounts.
5. Users must not attempt to access information concerning the data
or jobs of other users except as provided by techniques arranged for
that purpose by the Computer Service Department.
Computer Science
6. Student users shall not exceed default parameters for priority fac-
tors except in cases where published policy provides for differ- 7J|
ences.
BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
Major in Computer Information Systems: Sixty-six hours consisting
of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 317, 318, 319, 324, 325, 326, 409, 485; ACCT
121, 122, 321; ECON 224, 225; BUAD 313, 314, 334, 337, and eight hours
of electives from business or computer. Cognates required: MATH 114,
SPCH 135.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Major: Forty hours consisting of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317,
318, 319, 324 or 325, (409 or 410), 485 and ten hours of computer
i electives, four of which must be upper division. Cognates required:
MATH 114, (MATH 215 or BUAD 313), BUAD 334.
Those electing a B.S. in computer science will recognize that they
need an area of application and should thus plan substantial course work
in another area, e.g., business, psychology, mathematics, or physics. To
be well prepared for an immediate job, a double major should be consid-
ered.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Major: Thirty hours consisting of CPTR 127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317,
318, 319, (324 or 325), 485 and three hours of upper division computer
electives. Cognates required: MATH 114, (MATH 215 or BUAD 313),
BUAD 334.
Minor: Eighteen hours including: CPTR 131, 132, 318. Of the remain-
ing nine elective hours, three must be upper division.
The minor is an excellent background for those whose profession is
outside of data processing, but who will have to use the computer in
their job, or work closely with DP personnel. The minor is also appro-
priate for any student who simply has an interest in computers.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN COMPUTER SCIENCE
Major: Twenty-four hours in computer science consisting of: CPTR
127, 131, 132, 217, 219, 317, 318, 319. Cognates required: ACCT 121,
122, 321; BUAD 334.
Students planning to do graduate work in computer science or desir-
ing a more technical program should consult a computer science teacher
as early as possible.
Computer Science
| Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 261.
76
CPTR 105. Word Processing (G-2) 1 hour
Prerequisite: A typing course or permission of instructor.
Word processing on a microcomputer including techniques for creating
form letters, ana using an electronic dictionary to check spelling. This
course does not apply on a major and may not be taken for credit if credit has
been received for CPTR 127. (Spring)
CPTR 106. Financial Applications (G-2) 1 hour
The use of spreadsheet software on a microcomputer as an aid to financial
planning and management. This course does not apply on a major and may
not be taken for credit if credit has been received for CPTR 127. (Spring)
CPTR 107. Data Base Applications (G-2) 1 hour
A course using microcomputers as electronic filing cabinets. Information
retrieval, report generation, adding, deleting, and updating information.
This course does not apply on a major and may not he taken for credit if
credit has been received for CPTR 127. (Spring)
CPTR 120. Introduction to Computer-Based Systems (G-2) 3 hours
An overview of computer information systems. This survey course intro-
duces computer hardware, software, procedures, systems, and human re-
sources ana explores their integration and application in business and other
segments of society. The fundamentals of computer problem solving and
programming in a higher-level programming language are discussed and
applied. This course does not apply on a major in Computer Science. (Fall
Spring)
CPTR 125. BASIC Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours
An introduction to the BASIC programming language. The student will be
introduced to proper techniques ofprogram design, coding, documentation
and testing of the computer. No prior knowledge of data processing or
computer programming is required. This course does not apply on a major.
(Fall, Spring)
CPTR 127. Micro Tools (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor.
A hands-on course designed for those who anticipate using a micro in their
place of employment. Software packages in data base management, spread-
sheet analysis, and word processing will be covered as well as basic
hardware concepts and common terminology. No student may receive cred-
it for CPTR 105, 106, or 107 if he has credit for CPTR 127. (Fall)
CPTR 131. Fundamentals of Programming I (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 104 or MATH ACT of 22 or permission of instructor.
Control structures, data types, data representation, compiling, debugging,
modularity, and standard programming algorithms are introduced via Pas-
cal. (Fall, Spring)
Computer Science
CPTR 132. Fundamentals of Programming II (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131; Pre- or corequisite: SEGR 105 or typing speed of 35 77
wpm. , * *
An introduction to software technology for the development of reliable,
modifiable programs. (Spring)
CPTR 217. COBOL Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
Semantics and syntax of COBOL. Emphasis is placed on business problems
using the COBOL Language. (Fall)
CPTR 218. FORTRAN Programming Language (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 114.
Syntax and semantics of arithmetic expressions and statements. Precedence
hierarchy of arithmetic operations and relational operators. Global proper-
ties of algorithmic languages including scope declarations, storage alloca-
tion, grouping of statements, and subroutines. This course does not apply on
a major. (Fall)
CPTR 219. Symbolic Assembler Language 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 131.
Computer structure, machine language, instruction execution, addressing
techniques, and digital representation of data. Computer systems organiza-
tion, symbolic coding and assembly systems and program segmentation and
linkage. Systems andutility programs, programming techniques, and recent
developments in computing. Several computer projects to illustrate basic
machine structure and programming techniques. (Spring)
CPTR 250. RPG II 3 hours
Prerequisite CPTR 131.
Editing data, control breaks, computation, files, records, comparing records,
matching records, exception reports, array and table processing, and se-
quential and indexed sequential file processing in RPG II. (Fall)
CPTR 317. Introduction to File Processing 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 217.
Tape and disc operations. Includes coverage of sequential and random
access files and processing techniques. Development of programs and sys-
tems of programs for batch and interactive environments using COBOL.
(Spring)
CPTR 318. Data Structures 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 132, MATH 114.
Stacks, recursions, queues, lists, trees, graphs, sorting and searching. (Fall)
CPTR 319. Data Base Management Systems 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 318, 217.
Introduction to relational, hierarchical, and network approaches. Design,
implementation, and management issues. (Spring)
Computer Science
CPTR 324. Systems Analysis 3 hours
7ft Prerequisite: CPTR 319 or 317.
System development life cycle, system documentation through the use of
both classical and structured tools and techniques for describing data flows,
process flows, input and output necessary for defining logical system re-
quirements. Structured techniques for dealing with complexity in the de-
velopment of computer based information systems.
CPTR 325. Systems Design 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 319 or 317.
Logical and physical system design. Hardware/Software selection and
evaluation. Logical Data Base Design. Theories relating to module design,
module coupling, and module strength. Techniques for reducing a system's
complexity.
CPTR 326. Systems Management 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 319 or 317.
This course presents management principles unique to the data processing
environment. Emphasis is placed on site preparation, security, software
version control, and user services.
CPTR 360. Computer Hardware and System Software Concepts 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 219, 132.
Computer systems components, main storage organization, instruction sets
and data representation, program translation concepts, operating system
concepts, secondary storage concepts, multi-processor systems, micropro-
gramming, and array processors. (Fall)
CPTR 405. Organization of Programming Languages 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 131, 217, 219.
Develops understanding of the organization of programming languages and
their run time behavior. A comparative study, introducing the student to a
variety of languages. (Spring)
CPTR 409. Software Development Internship 3 hours
Prerequisites: CPTR 323 or permission of instructor.
A minimum of 120 hours of programming experience. The Computer Sci-
ence Department may prearrange some practicums with commercial data
processing departments. These positions must he applied for six weeks
prior to registration. Students, however, are encouraged to be responsible
for setting up their own practicums. This must be done within the
guidelines of the department (see instructor), and arrangements should be
completed six weeks prior to the start of the practicum. (Summer)
CPTR 410. Applied Software Development Project 3 hours
Prerequisite: CPTR 323.
Students will be involved in a semester-long programming project starting
with information requirements analysis and ending with testing and instal-
lation. (Fall)
Computer Science
CPTR 485. Computer Science Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: CPTR 318 and 3 hours of CPTR credit numbered 319 or above. 70
Written and oral reports are made on specific topics treated in current
computer science literature. (Spring)
CPTR 290/490. Topics in Computer Science 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of Computer Science staff.
Topics selected from areas of computer science not covered in other courses.
May be repeated with permission to a maximum of six hours.
CPTR 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor and division head.
Individual or group work adjusted to meet particular needs of computer
science students. May be repeated for credit up to six hours.
(G-2) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Education / Psychology
80
EDUCATION AND PSYCHOLOGY
Ben Bandiola, Ph.D.
Gerald Colvin, Ed.D., Ph.D., Chairman
Desmond Rice, Ed.D.
Cyril Roe, Ed.D.
Jeanette Stepanske, M.A.
Methods Teachers and Student Teacher Supervisors: Education fac-
ulty, Joyce Cotham, Robert Garren, Floyd Greenleaf, Phil Garver, Al
Morford, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson, David Smith, Ron Springett.
The teacher education programs are founded upon a liberal arts de-
mand for breadth and depth of knowledge and experience and on the
idea that a teacher should be a good example in health, intellect, and
character.
The Education program offers courses leading to the Bachelor of
Science in Elementary Education with an optional endorsement for
kindergarten teaching. Furthermore, in cooperation with other subject
areas, the following secondary certification programs are available: Art,
Bible, Business (Office Administration), English, Foreign Languages,
Health and Physical Education, History, Home Economics (non-
vocational SDA only), Mathematics, Music, and Science (Biology,
Chemistry, and Physics). It must be noted that the above endorsements
are under review and may be modified.
The National Teachers Examination (NTE) is required for certifica-
tion. It is necessary that teacher education students apply at the Testing
and Counseling office to take the core battery and specialty areas of this
examination during the last semester of the senior year.
Accreditation
Southern College's programs in teacher education are approved by the
Tennessee State Board of Education, the Department of Education of the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, the American Associa-
tion of Colleges for Teacher Education, and the National Council for
Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE).
Southern College's teacher education programs prepare the indi-
vidual for certification to teach in North American Seventh-day Advent-
ist schools and public schools.
The student who completes Southern College's approved program
and is recommended for certification will have indicated on the tran-
script that his program was NCATE approved. This recognition makes
certification in many states much easier.
Each student will be responsible for determining additional courses
required for certification in any state he desires such recognition.
Application for state and denominational certification is made
Education / Psychology
through the Teacher Certification Officer in the Department of Educa-
tion. To be eligible for certification the teacher education student must
always meet the most current Tennessee and denominational certifica-
tion requirements.
Aims
Courses in Education are offered to provide the necessary professional
preparation to meet certification requirements for public and church-
related kindergarten, elementary, and secondary classroom teaching, to
afford a general understanding of the school as a social institution for
those entering services other than teaching, and to serve as preparation
for graduate programs.
Requirements
The criteria for admission to Teacher Education, outlines of teaching
majors in secondary education, and policies and procedures related to
student teaching may be obtained from the Department secretary in
Summerour Hall. Outlines of courses of teaching majors in secondary
education are also listed in the Catalog under the respective academic
divisions.
I. ADMISSION TO THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
A. The first semester of the sophomore year but no later than the
second semester of the sophomore year, the student should file
a formal application. This applies to both elementary and
secondary teacher education candidates. Transfer students
wishing to enter the Teacher Education program later than the
sophomore year should file an application the first semester in
residence.
B. Teacher education institutions are charged with the responsi-
bility of assuring that students approved for entrance into
teacher preparation programs demonstrate competency in the
verbal and quantitative skills at an approved performance
level. As a requirement for admission to the Teacher Education
Program, all students must demonstrate this competency by
obtaining a specific score on the Pre-Professional Skills Test
(PPST), a standardized test approved by the State Board of
Education. Inquiries concerning this test may be made with the
Department secretary in Summerour Hall or at the Testing and
Counseling office.
C. The Education faculty, along with other personnel, evaluate
the candidates and recommend them to the Teacher Education
Council. The Council will then admit competent individuals
who also meet the following criteria:
1. Be in residence at the College.
Education / Psychology
I
2. Have an overall grade point average of 2.25.
CIO 3 - Have completed ENGL 101-102 with a minimum of C-.
** 4. Show evidence of physical, mental, and moral fitness.
5. Indicate professional commitment to education at time of
interview with the Education faculty.
6. Have successfully completed the following classes: EDUC
125 and 134.
7. Have passed the Pre-Professional Skills Test (PPST) which
is the entrance competency test required by the State of
Tennessee.
8. Have taken the 16-Personality Factor Questionnaire.
D. The student will be informed in writing as to the status of the
application for admission following the action of the Teacher
Education Council.
E. Upon admission into the Teacher Education program students
will be permitted to take education courses numbered 200 or
above.
n. ADMISSION TO PROFESSIONAL SEMESTER
A. A formal application must be filed with the Department
Chairman prior to the end of the junior year. A later applica-
tion may delay the student teaching experience.
B. Applicant's qualifications:
1. Before applicants may be admitted to the professional
semester, they must have completed all lower division pro-
fessional education courses, plus at least 8 hours in
methods courses for the elementary school majors. Student
teaching is regarded as the culmination of the Teacher
Education program.
2. Elementary education applicants must have a grade point
average of at least 2.5 in the professional core and a 2.25
grade point average in required non-major subjects.
Secondary teacher education applicants must have a
minimum grade point average of 2.5 in the professional
core subjects and a minimum grade point average of 2.5 for
subject area endorsements both overall and at SC.
3. All applicants must show evidence of good physical and
mental health.
4. All applicants must adhere to the standards and objectives
of Southern College and the teacher education program.
5 . All applicants must be approved by action of the Education
faculty and the Teacher Education Council.
C. The student will be informed in writing as to his status in the
teacher education program.
Education / Psychology
III. RETENTION IN THE TEACHER EDUCATION PROGRAM
A. The progress of each prospective teacher will be reviewed after
each nine-week period by the Department Chairman or a dele-
gated member of the Education faculty.
1. Criteria include:
a. Adequate academic progress including maintenance of
the academic standard required for admission to the
teacher education program.
b. Consistent personal representation of the standards and
objectives of Southern College and the teacher educa-
tion program.
B. The teacher education faculty reserves the option to disqualify
a person at any point in his teacher education program if it
becomes evident that standards for admission are not being
upheld. The student has the right to appeal any such decision
through the Teacher Education Council with the Vice Presi-
dent for Academic Administration in consultation.
C. The required courses for graduation may be altered during the
student's program at any time to meet revised certification
standards of either the denomination or the state. It is the
responsibility of each student to check periodically with the
certification officer to ensure requirements are being met.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PSYCHOLOGY
Major: Thirty hours including PSYC 124, 128, 315, 384, and 415.
Cognate requirements are MATH 215 and three hours each in biology
and computer science.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
Major: Forty-one hours including EDUC 125, 134, 217, 230 or 231,
240, 332, 333, 356, 427, 443, 453, 454, 455, 456, 457, 467. Cognate
requirements include HLED 203; GEOG 204; LIBR 325; ENGL 218.
Kindergarten Endorsement: Students desiring a kindergarten en-
dorsement must include in their program of studies EDUC 426, 466, and
PSYC 128.
Professional Semester: One semester of the senior year is a profes-
sional semester. Its required curriculum includes the following:
83
Education / Psychology
First part of the semester:
ft^ EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies 3 hours
Second part of the semester:
EDUC 467 Student Teaching 8 hours
Because of time commitments during the student teaching experi-
ence, employment will not be permitted and additional course work will
be by permission only.
The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity for ,
student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching centers.
Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of
the credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four <
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence
course, a petition must be filed with the Teacher Education Council and ]
its approval obtained before registering for the course. The course must
be completed and the grade filed in the Records Office before student
teaching is begun.
Subject Matter Requirements: Even though the Elementary Education
student may elect to take a major and a minor in teaching fields rep-
resented in the elementary school curriculum, he or she must also satisfy
the following Tennessee requirements for certification:
A. Basic Academic Skills
College Composition 101-102 6 hours j
Mathematics 6 hours
B. Religion 12 hours
Christian Beliefs 155, Adventist Heritage 238 and 6
hours of RELB.
C. History/Political Science/Economics
American History 154, 155 6 hours
World Geography 204 3 hours
D. Language/Literature/Fine Arts
Listening to Music 115 and Art
Appreciation 218 or Humanities 205 3-5 hours
Literature 6 hours
Speech 3 hours
E. Science
Biology 4 hours
Chemistry or Physics 4 hours
Earth Science 4 hours
Education / Psychology
F. Behavioral and Family Science
Intro to Sociology 125 or QtZ
Family Relations 365 3 hours V% *
Health and Life 173 2 hours
Safety Education 203 2 hours
G. Skills
Library Materials for Children 325 3 hours
Physical Education activity courses 4 hours
Physical Education in the Elem. Sch. 463 2 hours
TEACHING CERTIFICATE
All candidates for a teaching certificate are required to take the core
battery and the appropriate specialty area of the National Teacher
Examination, usually in their senior year.
SECONDARY EDUCATION TEACHING CERTIFICATE
1. Professional Education Requirements: 26 semester hours.
The following are required courses:
A. Must be taken prior to admission into Teacher Education Pro-,
gram.
EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
B. To be taken only after admission into Teacher Education Pro-
gram.
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of Education 3 hours
EDUC 240 Education for Exceptional
Children and Youth 2 hours
EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours
C. To be taken during the professional semester.
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 2 hours
EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 6 hours
In addition to the above, all English majors seeking secondary
education endorsement will be required to take EDUC 332 or 333.
All students seeking certification in Religion must take Special
Methods of Teaching Bible (EDUC 438) regardless of whether they have
other special methods courses.
Students who are planning to be dormitory deans are advised to take
EDUC 355 and EDUC 415.
All candidates for a teaching certificate are required to take the core
Education / Psychology
battery and the appropriate specialty area of the National Teacher
Examination, usually in their senior year.
In order to meet Seventh-day Adventist certification requirements for
secondary teaching the student must also take in addition to the above:
RELB Biblical Studies 6 hours
RELT 255 Christian Beliefs 3 hours
RELT 138 Adventist Heritage 3 hours
HLED 173 Health and Life 2 hours
2. Professional Semester:
One semester of the senior year is a professional semester.
Some secondary methods classes are taught only first or second
semester. Consult class schedule for current offerings.
Courses marked in section 1C above should be taken in the
following sequences:
First part of the semester:
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 437 Curriculum and General Methods 3 hours
EDUC 438 Special Methods Grades 7-12 2 hours
Second part of the semester:
EDUC 468 Student Teaching Grades 7-12 (full day) 6 hours
Because of time commitments during the student teaching experi-
ence, employment wi 1 1 not be permitted and additional course work will
be by permission only.
The Education faculty will endeavor to provide the opportunity for
student teachers to teach in off-campus student teaching centers.
Correspondence credit will be accepted to the extent of one-fourth of
the credit required for the certificate provided that no more than four
semester hours in education are applied on the professional education
requirement. If personal circumstances demand a correspondence
course, a petition must be filed with the Teacher Education Council and
its approval obtained before registering for the course. The course must
be completed and the grade filed in the Records Office before student
teaching is begun.
It is expected that any student entering the professional semester will
have completed all course materials up to that point. Specifically, no
student will be allowed to enter Special Methods of Teaching (EDUC
438) or Curriculum and General Methods (EDUC 437) with any incom-
pletes on their transcript.
Education / Psychology
ADDITIONAL TEACHING CERTIFICATES
In order for a person to obtain an additional teaching credential, the
classwork for that credential may not be completed before the original
credential is issued.
1. PROGRAM FOR ELEMENTARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVIDU-
ALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR SECONDARY CERTIFICA-
TION. Eighteen semester hours (listed on the following pages) are
required. A minimum of 12 semester hours from these courses must
be completed after the date the applicant became eligible for a profes-
sional certificate endorsed in a subject area in grades 7-12 or in a
subject area in grades K-12.
A. Required Courses:
EDUC 332, Teaching of Reading 2 hours
EDUC 333, Developmental Reading 2 hours
EDUC 453, Mathematics Methods in
the Elementary School 2 hours
EDUC 454, Science and Health Methods in
the Elementary School 2 hours
EDUC 455, Bible Methods in
the Elementary School 2 hours
EDUC 456, Language Arts Methods in
the Elementary School 2 hours
EDUC 457, Social Studies Methods in
the Elementary School 2 hours
B. Four semester hours to include two of the following three areas:
EDUC 230, Elementary Methods in
Curriculum and Instruction: Art 2 hours
EDUC 231, Elementary Methods in
Curriculum and Instruction: Music 2 hours
PETH 463, Physical Education in
the Elementary School 2 hours
C. Two semester hours must be in Survey of Exceptional Children if
not previously successfully completed. If Survey of Exceptional
Children or any of the above required courses in Section A or
Section B have been previously completed, the remaining semes-
ter hours must be taken from the following courses:
a. Children's Literature c. Health
b. Tennessee History d. Geography
D. Two to three semester hours of student teaching.
2. PROGRAMS FOR SECONDARY ENDORSEMENT FOR INDIVIDU-
ALS MEETING REQUIREMENTS FOR ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
CERTIFICATION. Ten semester hours of credit after the date the
original certificate was earned. Six semester hours of the ten must be
87
Education / Psychology
in specialized professional education appropriate to grades 7-12 and
must include a minimum of 2 semester hours of appropriate methods.
The credit for at least one area of endorsement in grades 7-12 may
have been earned at any time prior to the application for adding the
endorsement.
1. Meet the State of Tennessee requirements for endorsement in at
least one teaching field (this will vary from 18 to 51 hours).
2. A minimum of six semester hours of professional education in-
cluding:
A. EDUC 437 or EDUC 438.
B. Any other courses designated by the Department of Education.
3. Four semester hours of electives in addition to the Elementary
Education degree requirements.
3. APPROVED PROGRAM IMPLEMENTATION BY STATE BOARD OF
EDUCATION
Procedures for securing SC's recommendation for state certification
of students from institutions located out of the state:
1 . Application is made to the teacher certification officer through the
Records Office accompanied by an official transcript and a rec-
ommendation from the applicant's school.
2, Assessment of deficiencies will be made by the Teacher Certifica-
tion Officer and approved by the Department and the Teacher
Education Council.
3. The Teacher Certification Officer will inform the applicant of any
deficiencies.
4, A fee of twenty-five dollars ($25) will be charged for this service, to
be refunded upon completion of courses at Southern College.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 264.
COURSES IN EDUCATION
EDUC 100. Student Orientation 1 hour
A course designed to introduce and facilitate adjustment to college life.
Topics covered include college level study skills, time management, on-
campus student services, and an introduction to various departments of
study regarding career planning.
EDUC 125. Foundations of Education 3 hours
An orientation to early childhood, elementary and secondary education.
Included in this course are 20 hours of observation in child care, elementary
and secondary classrooms and a study of the history and organization of
education, as well as an introduction to professional literature. The student
is required to take all screening tests for admission to the teacher education
program, as well as completing application forms. (Only two hours credit
available if the student already has credit for EDUC 123.) (Fall, Spring)
Education / Psychology
89
EDUC 134. Principles of Christian Education 2 hours
An overview of the purposes, administrative organizations and operations
of school systems, identified as Christian in purpose, with particular em-
phasis on the Seventh-day Adventist educational system. (Not open to
students who already have credit for EDUC 133.) (Fall, Spring)
Students taking Education courses numbered 200 and above must
have credit for EDUC 125 and 134 and be admitted to the Teacher
Education program. Exceptions may be granted by permission of the
Department of Education chairman.
EDUC 217. Psychological Foundations of Education (F-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the Depart-
ment of Education chairman.
A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning,
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching.
EDUC 230. Elementary Methods in Curriculum
and Instruction: Art 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education
A study of the aims, philosophy, and methods of teaching art on the various
levels of the elementary school. Observation and participation in art ac-
tivities with elementary students will be scheduled.
EDUC 231. Elementary Methods in Curriculum
and Instruction: Music 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education, MUCT 100 (or permission of
instructor) or MUHL 115.
A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the
elementary classroom. The content includes appreciation, singing, playing,
and rhythmic activities with attention to current methods including Orn,
Kodaly, and movement education. Observation and participation in the
music program of the elementary school is required. (Fall, Spring, alternate
Summers)
EDUC 240. Education for Exceptional Children and Youth 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A course in the education of exceptional children in the regular classroom. It
includes a study of the wide range of factors contributing to the exceptional-
ity, the identification of exceptional children and youth by the classroom
teacher and the consequent classroom implications. (Fall, Spring, alternate
Summers)
EDUC 250. Computers in the Classroom (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
The course is an introduction to the use and evaluation of computers in the
elementary and secondary classroom. Experience and evaluation will be
Education / Psychology
90
given to a wide range of educational software such as records , gradebooks,
word processing, accounts, and computer assisted instruction.
EDUC 275. Child Care Practicum 2 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240; HLED 173, 203; BUAD 128.
The student devotes at least 80 hours of on-the-job practice under the
supervision of a certified elementary education director. Experiences
should include: registration and advertising, program design ana manage-
ment, budgeting, preschool instruction, and parent consultation.
EDUC 284-285. Montessori Methods I and II 2,2 hours
A detailed study of the Montessori philosophy, materials, and activities.
This course is taught in a Montessori School off campus by a certified
Montessori instructor and includes a paid practicum. Students must pass a
written exam and correctly demonstrate the use of Montessori materials as
part of the final exam.
Both sections should be completed satisfactorily for Montessori Certifica-
tion.
EDUC 332. Teaching of Reading 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Survey of the materials and methods used in teaching reading in the elemen-
tary grades. It emphasizes the approaches to teaching reading including
phonics instruction. The course involves approximately three hours of
supervised practicum along with one hour of lecture each week. (Fall)
EDUC 333. Developmental Reading (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 332 and Admission to Teacher Education.
A detailed study of the development of vocabulary, comprehension, and
study/reference skills in the elementary grades. Causes of reading problems,
assessment procedures, and organization of a sound reading program are
stressed. (Spring and Summers on demand)
EDUC 355. Administrative and Personnel Work of Deans 2 hours
A basic professional course in the administration of the school home. (Of-
fered on demand.) (Spring)
EDUC 356. Tests and Measurements 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education or permission of the depart-
ment chairman.
An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests.
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu-
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Fall,
Spring)
EDUC 415. Secondary School Homes Practicum 2 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 355.
This course is designed to provide resident experience in secondary school
home administration under the supervision of a successful dean. Usually
taken concurrently with student teaching. (Fall, Spring)
Education / Psychology
EDUC 426. Kindergarten Methods 3 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa- Q1
tion. w *
Designed to give the student an understanding of administration, program
planning, materials, and strategies for teaching in preschool. Emphasis is
given to application of the principles of child development and learning to
promote harmonious physical, mental, social, and emotional growth. Ob-
servation and participation required. (Fall, Spring)
EDUC 427. Current Issues in Education (F-l), (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education,
An analysis of social and philosophical forces influencing American educa-
tion today, with special emphasis on the schools as social institutions. (Not
open to students who already have credit for EDUC 425.)
EDUC 432. Reading in the Secondary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will help teachers focus on those reading skills essential for the
needs of secondary school pupils. It will include the teaching of reading in
the content areas of one's major field, the program elements with procedures
and processes involved along with their classroom applications. (Fall)
EDUC 437. Curriculum and General Methods, Grades 7-12 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course will include the secondary curriculum content — factors that
influence chance, the most important current practices, and critical cur-
riculum issues racing educators today. It will provide general knowledge of
current teaching methods, strategies of learning, and evaluation proce-
dures. (Fall, Spring)
EDUC 438. Special Methods of Teaching, Grades 7-12 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. Course EDUC 437 and EDUC
438 comprise a block and should be taken the same semester.
Student must have completed fifteen semester hours in the teaching area to
qualify for admission.
The areas which offer methods courses are: Art, Bible, Business (Office
Administration), English, Foreign Language, Health and Physical Educa-
tion, History, Home Economics, Mathematics, Music, Science (Biology,
Chemistry, and Physics).
The course will be offered the first half of that semester designated by the
student's major department. The class will meet four class periods per week.
Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at local profes-
sional meetings are considered part of this course.
Among the student's responsibilities will be the collection and organization
of a file of teaching materials, the preparation of lesson plans, and evalua-
tion of textbooks. Directed observation in selected schools and attendance at
selected local professional meetings are considered a part of the course.
(Fall, Spring)
EDUC 443. Classroom Competencies 3 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education and completion of at least
two upper division methods courses.
Education / Psychology
This course provides opportunity for the student to develop skills and
Q O knowledge related to concepts of classroom organization and management,
tf m audio-visual aids and techniques, discipline, public relations and ethics.
Although all school settings will be considered, emphasis will be given to
small schools. Classroom experience may be required. (Fall, Spring, Sum-
mer on demand)
EDUC 453. Mathematics Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa-
tion.
Includes curriculum organization, materials, methods, and instructional
aids with emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Attention is given to the
sequential skill development and to changes in the mathematical contents,
technology and pedagogy. Observation and micro-teaching required.
(Spring, Summer on demand)
EDUC 454. Science and Health Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa-
tion.
Includes curriculum organization, methods, materials and equipment with
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Techniques and materials are
examined using basic principles of the scientific method. Observation and
micro-teaching required. Two-day field trip is required. A lab fee is charged.
(Fall, Summer on demand)
EDUC 455. Bible Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa-
tion.
A course to develop teaching objectives, materials, and strategies in Biblical
education with emphasis on the Christ-centered curriculum and integration
of faith and learning. Special attention will be given to multi-grade class-
rooms. Observation and micro-teaching required. (Fall, Summer on de-
mand)
EDUC 456. Language Arts Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa-
tion.
Curriculum organization, methods, materials and instructional aids with
emphasis on multi-grade classrooms. Strategies for instruction in writing,
spelling, grammar, literature and composition are developed. Observation
and micro-teaching required. (Spring, Sunimer on demand)
EDUC 457. Social Studies Methods in the
Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 125, 134, 217, 240 and admission to Teacher Educa-
tion.
A course to develop teaching objectives, instructional strategies, materials
and methods when integrating social studies, geography and the world-
wide mission of the church. Special attention will be given to multi-grade
classrooms. Observation and micro-teaching required. (Fall, Summer on
demand)
Education / Psychology
93
EDUC 466. Student Teaching, Kindergarten 4 hours
Prerequisites: EDUC 426 and Admission to Professional Semester.
This course is offered the first half of each semester and is available during
the summer term to teachers with previous experience if suitable classes can
be found. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
EDUC 467. Student Teaching, 1-8 8 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Professional Semester.
This course is offered each semester and is available during the summer
term to teachers with previous experience. The student will cte assigned a
half-day each week of classroom observation and participation the first half
of the semester. A weekly seminar is held in the first nine weeks of the
semester.
The second half of the semester will be used for full-time student teaching in
on-campus or selected off-campus elementary schools. Group conferences
of two periods each week will be scheduled. A minimum of two hours credit
must be earned in residence.
Student teachers are expected to provide their own transportation to their
teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they are assigned.
(Fall, Spring)
EDUC 468. Student Teaching, Grades 7-12 6 hours
Prerequisite: EDUC 217, 437, 438, and admission to professional semester.
Music majors must have completed MUPF 479.
This course is offered each semester and the summer session in selected
areas. The student teachers will be assigned to the cooperating teacher near
the beginning of the semester and will oe expected to spend a minimum of
three hours per week in observation and participation. These hours will
count toward the required student teaching allotment. One-half semester of
full time directed observation, participation and full-day classroom teach-
ing is required in on-campus or selected off-campus secondary schools.
Conferences of two class periods each week will be scheduled.
A minimum of two hours credit must be earned in residence by degree
candidates. Student teachers are expected to provide their own transporta-
tion to their teaching centers and to follow the school calendars where they
are assigned. (Fall, Spring)
EDUC 475. Workshop in Education (Methodology) 1-3 hours
Experienced teachers are given opportunity to work under supervision on
curriculum problems. Credit is also available for preservice students as an
elective. (Summer)
EDUC 485. Workshop in Education (Content) 1-3 hours
Experienced teachers are given opportunity to develop new skills and
gather new facts in content fields at various levels. Credit is also available for
preservice students as an elective. (Summer)
Education / Psychology
EDUC 295/495. Directed Study 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
This course permits the advanced student with adequate preparation to
pursue independent study in special fields. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
(F-l), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements,
COURSES IN PSYCHOLOGY
PSYC 124. Introduction to Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A beginning course in the basic principles and concepts of psychology.
Special attention given to the structure and function of trie brain and nerv-
ous system. Recommended as a preliminary to other courses in the field.
(Fall, Spring)
PSYC 128. Developmental Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of life from prenatal through the adult years. Emphasis is placed on
the emotional, social, physical, motor, and psychological development of
the individual. (Fall, Spring)
PSYC 217. Educational Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of the processes of human growth, development, and learning,
joined to the practical application of this knowledge to teaching. (Credit not
permitted if EDUC 217 has been taken.)
PSYC 224. Social Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
A study of human behavior as affected by group living. Dynamics of groups,
social roles, communication, and mass behavior are focuses of considera-
tion. Credit applicable for either psychology or sociology emphasis, but not
for both. (Spring)
PSYC 233. Human Sexuality (F-l or 2) 3 hours
A study of human sexual behavior, relationships, and values as reflected in
the Christian cultural setting.
PSYC 315. Abnormal Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124 or 128.
A study of the etiology of pathological behavior and the factors of good
adjustment and mental health. (Spring)
PSYC 349. Aging and Society (F-l) 3 hours
(See SOCI 349. Aging and Society (F-l)
PSYC 355. Organizational Behavior 3 hours
(See BUAD 355 under Business Administration Department listing.)
PSYC 356. Tests and Measurements 3 hours
An evaluation of classroom learning and teacher-made tests as well as an
overview of selected ability, achievement, interest, and personality tests.
Principles of effective test construction and selection are studied, particu-
larly as they apply to sampling, validity, reliability, and norming. (Credit
not permitted if EDUC 356 has been taken.)
Education / Psychology
95
PSYC 377. Fundamentals of Counseling (F-l) (W) 3 hours
Recommended: One course in Psychology.
This is an introduction to the major theories and practices of individual
counseling. The dynamics of the helping relationship are analyzed. (Fall)
PSYC 384. Experimental Psychology (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215.
The application of relational and experimental research designs to psychol-
ogy. A semester research proposal and completed project is expected of each
student. (Fall)
PSYC 415. History and Systems of Psychology (F-l), (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 124.
Philosophical and historical backgrounds of psychology leading to a con-
sideration of contemporary schools and systems of psychology. (Spring)
PSYC 465. Topics in Psychology (F-l) 3 hours
Selected topics in psychology as chosen from such areas as: group
dynamics, psychological assessment, individual differences, psychology of
women, sensation and perception, etc. This course may be repeated for
credit with an appropriate change in topics. (Spring, alternate years)
PSYC 495. Directed Study (F-l), (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PSYC 384.
Completion of an experimental project under the direction of a psychology
instructor. Students are responsible for developing appropriate research
options. (Fall, Spring)
Engineering Studies
ENGINEERING STUDIES
John Durichek, M.A.
Lawrence Hanson, Ph.D., Chairman
Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D.
Southern College offers the first two years of a baccalaureate degree in
engineering. Upon completing the two-year engineering studies pro-
gram at SC, students transfer to Walla Walla College in Walla Walla,
Washington, for the final two years. Southern College awards an As-
sociate of Science degree in Engineering Studies and Walla Walla a
Bachelor of Science degree in Engineering with concentrations in civil,
electrical, and mechanical engineering.
The WWC School of Engineering, with which Southern College is
affiliated, offers a high quality program that is fully accredited by the
Accreditation Board for Engineering and Technology — the only nation-
ally recognized organization which accredits engineering programs. It
has an enrollment of approximately 400 students many of whom are
transfer students from affiliated Seventh-day Adventist colleges.
The Southern College affiliation with Walla Walla College makes the
transition to the final two years of the baccalaureate engineering pro-
gram essentially the same as if the first two years were taken at Walla
Walla College. Even though transfer to Walla Walla College is simpler
than to a non-affiliated school, the Southern College engineering studies
program is compatible with baccalaureate engineering programs of
many colleges and universities.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN ENGINEERING STUDIES
Major: Thirty-six hours consisting of ENGR 149, 150, 211, 212, 214;
CPTR 218; MATH 115, 217, 218; PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 311, 312.
Required cognates: CHEM 151, 152; ENGL 102.
The total number of hours for the associate of science degree in
engineering studies is seventy. General education courses must meet
general education requirements for the associate of science degree at
Southern College as well as general education requirements for the
bachelor of science degree in engineering at Walla Walla College. The
suggested sequence of courses presented below does this. Students who
plan to continue their engineering studies at a school other than Walla
Walla College should take that school's catalog to the engineering ad-
viser for guidance in selecting general education courses
A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 265. [
Engineering Studies
ENGINEERING COURSES
ENGR 149. Engineering Graphics 2 hours
A basic course in drafting including proper use of instruments, ortho-
graphic projection, surface development, sectioning, pictorial representa-
tion, dimensional drawings. Five clock hours of laboratory per week. Lec-
tures as announced by instructor. Instruments cost approximately $40.
(Fall)
ENGR 150. Computer Graphics 2 hours
Prerequisite: ENGR 149.
An introduction to computer-aided design and drafting. The drawing pro-
grams used in this course are Auto Cad and Cad Key. Five clock hours of
laboratory per week. Lectures as announced by instructor. (Spring)
ENGR 211. Engineering Mechanics: Statics 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 217, PHYS 211, 213.
Two- and three-dimensional equilibria employing vector algebra; friction;
centroids and center of mass, virtual work, and moments or inertia.
ENGR 212. Engineering Mechanics: Dynamics 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312.
One- and two-dimensional kinetics and kinematics of rigid bodies by vector
calculus; dynamics of rotation, translation and plane motion; relative mo-
tion; work and energy; impulse and momentum.
ENGR 214. Circuit Analysis 3 hours
Pre- or corequisites: MATH 218, PHYS 212, 214, 311, 312.
Circuit variables and parameters; Kirchoffs laws and circuit solution;
sinusoidal steady-state; phasors and impedance; frequency characteristics;
Thevenin's theorem and maximum power theorem; transients and complete
response. Laboratory covers basic electrical measurements using DC and AC
meters, potentiometers, recorders, and bridges.
97
English
98
ENGLISH
Ann Clark, Ph.D.
Jan Haluska, M.A.
John Keyes, Ed.S.
Wilma McClarty, Ed.D.
David Smith, M.A., Chairman
The English Department offers two categories of classes that view
man's search for truth and its most convincing expression through a
Christian perspective. Language courses aid students in developing
ease, confidence, and competence in the art of effective communication
and in acquiring knowledge of the science of language; literature
courses develop the ability to discern and appreciate the best literary j
works.
Students majoring in English must meet the specific requirements of
the English Department (below) and the General Education program j
(pages 13-17). For English, intermediate foreign language is required.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE
Major: Thirty-one hours excluding Basic Writing and College Com- i
position, but including ENGL 215, 216, 218, 314, 315 and 335; plus six ;
hours from ENGL 214, 333, or 334; plus nine hours from ENGL 336, 337, j
338, 444, or 445. Required cognates: HIST 374, HMNT 205, intermediate
foreign language.
Minor: Nineteen hours, excluding Basic Writing and College Compo-
sition, including ENGL 218, 315; ENGL 214 or 333 or 334; ENGL 215,
314; six hours of English electives to include one additional literature
class.
Teaching Endorsement: The following are the minimum require-
ments.
ENGL 218 Principles of Grammar 2 hours
ENGL 315 Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours
Two of the following three: 6 hours
ENGL 214 Survey of American Literature (3)
ENGL 333 American Literature: Colonial through
Romantic Periods (3)
ENGL 334 American Literature: Realism to the Present (3)
ENGL 215 Survey of English Literature 3 hours
ENGL 314 Creative Writing 3 hours
One of the following three: 3 hours
ENGL 336 Medieval and Renaissance Literature (3)
ENGL 337 Nineteenth Century British Literature (3)
ENGL 444 Restoration and Eighteenth Century Literature (3)
English
ENGL 445 World Literature 3 hours
LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours QQ
One of the following two: 2 hours
EDUC 332 Teaching of Reading (2)
EDUC 333 Developmental Reading (2)
EDUC 432 Reading in the Secondary School (2) 2 hours
TOTAL 28 hours
Students anticipating secondary teaching should meet state certifica-
tion requirements (see Secondary Education requirements under DE-
PARTMENT OF EDUCATION), should consider taking a minor in Fields
Related to English Education, and should obtain experience working on
the Southern Accent staff, Southern Memories staff, and/or a programs
committee of one of the student organizations.
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 266.
ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND COMPOSITION
ENGL 099. Basic Writing 3 hours
Prerequisite: Students whose first language is not English must have a score
of 90 or above on the Michigan English Language Institute Test.
Focuses on development of those writing skills necessary for successful
entry into ENGL 101. Students whose English ACT score is 12 or below are
required to register for this class. Students successfully completing this
course will earn three institutional elective credits and may enroll in ENGL
101. This course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall)
ENGL 101-102. College Composition (A-l) 3,3 hours
ENGL 101 is prerequisite to ENGL 102.
A two-semester course focusing strongly on the writing process, especially
revision. ENGL 101 emphasizes specific writing skills and principles which
readily apply to most writing taslcs. ENGL 102 reinforces the proficiencies
developed in ENGL 101 while focusing on rhetorical and reasoning skills
which apply to various persuasive and research writing activities. This
course does not count toward an English major or minor. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
ENGL 218. Principles of Grammar 2 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 101.
A detailed survey of descriptive grammar as it pertains to parts of speech,
sentence structure, punctuation, and usage. Designed to aid any student
English
who wishes to strengthen his skills in grammar analysis* it is also especially
helpful for prospective teachers and writers. (Fall)
ENGL 295. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the
student, including requests for credit for such activities as projects done
during student missionary terms. This course also includes credit offered by
the English Department on directed study tours. Open only to students
approved by the department chairman in consultation with the prospective
instructor.
ENGL 314. Creative Writing (G-l), (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: Three hours of literature or permission of instructor.
A study of the principles, techniques, and types of personalized writing,
providing the student with opportunity to develop his own style and to find
possible markets for his manuscripts that may be worthy of publication.
(Spring)
ENGL 315. Introduction to Linguistics 2 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 218.
Provides a background in the history of the English language, etymology
and the processes of word formation, dialectology and syntax analyses, and
relates these learnings to the teaching of contemporary English. (Spring)
LITERATURE
ENGL 214. Survey of American Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of representative selections from major American authors, colonial
through modern, with emphasis on ideas, attitudes, and trends having
individual, national, and universal interest. Major writers will include,
among others, Cooper, Hawthorne, Twain, Frost, and Hemingway. (Fall,
Spring)
ENGL 215. Survey of English Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
A study of representative selections by British writers, with special em-
phasis on the author's philosophy as compared or contrasted with Bible-
based thinking, and a review or literary trends and influences from the late
Roman periodto the present. Among writers receiving strong attention are
Chaucer, Shakespeare, Donne, Milton, Wordsworth. (Fall, Spring)
ENGL 216* Approaches to Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: ENGL 102.
The study and appreciation of selected works, with special emphasis on
literary terms and on the critical qualities that distinguish such basic literary
types as the short story, the drama, the novel, and the poem. (Fall)
ENGL 333. American Literature From Colonial Through
Romantic Periods (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A reasonably comprehensive, chronological study of the works of major
American writers with special emphasis on Bradford, Taylor, Franklin,
Edwards, Irvine, Cooper, Poe, Emerson, Thoreau, Hawthorne, Melville,
Longfellow, ana Whitman, (Spring, even years)
English
101
ENGL 334. American Literature From
Realism to the Present (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A continuation of ENGL 333, from the mid-nineteenth century through
some of the more recent writers, including Dickinson, Twain, James, Crane,
Robinson, Frost, Fitzgerald, Hemingway, Faulkner, Williams, Warren, and
Bellow. (Spring, odd years)
ENGL 335. Biblical Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A survey of the Bible's literary masterpieces from an archetypal perspective.
The Bible is viewed as one story, the double quest: man, searching for a lost
Eden, and Christ, the great Questor, seeking the restoration of His world and
His family. This story, reinforced by its central theme of redemption and by
the universal archetypal symbols centering in Christ the Word made flesh,
actually permeates all imaginative literature. Biblical genres studied in-
clude the story of origins, heroic narrative, epic, idyl, lyric poetry, wisdom
literature, gospel, epistle, and apocalypse. (Fall)
ENGL 336. Medieval and Renaissance Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
From Chaucer through Shakespeare, the men and their times. Readings in
Canterbury Tales, Middle English romance, allegory, play, and meditation
in translation; in sixteenth century prose, Elizabethan poetry and dramatic
literature, with study of genre, conventions, and trends. Specific attention to
moral and religious issues. (Spring, even years)
ENGL 337. Nineteenth Century British Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of British writers from the Romantic or Victorian periods (1785-
1901), with special emphasis upon Blake, Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron,
Shelley, Keats, Austen, Tennyson, Dickens, Arnold, Browning, Carlyle, and
Wilde. This course may be taught only alternate years. (Fall)
ENGL 338. Twentieth Century Writers (D-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of twentieth century writers with an emphasis on American and/or
British works, although world literature in translation may be included.
This course may be taught only alternate years. (Spring)
ENGL 444. Restoration and
Eighteenth Century Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
English life and letters in ferment through the Enlightenment and the
decline of Neo-classicism: Milton, Dryden, Swift, Pope, Johnson. Special
attention to moral and religious issues and trends. This course may be
taught only alternate years, (Fall)
ENGL 445. World Literature (D-2), (W) 3 hours
Beginning with the three great epics which underlie the literature of the
Western World — the Iliad, The Odyssey, and The Book of Job — the class will
consider a range of classical and medieval works from the Greeks to the
Italian Renaissance. Collateral emphasis will be on enhancing the student's
ability to differentiate the pagan from the Christian in the thematic mix of
English
102
individual works. Students desiring a complete sequence in world literature
may follow this course with MDLG 304. (Fall)
ENGL 495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the
student. This course also includes credit offered by the English Department
on directed study tours. Open only to English majors or minors with the
approval of the department chairman in consultation with the prospective
instructor.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching English 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances; the survey and evaluation of
textbooks is also included. Four lectures each week oi the first half of the
semester. (Spring)
(A-l), (D-2), (G-1), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION,
AND RECREATION
Ted Evans, M.Ed.
Philip Garver, M.S., Acting Chairman
Steve Jaecks, M.S.
The courses in Health, Physical Education, and Recreation propose to
acquaint students with principles of healthful living, to help each stu-
dent develop physical efficiency through participation in supervised
activity, to develop wholesome recreational habits by helping the stu-
dent acquire interest, knowledge, and skills in several recreational ac-
tivities, and to contribute to preparation for a career in health, physical
education, and recreation.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HEALTH, PHYSICAL
EDUCATION, AND RECREATION
Major: Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 473; PETH
121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266, 363, 364, 374, 463, (295, 495); PEAC 254,
255; FDNT 125. Required cognates: BIOL 101, 102.
Competency required in PEAC 143, Beginning Tumbling.
Skill deficiencies in each PETH 121, 122, 221, or 222 activity unit will
be indicated by grade of C— or less. Deficiencies for these units must be
met by taking for no credit the corresponding general education activity
course.
Intramural participation is recommended of all majors and minors.
Majors training for teaching positions must meet the NCATE certifica-
tion requirements set forth by the Division of Education and Human
Sciences.
Minor: Eighteen hours including PETH 121, 122, 221, 222, 265, 266,
364.
The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HEALTH SCIENCE
Major: Forty hours including HLED 173, 314, 315, 373, 473; PETH
374, 495; PEAC 125; CHEM 151-152; MATH 215; BIOL 101, 102, 125;
FDNT 125.
[Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 267,
103
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
104
GENERAL EDUCATION ACTIVITY COURSES
PEAC courses are graded on a pass/fail basis.
PEAC 123. Volleyball (G-3) 1 hour
Development of skills necessary for enjoyable and successful play. (Spring,
Fall)
PEAC 124, Basketball (G-3) 1 hour
Team activity skills developed that may be used in the individual's leisure
time. (Fall)
PEAC 125, Conditioning (G-3) 1 hour
The learning of basic training and aerobic principles followed by a personal
long-range conditioning program. May be repeated for credit.
PEAC 126. Softball (G-3) 1 hour
Development of skills necessary for enjoyable and successful play. (Fall) ]
PEAC 131. Badminton (G-3) 1 hour
Strokes, rules, and playing situations included with physical conditioning
for badminton. (Spring)
PEAC 133. Racquetball (G-3) 1 hour
Activities with emphasis on recreational carry-over values. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 134. Basic Tennis (G-3) 1 hour
Basic tennis skills including the strokes, rallying, and volleying. (Fall)
PEAC 136. Basic Golf (G-3) 1 hour
A basic course for the beginning golfer; includes use of all clubs and course
play. (Fall)
PEAC 137. Cycling (G-3) 1 hour
Emphasizing various types of cycling, repairs, and safety factors. Students |
are to provide their own bicycles. (Spring)
PEAC 138. Intermediate Golf (G-3) 1 hour
Play on a variety, of courses for the bogie golfer. (Spring)
PEAC 139. Intermediate Tennis (G-3) 1 hour
- For the advanced player with emphasis on playing strategy, doubles, and
mixed doubles. (Fall)
PEAC 143. Basic Tumbling (G-3) 1 hour
Mat tumbling leading to gymnastic free-exercise routines. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 144. Basic Apparatus (G-3) 1 hour
Basic skills emphasized on trampoline, P-bars, rings, unevens, and balance
beam. (Fall, Spring)
Health Physical Education
and Recreation
PEAC 151. Scuba Diving (G-3) 1 hour
Leads to basic certification by N. A.S.D.S. or N. A.U.L Lab fees in addition to 1 fl C
tuition. Lab fee required. (Fall, Spring) Atf v
PEAC 153. Basic Swimming (G-3) 1 hour
Both beginning and intermediate swimming, and aquatic safety skills will
be included. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
PEAC 243. Tumbling Team (G-3) 1,1 hour
Admission will be based on satisfactory performance of try-out require-
ments for team membership. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 253. Intermediate Swimming (G-3) 1 hour
Review of swimming strokes, diving, and conditioning. (Fall, Spring)
PEAC 254. Lifesaving (G-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PEAC 253 or equivalent.
Leads to Red Cross Advanced Life Saving certification. (Spring)
PEAC 255. Water Safety Instructor (G-3) 1 hour
Prerequisite: PEAC 254 or equivalent.
Leads to Red Cross Water Safety Instructor certification. (Spring)
PEAC 259. Special Activities (G-3) 1 hour
Courses with various structured content may be offered under this topic
heading. Included are courses in water skiing, sailing, small craft, snow
skiing, rock climbing, spelunking, aerobics, and sailplaning. This course
may be repeated with the varying subject matter. Lab fees in addition to
tuition are usually charged, by approximately $50-$75.
HEALTH EDUCATION
HLED 173. Health and Life (F-3) 2 hours
A study of current subjects vital to healthful living. Integrating healthful
living and Christianity with today's scientific research. Not open to nursing
students. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
HLED 203. Safety Education (F-3) 2 hours
The nature and causes of accidents, safety measures for the prevention of
common accidents of the home, school, industry, transportation, and recrea-
tion. The standard and advanced Red Cross Certificates will be issued to
those completing the required work in first aid. (Fall)
HLED 314. Kinesiology 3 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 105, 106 or equivalent.
A study of the anatomical and mechanical variables influencing movement,
including adaptive activities for the handicapped person. (Fall)
Health. Physical Education
and Recreation
- n ~ HLED 315. Physiology of Exercise (W j 3 hours
lllu Prerequisite: BIOL 101, 102 or equivalent.
Emphasizing the physiological effects of muscular exercise, massed gym-
nastics, and physical conditioning. Significance of these effects for health
and for skilled performance. (Spring)
HLED 373. Care and Prevention of Athletic Injuries 2 hours
Prerequisite: HLED 314.
The study of treatment and prevention of athletic injuries. (Spring, even
years)
HLED 470. Current Issues in Health 2 hours
This course emphasizes lifting the Great Healer through health ministry.
Principles found in the Bible and Spirit of Prophecy are used as the basis for
optimum health habits. Learning of health for an evangelistic tool and for
optimal personal health are the two-fold objectives for the course. (Spring)
HLED 473. Health Education 2 hours
Prerequisite: HLED 173 or HLED 470.
A study of the theoretical and scientific basis of health education with
emphasis on the development and organization of the school health instruc-
tion program. (Spring, odd years)
PHYSICAL EDUCATION THEORY
PETH 121, 122. Professional Skills, Team Activities 2,2 hours
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching
techniques for softball, football, volleyball, basketball, hockey, and soccer.
For majors and minors only. (Fall, odd years; Spring, even years)
PETH 221, 222. Professional Skills, Individual Activities 2,2 hours
Development of professional skills including performance and teaching
techniques for golf, tennis, badminton, gymnastics, conditioning, recrea-
tional activities, track and field. Taught in alternate years for HPER majors
and minors only. (Fall, Spring)
PETH 261. Introduction to Recreation (G-3) 2 hours
A course designed to promote outdoor recreation and provide experience
for those interested in preparing for different phases of camp life, outdoor
living and activities. (Spring, Summer)
PETH 265, 266. Officiating Sports Analysis 2,2 hours
An introduction to administration of and participation in the organization
of officiating in team and individual recreational activities. (Fall, Spring)
PETH 363. An Introduction to Measurements and
Research of Physical Education 3 hours
A survey of tests used in Physical Education and an introduction to statisti-
cal procedures for analyzing data and how it may be applied to research.
(Spring)
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation
PETH 364. Principles and Administration of
Physical Education and Recreation 3 hours 1 f|7
An integrated study of the principles and administrative concepts of Physi-
cal Education and Recreation. (Fall)
PETH 374. Motor Learning and Development 2 hours
The course based on physical anthropometrics and the neurological de-
velopment of the child, adolescent related to his motor behavior. Taught in
alternate years. (Spring)
PETH 463. Physical Education in the Elementary School 2 hours
This course is designed primarily for elementary teachers, physical educa-
tion majors and minors. Objectives for this course include: a comprehensive
review of motor learning and development stages, methods and materials,
graded activities in games and rhythmic activities, self-testing and safety
measures. Observation and teaching of elementary school children will be
scheduled. (Spring, alternate Summers)
PETH 490. Senior Seminar (W) 2 hours
An exploration of philosophical and historical contributions to the field.
Discussion of current topics, issues and research pertinent to the field and
the interests of the students. Research and/or writing required as a portion of
the class. (Fall)
PETH 295, 495. Directed Studies (W) 1-3 hours
An introduction to research and discussion on problem areas in the disci-
pline. Limited to Physical Education majors. Writing emphasis credit for
PETH 495 only. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Health and
Physical Education 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. The first half of the first semester during the senior year. (Fall)
oF-3), (G-3), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
History
■HISTORY-
Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D.
Benjamin Mc Arthur, Ph.D.
William Wohlers, PhD., Chairman
History is the study of the human experience. It investigates man-
kind's ideas, institutions, and activities. In pursuing this investigation,
history courses at Southern College emphasize the Christian view of
humanity. This perspective recognizes both the potential and the limita-
tion of human endeavor and thereby permits a broader comprehension
of the past and a greater hope for the future.
Approval of study programs for history majors. Departmental ap-
proval is necessary for all programs. A student majoring in history must
plan his entire study program with a member of the history faculty.
Approval is then considered on an individual basis and is granted on the
following conditions:
1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere
in the Catalog.
2. Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student.
3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN HISTORY
Major: Thirty hours including HIST 154, 155; 174, 175; 499. Six hours
of political science may apply to the major. The intermediate level of a
foreign language is required. At least two courses are to be taken in each
of the following areas:
Area I: American History, HIST 354, 355, 356, 357, 359; PLSC 254.
Area II: European History, HIST 374, 375, 386, 389; PLSC 389; either
HIST 364 or 365.
History as a preprofessional degree: A student majoring in history
who plans to enter a professional school in an area such as medicine or
law must present a balanced program of general education classes and
electives that will support the professional objectives.
History as a preparation for teaching: A student majoring in history
who plans to teach will automatically have the 24 semester hours re-
quired for certification in the area of the first teaching field. It is strongly
recommended that the student also earn teaching credentials in a field
outside of history. No specific supporting field is required but art,
behavioral science, business, English, modern languages, and religion
are recognized as intimately related to the study of history. A student
may receive certification to teach history as a second area by completing
a minor in history. See under Minor below. Since the entire second
semester of the senior year is devoted to certification requirements,
History
students earning teacher certification must finish all history classwork
before reaching the final semester. Students applying for teacher certifi-
cation must consult with the Education Department to draft a schedule
of classes meeting certification requirements.
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
Minor: Eighteen hours including HIST 174, 175. The additional
twelve hours will be chosen from remaining history courses, six hours of
which must be upper division. A minimum of three hours must be
chosen from each of the American and European areas. Three hours of
political science may be taken in lieu of three hours of history. A student
planning to minor in history in order to obtain a second teaching area for
certification must take all eighteen hours in history and must include
HIST 154, 155.
History Department tours: The Department of History regularly spon-
sors study tours to foreign countries and in the United States. The
purpose of these tours is to provide students and other participants with
an enhanced understanding of history and culture through a combina-
tion of traditional lecture and reading with direct observation of histori-
cal sites. Academic activities connected with the tours require students
to spend an amount of time equal to that expected in a regular classroom
setting. Preparatory meetings and assigned reading are included in this
computation. Course credit is offered under HIST 295:495 Directed
Study in History. Cost of the tours includes charge for academic credit.
History as general education: Freshman and sophomore students
earning general education credit in history should take courses from the
100 and 200 level. Junior and senior students meeting general education
requirements in history should select courses from the 300 and 400 level.
109
A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 268.
HISTORY
HIST 154, 155. American History and Institutions (C-l) 3,3 hours
An introductory survey of the nation from colonial times to the present. The
development of its politics, government and social institutions is covered in
each semester of the sequence. This course is recommended as general
education for freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
HIST 174, 175. Survey of Civilization (C-l) 3,3 hours
An introductory consideration of the ancient, classical, and medieval con-
tributions to our own civilization and a consideration of modern and current
History
110
developments. This course is recommended as general education for
freshmen and sophomores. (Fall, Spring)
HIST 354. Latin America (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A survey of Latin America offering brief backgrounds from the colonial,
independence, and early national periods, but focusing on twentieth-
century trends in selected republics.
HIST 355. History of the South (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the Old South from the discovery through the war between the
states, the reconstruction and the subsequent developments, and recent
changes, including the current scene.
HIST 356. Natives and Strangers (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of immigration and the role of ethnic groups in American society.
Special emphasis on the tension between assimilation and pluralism in the
national character.
HIST 357. Modern America (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of American History from 1900 on with special examination of the
progressive era, normalcy, the depression, the New Deal, and the role of the
United States in world affairs. (Fall)
HIST 359. Transformation of American Culture (C-l) (W) 3 hours
A topical approach to nineteenth and twentieth century American history,
focusing on trie modernization of life. Among the topics that may be covered
are entertainment, the media, urban culture, social relations, transportation,
and art and architecture.
HIST 364. Christian Church I: From the Early Church
Through the Middle Ages (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the history of western Christianity from the end of the apostolic
period to the end of the Middle Ages, emphasizing both institutional and
theological development. (Fall)
HIST 365. Christian Church II: From the Reformation
Through the Twentieth Century (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the reorientation of western Christianity, beginning with the
Protestant Reformation and culminating with contemporary religious
trends. (Spring)
HIST 374. History of England (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A survey of the history of Great Britain from Roman times to the twentieth
century, emphasizing political, cultural, and economic developments
which nave influenced western civilization as a whole.
HIST 375. Ancient World (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of the three stages of ancient civilization, the Ancient Near East,
Greece, and Rome, and the contribution each has made to the development
of western culture.
History
HIST 386. Rise of the West (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of European history from the fall of Rome to the beginning of the
modern age, focusing on those developments which have influenced the * * *
institutions and values of modern western civilization. The chronological
emphasis is on the eleventh through the sixteenth centuries.
HIST 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-l), (W) 3 hours
A study of major historical developments affecting international relations
since the Napoleonic Era. The class treats antithetical forces such as peace
and war, power and weakness, sovereignty and dependence, as well as
others, in their historical setting. Students may earn either history or politi-
cal science credit, depending on individual assignments.
HIST 295/495. Directed Study (C-l), (W) 1-3 hours
A course emphasizing individual directed study. The instructor to whom a
student is assigned will determine whether credit is upper or lower divi-
sion. This course also includes credit offered by the History Department on
directed study tours. Writing emphasis credit for HIST 495 only. Approval
of the department is required prior to registration,
HIST 499. Research Methods in History (C-l), (W) 3 hours
Historical theories, procedures, and research methods are examined in
conjunction with the preparation of a research project. (Fall)
POLITICAL SCIENCE
PLSC 254. American National and State Government (C-2) 3 hours
An examination of the operation of the executive, legislative, and judicial
branches of government of the national, state, and local levels.
PLSC 389. Vienna to Vietnam (C-2), (W) 3 hours
See HIST 389 for course description.
GEOGRAPHY
GEOG 204. World Geography 3 hours
(C-2 credit for elementary education majors only).
Maps, land forms, soil, mineral resources, weather, and climate are consid-
ered. Man's adjustment to various physiographic regions is studied. (Fall)
GEOG 306. Cultural Geography (C-2) 3 hours
A course for student missionaries assigned to a country other than the
United States. Focuses on geographic and social characteristics. Activities
include assigned reading prior to departure, journal of on-site observations,
formal paper after return to campus. Prior to departure, the student will
make all arrangements with a teacher assigned by the Department of His-
tory. One-third tuition rate.
History
112
HUMANITIES
HMNT 205. Arts and Ideas (D-3) 3 hours
A cultural appreciation class tracing the historical evolution of intellectual
movements in western civilization. Ideas from leaders in philosophy and
the arts will be studied with appropriate works from music, art, and litera-
ture. Students may participate in activities involving specific art forms.
Resource persons may assist as. available. This course is also taught as part of
the European study tour program during selected summer sessions.
HMNT 451, 452. Honors Seminar 1,1 hour
A study of great books in religion, philosophy, science and social science
that have shaped western culture. Required of students in the Southern
Scholars program during their junior or senior year.
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching History 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials in instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring)
(C-l), (C-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Home Economics
HOME ECONOMICS'
Roy Dingle, A.S.
Earl Evans, B.S.
Diane Fletcher, M.A., Chairman
Home Economics programs are designed to prepare men and women
for careers dealing with home and family life, food and nutrition, cloth-
ing and textiles, and teaching of non-vocational Home Economics in
secondary and elementary schools.
Flexibility of programs allows a choice of concentration to fit the
preparation needed for the chosen Home Economics profession.
Emphasis is placed upon the Seventh-day Adventist philosophy for
home and family living and preparation for professional, church, and
community leadership.
All Home Economics programs are planned with a member of the
Home Economics faculty. Approval is then considered on an individual
basis and is granted on the following conditions:
1. Compliance with graduation requirements as explained elsewhere
in the CATALOG.
2 . Fulfillment of the professional and individual needs of the student.
3. Embodiment of academic balance and continuity.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS
Home Economics can complement other disciplines. The following
academic combinations are possible: Home Economics and Business for
a career as a home economist in business; Home Economics and Social
Work for a career in gerontology; Home Economics and Education for a
teaching career; Home Economics and Child Care for a career in day care
supervision; Home Economics and the sciences for pre-professional
preparation for medical school and paramedical careers. Employment
opportunities abound for those who pursue advanced degrees in one of
the areas of Home Economics.
Major: Forty-one hours including FDNT 125, 126, 127, 317, 325
HMEC 146, 147, 148; CLTX 164, 165, 166; HMEC 201, 202, 349, 415, 485
and six hours of upper division elective credit. Cognate requirements
PSYC 124; HLED 203.
Home Economics majors and candidates for secondary certification
are encouraged to attend two approved professional meetings each
semester.
Minor — Home Economics: Eighteen hours, six hours of which must be
upper division.
Minor — Foods and Food Service: Eighteen hours, six hours of which
must be upper division.
113
Home Economics
Teaching Endorsement Requirements:
114 Foods and Nutrition courses 8 hours
Clothing and Textiles courses including CLTX 315 8 hours
Home Management courses including HMEC 146 8 hours
Total 24 hours
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education and Psychology for admission to the Teacher
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must
apply to the Department of Education and Psychology for admission to
the professional semester. Read carefully the instructions after EDUC
134 on page 89.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE
IN FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION
The bachelor of science degree in food service administration pro-
vides the student with advanced skills in institutional food service,
supervision and administration. A minor in Business Administration is
required for this degree.
Major: Fifty-two hours including FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125, 126,
127, 129, 219, 220, 239, 317, 325, 385; BUAD 355; FONT 415; HMEC 495;
FDNT 497. Cognate requirements: CPTR 120, BIOL 125, PSYC 124 or
128.
Minor — Business Administration: Eighteen hours including ACCT
121-122, ECON 213; BUAD 334, 344 and three additional hours in
Accounting, Economics or Business Administration. Recommended:
BUAD 353.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PRE-DIETETICS
The associate of science degree in pre-dietetics prepares the student
for admission to the Coordinated Undergraduate Program (CUP) in
Dietetics at Loma Linda University or Andrews University. Admission
to any professional school is dependent on meeting the GPA and prereq-
uisite requirements of the individual school. Students desirous of ad-
mission to other Coordinated Undergraduate Programs (CUP) in dietet-
ics should check the bulletin of that school to ascertain the requirements.
Major: Thirty-nine hours including MATH 104, FDNT 125, 126, 127,
317, ACCT 103, ECON 213, BIOL 101-102, 125, CHEM 111-112, 113-114,
PSYC 124, SOCI 125.
Students applying to Andrews University should take another
Psychology or Sociology course and CPTR 125.
Students applying to Loma Linda University should take another
Home Economics
Religion course, and six additional hours of Humanities — Language/
Literature / Fine Arts — which must include Speech. | | C
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN HOME ECONOMICS
The purpose of the two-year curriculum is to prepare the student for a
successful family experience as well as for service to his community. All
specified courses will apply toward a Bachelor's degree in Home
Economics.
Major: Twenty-four hours including courses FDNT 125,126,127,317;
HMEC 146, 147, 148, 201; CLTX 165, plus electives to make a total of 24
hours in Home Economics; HLED 203; general electives to make a total of
64 semester hours.
Home Economics majors and candidates for secondary certification
are encouraged to attend two approved professional meetings each
semester.
ASSOCIATE OF TECHNOLOGY DEGREE IN FOOD SERVICE
The two-year associate of technology program is designed to provide
the student with advanced skills in institutional food service production
operations including management of special functions. All specified
courses will apply toward a bachelor's degree in Food Service Adminis-
tration.
Major: Thirty-seven hours including FDNT 111, 112, 113, 114, 125,
126, 127, 129, 219, 220, 239, 317. Cognate requirements: HMEC 146 or
BUAD 128; SPCH 136; PSYC 124 or 128. General education require-
ments include: ENGL 101, MATH 103, and six hours B-l or B-2, and
electives for a total of 64 semester hours. Work experience in the food
service and/or bakery is required.
CERTIFICATE PROGRAM IN FOOD SERVICE PRODUCTION
The purpose of the one-year certificate program is to provide the
student with the basic production skills necessary for institutional food
service. All specified courses will apply toward an associate of technol-
ogy degree in food service. Course requirements are FDNT 111, 112, 113,
114, 127, 129, HMEC 146 or BUAD 128; SPCH 136;MATH 099; B-l or B-2
(three hours), and electives to complete a total of 32 semester hours.
Work experience in the food service is required.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 269.
Home Economics
116
FOODS AND NUTRITION
FONT 111-112. Principles of Quantity Food Service I, II 2,2 hours
Classroom instruction in physical and chemical principles of institutional
food preparation including the principles of sanitation and safety. (Fall,
Spring)
FDNT 1 1 3-114. Quantity Food Service Production Laboratory 6,6 hours
Prerequisite or corequisite: FDNT 111-112.
Experience in food service production operations to illustrate and apply the
principles presented in lectures of FDNT 111-112. Three five-hour labora-
tory periods each week. (Fall, Spring)
FDNT 125. Nutrition (F-3) 3 hours
An introduction to the basic principles of human nutrition. Includes study
of the nutrients and the requirements for different age groups and normal
physiological conditions. Attention will be given to religious and sociologi-
cal influences, taking particular note of the counsel of E. G. White. (Fall)
FDNT 126. Foods (G-2) 2 hours
Basic principles of food science including food composition, food selection,
and physical and chemical principles of food preparation. Two hours of
lecture each week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with
FDNT 127. (Fall)
FDNT 127. Food Preparation (G-2) 1 hour
Principles of quality food preparation. Efforts will be made to meet the
specific needs and interests of the group. One three-hour discussion and
laboratory per week. Home economics majors must take concurrently with
FDNT 126. (Fall)
FDNT 129. Institutional Baking Techniques 3 hours
Lecture and experience in principles of commercial institutional bakery
production and operation, including purchasing, equipment layout,
maintenance, and sanitation. One hour of lecture and five hours of labora-
tory each week. (Fall)
FDNT 151. Creative Cuisines 1 hour
An introductory laboratory course in food preparation. Emphasis will be on
practical cookery for today's lifestyle. The course will include microwave
cooking; baking, including whole wheat and fancy breads; preparation of
convenience and manufactured foods; and preparation of vegetarian en-
trees, utilizing unprocessed foods available in the supermarket. This course
may, with department approval, be substituted for FDNT 127. (Spring,
Summer)
FDNT 219-220. Advanced Food Service Production 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 111-112, 113-114.
Lecture and experience in recipe development, menu planning, and man-
agement of banquets and special functions. One hour of lecture and five
hours laboratory each week. (Fall, Spring)
Home Economics
FONT 239. Advanced Institutional Baking Techniques 3 hours
Prerequisite: FDNT 129 I 1 7
Lecture and laboratory experience in advanced principles and techniques of
commercial and institutional bakery production and operation. One hour
lecture and five hours of laboratory each week. (Spring)
FDNT 317. Meal Management (G-2) 3 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor.
Experience in planning, costing, and serving meals to family-sized groups;
problems in consumer economics and art of home food service. Two lectures
and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring)
FDNT 325. Demonstration Techniques 2 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 125, 126, 127, or approval of instructor.
Purposes, standards, and techniques of giving demonstrations with applica-
tion to education and business settings. There will be a fee for supplies.
(Spring, even years)
FDNT 385. Foods and Nutrition Seminar (W) 1 hour
Studies in a variety of current topics relating to foods and nutrition. Topics,
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest.
(Fall, odd years)
FDNT 415. Practicum in Special Functions 3 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 219-220, 239, 317, 315, 328.
Hands-on experience in all phases of catering for banquets and a variety of
special functions. 140 clock nours of laboratory experience required. (Fall)
FDNT 497. Internship in Food Service Administration 4 hours
Prerequisites: FDNT 219-220, 317, 325, 328, 415.
A tailored program in a selected food service facility, will include 400 clock
hours of on-the-job experience in production, supervision, and administra-
tion. One-third regular tuition rate. (Summer)
HOME MANAGEMENT
HMEC 146. Consumer Education (F-2) 2 hours
A basic course in consumer education from the standpoint of purchasing
and money management as related to the home and its personal needs.
(Spring, odd years)
HMEC 147. Family Resource Management (F-2) 3 hours
A study of the achievement of family goals through management of personal
and family resources including time, money, energy, and health. (Fall, even
years)
HMEC 148. Orientation to Home Economics 1 hour
Orientation in the areas of Home Economics and a study of the field in terms
of history, philosophy, and professional opportunities. (Fall, odd years)
Home Economics
HMEC 201. Parenting I (F-2) 2 hours
X 1 U ^ basic course in preparation for parenthood and the dynamics of parent-
infant interaction. Particular emphasis will be given to family planning, the
childbirth experience, and care of the infant. (Fall]
HMEC 202. Parenting II (F-2) 2 hours
An examination of a variety of specific techniques for developing com-
munication and working relationships between parents and children. Dis-
cussion of common problems of young children and of methods of modify-
ing behavior. Special emphasis will be given to discipline, communication
skills, and understanding and relating to children's individual characteris-
tics. (Spring)
HMEC 225. Life Skills 2 hours
A basic course presenting a variety of skills necessary for successful living
in today's world. NOT available for Home Economics majors and minors.
(Fall)
HMEC 244. Household Equipment (G-2) 2 hours
Evaluation, use, and care of household appliances and equipment. (Spring,
even years)
HMEC 349. Interior Design (F-2) 3 hours
A basic design course dealing with the principles of applied art in the home.
Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week. (Spring, even years)
HMEC 385. Home Management Seminar 1 hour
Studies in a variety of current trends relating to home management. Topics,
announced in advance, will be chosen to meet student need and interest.
(Fall, odd years)
HMEC 415. Practicum in Home Economics 2 hours
Prerequisites: Twenty hours in Home Economics including HMEC 147 and
349, and FDNT 317, or approval of the instructor.
Experience in solving problems of family living. Laboratory will include
personal management as well as working in the community. Registration
required at the department office one semester in advance. (Spring)
HMEC 485. Home Economics Seminar (W) 2 hours
Prerequisite: Twenty hours completed in Home Economics.
Recent trends in Home Economics and related professional fields. Required
of and limited to majors. (Spring, even years)
HMEC 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
To permit the advanced student majoring in Home Economics to do indi-
vidual work in the field under the direction of a staff member. By de-
partmental approval which must be obtained before the semester begins.
Home Economics
CLOTHING AND TEXTILES
CLTX 164. Textiles (G-2) 3 hours
A study of basic fibers and fabrics including properties, construction, selec-
tion, uses, and care. Three lectures per week. (Fall, even years)
CLTX 165. Basic Clothing (G-2) 2 hours
Basic principles of clothing construction as applied to individual garments.
Three hours combination lecture/laboratory each week. Three hours of addi-
tional sewing experience required each week. (Fall)
CLTX 166. Intermediate Clothing (G-2) 2 hours
Principles of wardrobe planning, selection, and care for the individual.
Emphasis is given to the relationship of the art principles to clothing. Two
lectures each week. Two hours of additional sewing experience required
each week. (Spring)
CLTX 313. Clothing and Human Behavior (F-2), (W) 2 hours
Clothing as it relates to self-expression and to the individual's adjustment to
the physical and social environment. The Seventh-day Adventist phi-
losophy of dress is studied. (Spring, odd years)
CLTX 315. Pattern Design 3 hours
Prerequisite: HMEC 165 or approval of instructor.
Clothing design and practice in creating designs through flat pattern and
draping techniques. Two lectures and three hours of laboratory each week.
(Spring, odd years)
CLTX 316. Tailoring for Men and Women 3 hours
Prerequisite: HMEC 165 or approval of instructor.
Evaluation and use of various tailoring methods as applied in selection,
fitting and construction of tailored garments. (Fall, odd years)
CLTX 345. Upholstery (G-2) 3 hours
Laboratory experience in simple upholstering. Two three-hour combined
lecture and laboratory periods. There will be a fee for supplies. (Spring, even
years)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Home Economics 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Fall)
(F-2), (F-3), (G-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education
requirements.
119
Journalism and Communication
9ft JOURNALISM AND COMMUNICATION -
Don Dick, Ph.D.
C. A. (Bill) Oliphant, Ph.D., Chairman
Ron Smith, M.S.
The Journalism and Communication Department at Southern College
is committed to offering programs which meet the high standards of the
Accrediting Council on Education in Journalism and Mass Communica-
tions, the national accreditation organization for college and university
departments and schools of journalism throughout the United States.
Thus the Department of Journalism and Communication provides an
educational environment in which future leaders in journalism, public
relations and related areas can acquire the enduring ethical concepts, the
intellectual discipline and the professional abilities necessary to the
mastery and management of a wide range of writing, editing and other
journalistic and public relations skills and techniques.
The department offers the Bachelor of Arts Degree with majors in
Journalism and Public Relations. Minors are also available in each of
these areas.
Two options are provided by the Journalism Major, one with a News
Editorial emphasis, the other with a Broadcast Journalism emphasis.
The Journalism Major with News Editorial emphasis prepares stu-
dents for careers as reporters, writers and editors for daily and weekly
newspapers, magazines, wire services, publishing houses and for the
vast array of publications that serve the church, business, industry,
governmental agencies, the medical field, colleges and universities and
other non-profit organizations.
Students enrolling in the Journalism Major with Broadcast emphasis
receive preparation for careers in both commercial and public radio and
television as reporters, writers and editors in news and public affairs
operations.
Public Relations majors are prepared for careers in every major seg-
ment of business, industry, government, the church, colleges, univer-
sities, hospitals and other medical institutions and in a wide range of
organizations.
Both the Journalism Major and the Public Relations Major prepare
students for entry into graduate schools nationwide.
Members of the faculty will advise each student in planning a study
program that is supportive of individual career goals, that meets degree
requirements of the Department of Journalism and Communication,
including the intermediate level of a foreign language, and fulfills Gen-
eral Education requirements.
Journalism and Communication
INTERNSHIPS AND ON-THE-JOB TRAINING
Because of the strong relationships which the Department of Jour-
nalism and Communication has developed with the Chattanooga area
mass media, journalism, broadcast and public relations students have
many opportunities to meet and work with professionals in television
and radio news, in public relations, advertising and on daily and weekly
newspapers.
Internships: Arranging for students to fill internships on newspapers,
in publishing houses, in public relations and fund development de-
partments and in radio and television newsrooms is a vital part of the
education program provided by the Department of Journalism and
Communication.
A Journalism Professional Advisory Council works with the depart-
ment to provide internships that give on-the-job experience. The de-
partment also participates in the General Conference internship pro-
gram in which students work in various denominational institutions.
The college radio station, WSMC FM90.5, also provides learning oppor-
tunities in the department.
Campus Publications: Students can gain valuable experience as writ-
ers and editors by working on Student Association Publications such as
Southern Accent, the campus newspaper; Southern Memories, the year-
book.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN JOURNALISM OR PUBLIC RELA-
TIONS
Major — Journalism: News Editorial
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours
JOUR 265 History and Theory of
Mass Communications 3 hours
JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours
JOUR 326 News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours
JOUR 425 Science and Technical Writing 3 hours
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society J^ horn's
TOTAL 30 hours
Required Cognates for News Editorial Emphasis:
ART 109 Design I 3 hours
ECON 213 Survey of Economics 3 hours
journalism and Communication
PLSC 254 American National and State
1 22 Government _3_ hours
TOTAL 9 hours
Recommended Elective for News Editorial Emphasis:
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship 3 hours
Major — Journalism: Broadcasting
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 217 Radio Station Operations 3 hours
JOUR 265 History and Theory of
Mass Communications 3 hours
JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours
JOUR 355 Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society 3 hours
JOUR 493-494 Broadcast Journalism Workshop 8 hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Required Cognates for Broadcast Emphasis:
BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours
BUAD 334 Principles of Management 3 hours
PLSC 254 American National and State
Government _3_ hours
TOTAL 9 hours
Recommended Elective for Broadcast Emphasis:
JOUR 497 Journalism Internship 3 hours
Major — Public Relations:
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 225 Introduction to Photography 3 hours
JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society 3 hours
PREL 334 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours
PREL 344 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours
PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours
PREL 406 Public Opinion and Propaganda 3 hours
PREL 480 Case Studies: Public Relations and
Organizational Communications 2_ hours
TOTAL 30 hours
Journalism and Communication
Required Cognates for Public Relations:
ART 109 Design I 3 hours 123
BUAD 326 Introduction to Marketing 3 hours
BUAD 355 Organizational Behavior 2 hours
TECH 145 Graphic Arts 3 hours
SPCH 135 Introduction to Public Speaking _3_ hours
TOTAL 14 hours
Recommended Electives for Public Relations:
JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours
PREL 368 Fluid Development 3 hours
PREL 497 Public Relations Internship 3 hours
Minor — News Editorial Journalism: 18 hours
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 316 Magazine and Feature Article Writing . 3 hours
JOUR 325 News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours
JOUR 427 Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society 3 hours
Minor — Broadcast Journalism: 18 hours
JOUR 105 Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 217 Radio Station Operations 3 hours
JOUR 314 Broadcast News Writing 3 hours
JOUR 494 Broadcast Journalism Workshop 6 hours
Minor — Public Relations: 18 hours
ART 109 Design I 3 hours
JOUR 205 News Reporting 3 hours
JOUR 488 Seminar: Mass Communications and
Society 3 hours
PREL 334 Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours
PREL 345 Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours
PREL 365 Public Relations Techniques 3 hours
PREL 380 Case Studies: Public Relations and
Organizational Communications 3 hours
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 272.
Journalism and Communication
124
JOURNALISM
JOUR 105. Writing and Editing for the Mass Media 3 hours
Prerequisite: Ability to type at least 30 wpm.
Introduction to computerized writing and editing of news, features and
publicity for print and broadcast media; using the Associated Press
Stylebook in copy editing; copy improvement, writing headlines, checking
accuracy; picture editing, writing photo captions.
JOUR 205. News Reporting 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor.
News gathering and research techniques; development of news writing
skills and style. Emphasis on clarity of writing, accuracy, balance and
fairness and on meeting deadlines in covering news events and interview-
ing news sources.
JOUR 217. Radio Station Operations 3 hours
College radio station WSMC-FM 90.5 serves as a laboratory in which stu-
dents become familiar with day-to-day station operations, including control
room procedures, announcing, production, broadcast news and teletype
copy handling and processing, music programming. Introduction to station
management and broadcast decision-making.
JOUR 225. Introduction to Photography (G-l) 3 hours
Instruction in use of the camera and light meter; study of elements that
constitute good photo composition, darkroom techniques involving film
development, negative enlargement and print finishing. Students supply
their own 35mm cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. Two
hours of lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supplies made availa-
ble to class members at cost of approximately $50.
JOUR 265. History and Theory of Mass Communications 3 hours
Development of the press in the United States from colonial times to the
present, its influence on American government and institutions; rise of the
mass media system, including newspapers, magazines, advertising, public
relations, radio, television and the impact of the media system on society.
The course also includes study of theoretical models designed to provide
understanding of the communications process.
JOUR 314. Broadcast News Writing (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 105 or permission of the instructor.
Gathering information, interviewing, writing and editing for the broadcast
media. Preparation of news and feature copy for release on the college radio
station; instruction in writing spot announcements.
JOUR 315. Advanced Photography (G-l) 2 hours
Prerequisite: JOUR 225 or equivalent.
Advanced photographic and darkroom techniques with emphasis on photo-
journalism, creative use of the camera in producing photo essays, picture
stories for publication and photo collections for exnibit. Students supply
their own cameras with adjustable f-stops and shutter speeds. One hour of
Journalism and Communication
lecture, three hours of laboratory each week. Supplies made available to
class members at cost of approximately $75.
JOUR 316. Magazine and Feature Article Writing (W) 3 hours
Researching, writing and marketing the factual magazine piece and the
newspaper feature article. Developing writing style through creative use of
the English language.
JOUR 326. News Commentary and Critical Writing 3 hours
Journalistic interpretation and analysis of the news, study of the editorial
and critical functions of the press; writing well-reasoned editorials and
opinion-page articles based on thorough research and careful analysis of
information. Writing book reviews, evaluations of radio, television, film
productions, music, art and other cultural works.
JOUR 355. Reporting Public Affairs 3 hours
Reporting the actions of local, state and federal governments, politics,
education, religion, economics, social and environmental issues, with em-
phasis on background research and investigative reporting.
JOUR 425. Science and Technical Writing 3 hours
Specialized course in researching, interpreting and writing articles on
health, medicine, science and technology for publications serving the gen-
eral public as well as professional audiences.
JOUR 427. Mass Media Law and Ethics 3 hours
Study of the legal, ethical and constitutional issues affecting the media and
the news gathering and dissemination process. Concepts of libel, privacy,
free-press, fair-trial: Contempt of court, access to information, protection of
sources, copyright law and government regulation of the media.
JOUR 489. Advising Student Publications 2 hours
Journalistic writing and editing principles as they apply to student news-
papers, yearbooks and other publications; libel law, responsibilities of the
publications adviser and of the student editor; accuracy, balance and fair-
ness in handling information for publication; role of student publications in
institutional life.
JOUR 488. Seminar: Mass Communications and Society 3 hours
This seminar provides for informed student participation in the examina-
tion of the role and function of the mass media system in the United States;
the concept of social responsibility as a constraint upon the media; ethical,
social, economic and political issues involved in the function of newspa-
pers, magazines, radio, television, advertising and public relations. Em-
phasis on reading, writing media critiques andon analysis of concepts and
ideas.
JOUR 490. Workshop for Free-lance Writers 3-6 hours
Designed for individuals who are or who want to become free-lance writers
and who have developed an outline for a major manuscript or who are
engaged in writing a substantial magazine article or book. The workshop
provides critical evaluation and guidance in writing and rewriting as well as
Journalism and Communication
126
an overview of the challenges and opportunities in free-lance writing.
Enrollment by permission of instructor.
JOUR 493-494. Broadcast Journalism Workshop I, II 3,3 hours
The purpose of this course is to give students realistic training in broadcast
journalism through personal involvement. A television or radio station
serves as the classroom in which the workshop is conducted. Students begin
as observers of news and public affairs operations, then become active
participants in these operations. Course requirements include assigned
readings, periodic research reports based on readings, observations, ac-
tivities and interviews with station news and other personnel. A major
research paper and participation in twice monthly group seminars are also
required. Students are responsible for their own transportation. (Fall,
Spring)
JOUR 495. Directed Study 1-4 hours
For students who want to do independent research and writing in a
specialized area of the mass media. The end product of the directed study
will be a carefully documented research paper. Directed study topics will be
selected with guidance from the instructor who will serve as a consultant to
the student in carrying out the research project.
JOUR 497. Journalism Internship 3 hours
Students work at a newspaper, magazine, radio or television station; in a
publishing house, public relations department or firm or an advertising
agency to obtain on-the-job experience. Conferences with the instructor
provide evaluation and guidance. Internship arrangements are made in
advance in consultation with the instructor.
PUBLIC RELATIONS
PREL 334. Public Relations Principles and Theory 2 hours
Basic Public Relations principles, philosophy and theory as they relate to
the historical development and contemporary practice of public relations;
analysis of the public relations role in business, industry and non-profit
organizations and of the functions and responsibilities of the public rela-
tions practitioner.
PREL 344. Fundamentals of Advertising 2 hours
Advertising theories and principles; fundamental of advertising copy writ-
ing, layout and design. Overview of research and campaign planning for
public relations and marketing.
PREL 365. Public Relations Techniques 3 hours
Communications techniques used in public relations to identify and reach
specified audiences through mass media channels and through controlled
media. Preparation of press releases, brochures, newsletters, reports,
audio-visuals, speeches and media campaigns; planning and conducting
special events.
PREL 368. Fund Development 3 hours
Study of fund-raising principles and concepts; techniques used in planning,
organizing and carrying out a fund-raising campaign; developing prospect
Journalism and Communication
lists, writing proposals, identifying and training development leadership,
working with foundations.
PREL 406. Public Opinion and Propaganda 3 hours
Historical origin and contemporary uses of propaganda; the concept of
public opinion; motivational tools and techniques to achieve public re-
sponse; characteristics of publics and how they are influenced.
PREL 480. Case Studies: Public Relations and
Organizational Communications 2 hours
The public relations function in the context of the organizational communi-
cations and decision-making process. Application of communications
theory and techniques in developing both internal and external communi-
cations systems in terms of organizational nature and purpose; selected case
studies.
PREL 295/495. Directed Study 1-4 hours
For students who want to do independent research and writing in a
specialized area of public relations, advertising or marketing. The end
product of the directed study will be a carefully documented research paper.
Directed study topics will be selected with guidance from the instructor
who will serve as a consultant to the student in carrying out the research
project.
PREL 497. Public Relations Internship 3 hours
Supervised work in a public relations office, department or agency. Confer-
ences with the instructor to provide evaluation and guidance. Internship
arrangements are made in advance with the instructor.
SPEECH
SPCH 135. Introduction to Public Speaking (D-4) 3 hours
Preparation and presentation of short informative and persuasive speeches
with emphasis on the selection and organization of material, reasoning,
methods of securing interest, persuasive strategies, and the elements of
delivery. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
SPCH 136. Interpersonal Communication (D-4) 2 hours
Introducing the process of informal transactional communication, this
course emphasizes a quality of communication rather than a communica-
tion setting, namely personal involvement through emphatic listening and
self-disclosure. The course utilizes readings and learning activities to help
students understand the theory of interpersonal communication and apply
it in realistic transactions. (Fall, Spring)
SPCH 236. Oral Interpretation (D-4) 2 hours
Theory and practice in the art of conveying to others the full meaning of
selections in literature of various types via reading and interpreting orally.
(Fall, Spring)
Library Science
LIBRARY SCIENCE
Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Chairman
Loranne Grace, M.L.S.
Patricia Morrison, M.L.S.
Accepting no more students into this program after August, 1986.
Minor: Eighteen hours.
A school librarian K-12, Tennessee endorsement is available to cer-
tified teachers who complete the 18 hours of Library Science provided
by this minor.
Teaching Endorsement: If a student meets the requirements for a first
teaching field he may add the following endorsement by meeting the
number of hours indicated below.
LIBR 125 Reference 3 hours
LIBR 226 Libraries and Librarianship 2 hours
LIBR 314 Cataloging and Classification 3 hours
LIBR 325 Library Materials for Children 3 hours
LIBR 333 Instructional Media 2 hours
LIBR 416 School Library Media Center
Administration 3 hours
LIBR 425 Library Materials for Young
Adults and Adults _2 hours
TOTAL 18 hours
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
Schedule of Course Offerings:
87
87-88
88
88-81
Summer
Summer
1st
226
125
314
125
Sem.
325
226
416
226
2nd
325
325
Sem.
425
416
LIBR 125. Reference (G-2) 3 hours
Presents basic concepts, selection and use of general and specialized refer-
ence material for all levels of school libraries. Useful for the general student
who desires to know how better to use the library. Required for all student
assistants working in McKee Library. (Fall)
Library Science
LIBR 226. Libraries and Librarianship 2 hours
Introduces the aspects of the library profession and the areas of service of 190
various types of libraries. Develops the career possibilities of librarianship. * ™ "
(Fall)
LIBR 314. Cataloging and Classification 3 hours
Prerequisite: LIBR 125, 226.
Examines the basic concepts and strategies for instituting and operating the
cataloging area of the school library or media center. Involves the student in
the basic methods of cataloging, classification, and other technical proce-
dures integral to the retrieval of information. (Fall)
LIBR 325. Library Materials for Children 3 hours
Presents to the student a knowledge of a wide variety of books and related
materials for children, grades 1-8. Develops an appreciation for books and
reading that can be enthusiastically transmitted to young readers through
criticalevaluation and selection of books and materials. Correlates the use of
books and materials to the specific needs and interests of young readers.
(Spring)
LIBR 333. Instructional Media 2 hours
A laboratory course in the selection, operation, and use of audio-visual
equipment and materials. Preparation of transparencies, flat pictures,
graphics, and audio materials will be required. One hour lecture and three
hours laboratory per week. (Spring)
LIBR 416. School Library Media Center Administration 3 hours
Prerequisites: LIBR 125, 226, 314.
Presents the basic concepts and organizational procedures for the adminis-
trative personnel of the school library or media center so that this resource
will become involved with the total program of the school. (Spring)
LIBR 425. Library Materials for Young Adults and Adults 2 hours
Gives emphasis to the variety of books and related materials for grades 9-12.
Correlates critical evaluation and selection to the interests, use, and specific
needs of the young adult as he develops his reading habits and skills.
Develops an appreciation for books and reading that can enthusiastically
involve both young adults and adults. (Spring)
LIBR 467. Library Internship 3 hours
This course is available to students already employed in a media center.
Field experience under supervision in which the following competencies
are applied: 1) selection and utilization of resource materials, 2) the design
and production of A/V items, 3) technical processing of media, and 41 the
administration and management of media services. Conferences will be
held with the student and the immediate supervisor at regular intervals
throughout the semester.
(G-2) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Mathematics
MATHEMATICS
Lawrence Hanson, Ph.D., Chairman
Robert Moore, M.S., Study Leave
Art Richert, Ph.D.
Throughout recorded history mathematics and mathematical think-
ing have influenced man's culture to an extent that even many well-
educated people fail to appreciate. The Elements of Euclid, the invention
of a place-value numeration system, the invention of the calculus, and
more recently the development of statistical inference, to name just a
few, are mathematical contributions to civilization which have signifi-
cantly affected the philosophies, commerce, science, and technology of
mankind.
The Mathematics Department seeks to transmit this mathematical
heritage to the students of Southern College by (1) introducing students
to mathematical concepts and techniques and the disciplined, logical
thinking required to successfully apply them to a variety of problem-
solving experiences, (2) providing a stage of the formal education of
professional mathematicians, (3) educating teachers of mathematics,
and (4) providing appropriate courses for users of mathematics.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS
Major: Forty hours including MATH 317, 318, 319, 411, 412, and 485.
Cognate requirements are CPTR 218; PHYS 211-212, 213-214.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MATHEMATICS
Major: Thirty hours including MATH 318, 319, 411, 412 and 485.
CPTR 218 is a cognate requirement. For those with two majors or secon-
dary certification, mathematics electives may be substituted for MATH
319 and 412.
Minor: Eighteen hours including MATH 115 and six hours of upper
division courses.
Teaching Endorsement: In addition to meeting the requirements for a
first teaching field, the student may add the following endorsement by
meeting the number of hours indicated below:
MATH 114 Elementary Functions and Relations . 4 hours
MATH 115 Calculus I 4 hours
Math elective credit including
six hours numbered 300 or above . . 10 hours
TOTAL 18 hours
The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before
Mathematics
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. Please see the
note on page 84 between EDUC 134 and 217. 131
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 274.
MATH 099. Basic Mathematics (A-2) Non-Credit
This course concentrates on the skills of arithmetic and beginning algebra
and their application to everyday life situations. Calculated as one hour for
determining class loads. Students with ACT mathematics standard score of
12 or above are exempt from this course. There is a $50 charge for this
course. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MATH 103. Survey of Mathematics (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption.
Basic concepts from the following topics: sets, mathematical logic, numera-
tion systems, number theory, probability, statistics, algebra, geometry, met-
ric system, consumer mathematics. This course does not apply on a major or
minor in mathematics. (Fall, Spring)
MATH 104. Intermediate Algebra (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 099 or exemption.
Number systems and their properties, exponents and radicals, equations
and inequalities, polynomial functions and their graphs, systems of equa-
tions, logarithms. This course does not apply on a major or minor in
mathematics. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MATH 114. Elementary Functions and Relations (A-2) 4 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 104 or two years of high school algebra.
The real and complex number systems; the elementary functions and their
graphs, including polynomial and rational functions, exponential and
logarithmic functions, trigonometric functions and their inverses; analytic
geometry. Only two hours apply toward a major in mathematics. (Fall)
MATH 115. Calculus I 4 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 114 or four years of high school mathematics which
include at least one semester of trigonometry and some analytic geometry.
Differential and integral calculus of the elementary functions including
limits, continuity, the derivative, computation of derivatives, applications
of the derivative, the definite integral, the fundamental theorem or calculus,
computation of antiderivatives, applications of the definite integral.
(Spring)
MATH 215. Statistics (A-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: An ACT mathematics standard score of 22 or above, or two
years of high school algebra with a B average, or MATH 104, or MATH 103.
An introduction to descriptive and inferential statistics including organiza-
tion and analysis of data, elementary probability, probability distributions
(binomial, normal, Student's t, chi-square, F), estimation, hypothesis test-
ing, correlation and regression, nonparametric statistics. (Fall, Summer)
Mathematics
MATH 216. Set Theory and Logic 2 hours
1 Q9 Prerequisite: MATH 115.
An introduction to some of the basic ideas, terminology, and notation of
logic and sets. The concept of a mathematical proof will be emphasized.
(Spring)
MATH 217. Calculus II 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 115.
Precise definitions of limits, further topics in differential calculus, estimat-
ing definite integrals, polar coordinates, parametric equations, sequences,
infinite series, Taylor series, functions of two variables, partial derivatives,
directional derivatives. (Fall)
MATH 218. Calculus III 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 217.
Algebraic operations or vectors, multiple integrals, vector calculus includ-
ing Green's theorem, Stokes's theorem, and the divergence theorem.
(Spring)
MATH 314. Applied Finite Mathematics 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215 or BUAD 313.
Linear programming — simplex method, primal/dual interpretation, trans-
portation problems. Decision theory under classical and Bayesian statistics.
Game theory, inventory models and control, queuing theory. Program
Evaluation and Review Technique (PERT). (Spring)
MATH 315. Differential Equations 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 217.
Classification and solution of common types of ordinary differential equa-
tions, power series solutions, systems of linear differential equations, the
Laplace transform, applications to problems in the physical sciences.
(Spring)
MATH 316. Mathematics of Physics 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 315.
Partial differential equations, Fourier series, boundary value problems, Bes-
sel functions, Legendre polynomials. (Fall, even years)
MATH 317. Complex Variables 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218.
An introduction to the theory of analytic functions of a complex variable,
including mappings by elementary functions, complex integration, the
Cauchy-Goursat theorem, Cauchy's integral formula, power series, Laurent
series, the theory of residues, and conformal mapping. (Spring, odd years)
MATH 318. Algebraic Structures 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218.
The structure of groups, rings, integral domains, and fields. (Fall, even
years)
Mathematics
MATH 319. Linear Algebra 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 115, 216. 133
Finite dimensional vector spaces and the attendant concepts of systems of
linear equations, linear transformations, matrices, determinants, eigen-
values and eigenvectors. (Spring, odd years)
MATH 405. Numerical Analysis 3 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 218, 315, and a knowledge of Fortran.
Interpolation and approximation, numerical differentiation and integra-
tion, numerical methods of solving algebraic and differential equations,
error analysis. (Spring, even years)
MATH 411, 412. Intermediate Analysis 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 216, 218.
The real number system, sequences, limits and metric spaces, continuity,
uniform continuity, introduction to point set topology, properties of the
derivative and integral, convergence and uniform convergence of sequences
and series of functions, the Lebesque integral, Fourier series. (Fall, odd
years, and Spring, even years)
MATH 415. Geometry 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 115, 216.
Topics selected from the following: foundations of Euclidean geometry,
finite geometries, advanced Euclidean geometry, non-Euclidean geometry,
geometric transformations, the geometry of inversion, projective geometry.
(Fall, odd years)
MATH 485. Mathematics Seminar (W) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Permission of Mathematics staff.
Written and oral reports are made on a variety of topics in mathematics and
current literature. May be repeated for credit. (Fall, odd years)
MATH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval by department faculty.
Individual reading and problem solving in a field chosen in consultation
with an instructor. (On demand)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Physics 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, test-
ing, and evaluating student performance, and the survey ana evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring)
(A-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Modern Languages
MODERN LANGUAGES
Helmut Ott, Ed.D., Chairman
This department offers the opportunity for students to discover
French, German, and Spanish not only as living languages but also as
reflections of the cultures, customs, and peoples they represent. The
aim, then, is to provide both an aesthetic background and a practical tool
in the event the student becomes an overseas traveler or worker.
The ability to communicate with people is increasingly essential in
today's shrinking world, and an acquaintance with a foreign culture
should be part of the background of educated persons, particularly those
with a sense of world mission. The Department of Modern Languages
aspires toward helping Christians fulfill this responsibility to dem-
onstrate good will, whether as travelers and business people or as re-
spondents to the Master's gospel commission.
Students whose mother tongue is a language other than English and
who wish to major in their native language obviously begin with certain
basic skills already achieved. These skills are reasonably expected to be
at least equivalent to the intermediate level. Such students will be asked
to demonstrate these skills through a qualifying examination which,
when successfully completed, will constitute a waiver of the six inter-
mediate credits. These six credits are to be replaced by three hours of
advanced English grammar (ENGL 218) and three hours from Master-
pieces in Translation (MDLG 304), American or English literature, or
American history. The foreign language major for students majoring in
their mother tongue may thus be considered to consist of 30 hours but to
include a substitution of six hours.
FOREIGN STUDY
Adventist Colleges Abroad. Southern College is a member of the
consortium of colleges and universities which, under the auspices of the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, supports the Adventist
Colleges Abroad program. ACA provides an opportunity for students of
French, German, or Spanish to achieve proficiency in the foreign lan-
guage amid the added advantages of an authentic cultural setting.
The following institutions are affiliates of ACA: In Austria, Seminar
Schloss Bogenhofen, Braunau; in France, Seminaire Adventiste,
Collonges-sous-Saleve; and in Spain, Colegio Adventista de Sagunto,
Sagunto.
Students participate in the ACA program to obtain such goals as a
language major with a speaking proficiency; a language minor with a
speaking proficiency; general education credit, especially in such fields
as history, humanities, religion, art, and music in an overseas setting;
broader perspectives through foreign travel and experience, without
Modern Languages
loss of academic time; foreign study at reasonable cost; and insights into
the global nature of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. 135
Most ACA students return with a minor in the language. Some, espe-
cially if they have completed the intermediate year before leaving for
Europe, return with enough credits for a major. A major or minor in the
foreign language is not automatic, however; ACA students intending to
fulfill major or minor requirements must counsel with the Modern
Languages staff before drafting their overseas program.
Needed for admission to the ACA program are:
1. Admission as a regular student at Southern College.
2. Competence in the language. (The intermediate level is recom-
mended; one year in college or two in secondary school may some-
times be accepted.)
3. A record free from academic and citizenship probation.
4. The special ACA application form, submitted to the Admissions
Office.
5. Compliance with the financial requirements. (See page 204. Costs,
including transportation, are comparable to those at Adventist
colleges in the United States.)
The University o/Montemorelos. By arrangement with the University
of Montemorelos in Nuevo Leon, students may apply for an intensive
summer course in Spanish in Mexico. An academic-year program is also
available to a limited number of students. Credit for both plans is vari-
able.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN FRENCH, GERMAN, OR SPANISH
Major — French, German or Spanish: Thirty hours for the Bachelor of
Arts degree, excluding course 101-102 but including course 211-212.
Because the number of hours available on the Southern College campus
is limited, especially in French and German, students are expected to
earn a large portion of their major through ACA or the Montemorelos
affiliation. Students not interested in foreign study are referred to the
International Studies major (below).
Minor — French, German or Spanish: Eighteen hours excluding
course 101-102 but including course 211-212 and six hours of upper-
division courses. Because advanced courses in French and German are
not at present offered on the Southern College campus, the student
desiring a minor in French or German must plan either a year in the ACA
program or two summer terms in an intensive language program previ-
ously approved by this department.
BACHELOR OF ARTS IN INTERNATIONAL STUDIES (INST)
Major — International Studies: This major is intended to offer basic
language and literature within a framework of international cultural
Modern Languages
dimensions. Such a program is sometimes considered a "humanities
major." Only a Spanish emphasis is at present available on the Southern
College campus. The French or German emphasis, however, may be
available to ACA students who complete sufficient language, culture
and literature courses overseas. For the International Studies major,
thirty hours are required, as listed below. A cognate requirement of
RELT 368, Comparative Religions (3 hours), may be taken as one of the
required general education courses (area B).
SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 211-212 —
Intermediate Level 6 hours
SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 344 — Composition and
Conversation 3 hours
SPAN (or GRMN or FREN) 354 — Culture and Civilization 3 hours
ENGL 445 — World Literature 3 hours
MDLG 304 — Masterpieces in Translation 3 hours
ART 344 (or MUHL 115) — History of Art
(or Listening to Music) 3 hours
HIST 386, 389 (or 354) — Rise of the West
or Vienna to Vietnam (or History of Latin America) 3 hours
Additional hours from language and literature, world geog-
raphy, a second foreign language, or ART 344 or MUHL 115
(whichever is not taken above) 6 hours*
*Students desiring certification in Spanish, French or German must
take these six hours in that language.
TOTAL 30 hours
Teaching Endorsement:
1. For students with successful completion of 2 years Foreign Lan-
guage study in high school:
a. One language endorsement — a minimum of eighteen hours in
that language.
b. Two or more foreign languages — a minimum of thirty semester
hours with a minimum of twelve semester hours in each of the
languages.
2. For students with no evidence of two years of high school credit:
a. One language endorsement — a minimum of twenty-four hours
in that language.
b. Two or more foreign languages — a minimum of eighteen semes-
ter hours in each of the languages.
Before the end of the sophomore year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the Teacher Education Pro-
gram. Before the end of the junior year, the student must apply to the
Department of Education for admission to the professional semester.
Read carefully the instructions after EDUC 134 on page 89.
Modern Languages
SPECIAL COURSES
MDLG 304. Masterpieces in Translation (D-2) 3 hours
A survey of great literary works from France, Germany, Spain, and Spanish
America, from the seventeenth century to modern times. Students desiring a
complete survey of world literature may first enroll for ENGL 445, World
Literature, which covers the centuries up to the seventeenth. Applies to-
ward general education requirements in literature but not toward the major
in French, German or Spanish. (Spring, even years)
MDLG 295/495. Directed Study i-6 hours
The content of this course will be adjusted to meet the particular needs of the
individual student. This course also includes credit offered by the Modern
Languages Department on directed study tours. Approval of the instructor
must be obtained prior to registration for the course.
FRENCH
FREN 101-102. Elementary French (D-l) 3,3 hours
FREN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to FREN 102.
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination.
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother
tongue is French.)
FREN 211-212. Intermediate French (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: FREN 101-102, or two years of French in secondary school, or a
satisfactory score on a standardized examination.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is French.
FREN 211 is offered Fall even years; 212, Spring odd years.)
GERMAN
GRMN 101-102. Elementary German (D-l) 3,3 hours
GRMN 101, or equivalent, or one year of German in secondary school, is
prerequisite to GRMN 102.
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination.
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother
tongue is German.)
GRMN 211-212. Intermediate German (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: GRMN 101-102, or two years of German in secondary school, or
a satisfactory score on a standardized examination.
137
Modem Languages
138
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
material; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No credit
may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is German.
GRMN 211 is offered Fall odd years; 212, Spring even years.)
SPANISH
SPAN 101-102. Elementary Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours
SPAN 101, or equivalent, is prerequisite to SPAN 102.
A foundation course in the basic skills. May be waived by examination.
Laboratory work is required. No credit will be allowed for elementary
modern language if credit has already been received for it at the secondary
level. (No credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother
tongue is Spanish).
SPAN 211-212. Intermediate Spanish (D-l) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 101-102, or two years of Spanish in secondary school, or
a satisfactory score on a standardized examination.
Advanced grammar; intensive and extensive reading of moderately difficult
Spanish texts; oral and written exercises. Laboratory work is required. (No
credit may be earned for this course by students whose mother tongue is
Spanish).
SPAN 344. Composition and Conversation (D-l), (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent.
Development of skill in speaking, understanding, and writing idiomatic
Spanish. (Open to Spanish or Latin-American nationals only by permission
or instructor. Fall, odd years)
SPAN 354. Hispanic Culture and Civilization 3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent.
Backgrounds of the social, religious, political, economic, artistic, and intel-
lectual scene in the Spanish-speaking world. (Fall, even years)
SPAN 365. Spanish Linguistics 3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent. Recommended: SPAN 344.
Introduction to the morphological, syntactic, and phonemic structure of the
Spanish language. Practice in sounds, intonation, and transcription; reme-
dial pronunciation drills. The course includes a brief survey of the history of
the language. (Spring, odd years)
SPAN 376. Masterpieces of Spanish Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent.
History and development of Spanish literature; reading of representative
works. No credit allowed if SPAN 336 credit has been awarded. (Spring, odd
years)
SPAN 436. Masterpieces of Spanish-American
Literature (D-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: SPAN 211-212 or equivalent.
Modern Languages
History and development of Spanish-American literature; reading of rep-
resentative works. (Spring, even years) 1 QO
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Modern Languages 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Learning and teaching a foreign language, in both theory and practical
application, with special attention to goals, planning, classroom
techniques, selection and utilization of materials and aids, and evaluation of
student performance. Four lectures each week of the first half of the first
semester during the senior year.
(D-l), (D-2), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Music
MUSIC
J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A.
Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed.
Judith Glass, M.Mus.
Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Chairman
Patricia Silver, M.A.
The faculty of the Department of Music believes that music is one of
the arts given to man by his Creator to be used in the worship of God and
to enhance the quality of man's life. In harmony with this philosophy,
course work is offered which meets the needs of the general college
student as well as music majors and minors.
The Department of Music offers two baccalaureate degrees, the
Bachelor of Music degree in music education and the Bachelor of Arts
degree in music. Both degrees require courses in music theory and
history, as well as a high level of achievement in a major performance
area. In addition, the Bachelor of Music degree emphasizes the skills
necessary for teaching music, with special emphasis on the training of
teachers for the Seventh-day Adventist school system.
ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
Music majors must fulfill all the general admission requirements of
the college. In addition, a prospective music major is required to take
written and aural entrance examinations in music theory and a perform-
ance examination in the applied concentration. To obtain freshman
standing as a music major the student must qualify for MUCT 111 and
MUPF 189.
Further information regarding the entrance examinations may be ob-
tained by writing the chairman of the Department of Music.
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
Functional Piano: All music majors must pass a functional piano
examination or pass four hours of piano secondary, (The latter may not
be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/General
Endorsement for teacher certification.) The functional piano examina-
tion includes the playing of hymns, scales, triads, arpeggios, several
moderately easy compositions and accompaniments, and the harmoni-
zation of simple folk melodies. The functional piano examination
should be passed during the first week of the first semester in residence
or the student must register for applied piano instruction.
Applied Music Credit: One semester hour of credit will be given for
thirteen half-hour lessons with a minimum of four hours of practice per
lesson. Applied music concentration grades are assigned following a
jury examination at the end of each semester.
Music
Concert and Recital Attendance: Full-time music majors are required
to attend twelve Department approved concerts per semester, except for 1 JL 1
the student teaching semester. Attendance shall include faculty and * ^ *
senior recitals in the student's applied concentration area. Failure to
meet this requirement will nullify music major status.
Music Ensemble Participation: All music majors are required to par-
ticipate in a music ensemble every semester in full-time residence (12 or
more hours). During the student teaching semester, students are ex-
empted from this requirement. Teacher certification candidates must,
however, complete eight (8) hours of appropriate ensembles.
Senior Recital: The candidate for the Bachelor of Music degree or the
Bachelor of Arts degree will present a senior recital. The student must be
registered for private instruction while preparing for the senior recital.
Upon music faculty approval the senior recital requirement may be
partially fulfilled through a conducting or chamber music performance.
A faculty audition of the complete program must be scheduled at least
three weeks before the recital date. Unsatisfactory performance at this
audition will result in a rescheduling of the recital date.
JUNIOR STANDING
Music majors must apply for junior standing at the end of the sopho-
more year. The requirements for junior standing are as follows:
a. An overall grade point average of 2.0 for the Bachelor of Arts degree
and 2.25 for the Bachelor of Music degree.
b. A grade point average of 2.5 in all music courses.
c. Completion of the functional piano requirement.
d. Completion of MUCT 111-112, 121-122.
e. Completion of four hours of credit in the student's applied music
concentration area.
Faculty evaluation of the application for junior standing will result in
the student receiving one of the following classifications: (a) Pass,
Bachelor of Music; (b) Pass, Bachelor of Arts; (c) Probation; (d) Fail.
Junior standing requirements must be met at least two semesters before
graduation.
BACHELOR OF MUSIC CURRICULUM
The Bachelor of Music degree in music education is an NCATE ap-
proved degree which meets state and denominational certification re-
quirements. Students must apply for admission to the Teacher Educa-
tion Program, through the Department of Education, prior to taking
education courses. Each student will be responsible to determine the
additional courses that may be required for certification in the state of his
choice. This information can be obtained at the Department of Educa-
tion.
Music
State certification and graduation requirements for Music Education
1 JL 2 majors include passing the NTE Specialty Test in Music Education at the
M ^** 480 level.
The following general education requirements apply only to students
pursuing a Bachelor of Music degree:
A. Basic Academic Skills 9 hours
1. English 6 hours
2. Mathematics 3 hours
B. Religion 12 hours
1. Biblical Studies (RELB) 6 hours
2. Religion: RELT 155, 238 6 hours
C. History, Political and Economic Systems 9 hours
1. History 6 hours
2. Political Science and Economics 3 hours
D« Language, Literature, Fine Arts 3 hours
1. Foreign Languages
(Intermediate level) 0-3 hours
2. Literature 0-3 hours
E. Natural Sciences 6 hours
1. Biology 0-3 hours
2. Chemistry 0-3 hours
3. Physics 0-3 hours
F. Behavioral, Family, Health Sciences 2 hours
1. Health Science: HLED 173 2 hours
G. Activity Skills 4 hours
1. Recreational Skills 4 hours
TOTAL 45 hours
Music Core;
MUCT 111-112 Music Theory I, II 6 hours
MUCT 121-122 Aural Theory I, II 2 hours
MUCT 211-212 Advanced Music Theory III, IV 6 hours
MUCT 221-222 Advanced Aural Theory III, IV 2 hours
MUHL 314, 315 History of Music 8 hours
MUPF 477 Instrumental Conducting Techniques 3 hours
MUPF 478 Choral Conducting Techniques 3 hours
MUPF 313 Orchestration & Arranging _3 hours
TOTAL 33 hours
Keyboard proficiency must be demonstrated by passing a piano profi-
ciency examination. Four (4) hours of keyboard secondary may be used
in lieu of the proficiency examination. The four hours of keyboard may
not be used as part of the applied music requirement in the Vocal/
General Endorsement.
Music
Vocal/General Endorsement
A. Applied Music Concentration Voice M4«jl
. Applied Concentration 14 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Vocal and General Methods including:
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
MUED Elective 2 hours
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
Music Elective _4 hours
TOTAL 33 hours
*
B. Applied Music Concentration Keyboard
*Applied Concentration (Piano or Organ) 14 hours
Applied Concentration (Voice) 4 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Vocal and General Methods including:
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elem. School 2 hours
MUED 317 Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
MUED 316 Piano Pedagogy (Piano Concentration)
or
MUED 318 Organ Pedagogy (Organ Concentration) 2 hours
MUED 439 Student Teaching Seminar jj hour
TOTAL 33 hours
1 . Organ majors must take two hours of MUPF 2 79 , Service
Playing, in lieu of two hours of MUPF 289.
Instrumental Endorsement
Applied Music Concentration
(one instrument: wind, string, or percussion) 14 hours
Appropriate Ensemble(s) 8 hours
Secondary Instrument Instruction
(must include at least two areas, excluding keyboard) 6 hours
Instrumental Music Methods and Materials 6 hours
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar J. hour
TOTAL 35 hours
Vocal/General and Instrumental Endorsement
An applicant for endorsements in both areas above may complete a
minimum of ten semester hours in methods and materials, provided
both are represented.
Education Core: (Before taking education courses, the student must
apply to the Education Department for admission to the Teacher
Music
Education Program. Before the end of the junior year, the student must
144 a PPty to the Education Department for admission to the professional
semester.)
EDUC 125 Foundations of Education 3 hours
EDUC 134 Principles of Christian Education .... 2 hours
EDUC 217 Psychological Foundations of
Education . . 3 hours
EDUC 240 Education of the Exceptional Student 2 hours
EDUC 356 Tests and Measurements 2 hours
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Education 2 hours
EDUC 432 Reading in Secondary School 2 hours
EDUC 468 Student Teaching, 7-12 J3 hours
22 hours
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUED 439 Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
MUED 231 Music Methods in Elementary School
Pedagogy, or Materials and Methods . _6 hours
7 hours
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN MUSIC
The Bachelor of Arts in music is a non-professional degree designed to
give the student a broad understanding of the musical heritage of man.
Major: Forty hours including fourteen upper division hours and the
following:
Music Theory including MUCT 111-112; 121-122;
211-212; 221-222 19 hours
MUHL314-315— History of Music to 1750/1 750 to Present 8 hours
MUPF 189, 389 — Concentration 8 hours
Music Ensembles 5 hours
A student must complete all general education requirements of the
College.
The foreign language recommended is either French or German.
Music Minor: Eighteen hours including the following:
MUCT 111-112 — Music Theory I and II 6 hours
MUHL 115 — Listening to Music 3 hours
MUPF 189 — Concentration 2 hours
MUPF 477 or 478 — Instrumental or Choral Conducting
Techniques 3 hours
Music Course Electives (including three hours upper
division) _4 hours
18 hours
Music
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 275.
MUSIC THEORY
MUCT 100. Introduction to Music Theory 2 hours
A study of the rudiments and basic vocabulary of music theory. Does not
apply toward a music major or minor. This is a computer assisted course.
(Spring, Summer)
MUCT 111-112. Music Theory I and II 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 100 or examination.
A study of the elements which render music of all periods aurally and
visually comprehensible, within simple forms and a variety of textures from
one to tour voices. Music Theory I may not be repeated more than once. (Fall,
Spring)
MUCT 121-122. Aural Theory I and II 1,1 hours
A laboratory for the development of keyboard and sight-singing skills re-
lated to the materials introduced in MUCT 111-112. Music majors must take
this concurrently with MUCT 111-112. This is a computer assisted course.
(Fall, Spring)
MUCT 211-212. Advanced Music Theory III and IV 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112.
An expanded and intensified study of the structure of music as begun in
MUCT 111-112. In MUCT 212, contemporary music is emphasized. (Fall,
Spring)
MUCT 221-222. Advanced Aural Theory III and IV 1,1 hours
Keyboard and sight-singing applications of materials studied in MUCT
211-212. Music majors must take this concurrently with MUCT 211-212.
This is a computer assisted course. (Fall, Spring)
MUCT 313. Orchestration and Arranging 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 111-112.
The ranges, capabilities and limitations, and transpositions of orchestra and
band instruments. Idiomatic scoring of short works for vocal and instrumen-
tal chamber groups, small orchestra, and band. Performance of exercises and
analysis of scores is emphasized. (Spring)
MUCT 413. Analysis of Music Form 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 211-212 or permission of instructor.
An analytical study of musical structure from the smallest units of form to
the more complex music of all historical periods. (Spring)
MUCT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Individual study open to music majors and other qualified students. Content
to be arranged. Approval must be secured from the division chairman prior
to registration. May be repeated up to a total of three hours. (Fall, Spring,
Summer)
145
Music
146
MUSIC HISTORY
MUHL 115. Listening to Music (D-3) 3 hours
A course designed to acquaint the student with the major composers, musi-
cal styles, and forms of Western music. Two listening periods per week are
required. Does not apply toward a music major. (Fall)
MUHL 215. Music in the Christian Church (D-3) 2 hours
An historical and philosophical survey of music in the Christian Church
with particular emphasis on hymnology. (Spring)
MUHL 314. History of Music to 1750 (D-3), (W) 4 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112, or permission of instructor.
A study of music literature from antiquity to 1750 including cultural
backgrounds, development of music form and style, and analysis of rep-
resentative masterworks from each major period of music history. A unit of
non-Western music is also included. Two listening periods per week are
required. (Fall: even numbered years)
MUHL 315. History of Music, 1750 to Present (D-3), (W) 4 hours
Prerequisite: MUHL 115, MUCT 111-112 or permission of instructor.
A study of music literature from 1750 to the present, including cultural
backgrounds, development of music form and style, and analysis of rep-
resentative masterworks from each major period of music history. Two
listening periods per week are required. (Spring: odd numbered years)
MUSIC EDUCATION
MUED 136. String Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of the stringed instruments, including methods and materials for
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruc-
tion is required. (Spring: even numbered years)
MUED 146. Brass Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of tone production, performance techniques, embouchure, finger-
ings, practical pedagogic technique, and simple repairs. A survey of litera-
ture for the instruments and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of
classroom and private instruction is required. (Fall: even numbered years)
MUED 156. Woodwind Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of tone production, embouchure, fingerings, practical pedagogic
technique, and simple repairs. A survey of the literature for the instruments
and evaluation of teaching methods. Observation of classroom and private
instruction is required. (Spring: odd numbered years)
MUED 166. Percussion Materials and Methods 2 hours
A study of percussion instruments, including methods and materials for
class and private instruction. Observation of classroom and private instruc-
tion is required. (Fall: odd numbered years)
Mum
MUED 231. Music Methods in the Elementary School 2 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 100 (or permission of instructor) or MUHL 115. 1 417
A course designed to prepare teachers to direct the music activities in the
elementary school. The content includes fundamentals, appreciation, sing-
ing, playing, and rhythmic activities. Observation and participation in the
music program of the elementary school is required. Two hours lecture and
one hour laboratory work per week. (Fall, Summer)
MUED 316. Piano Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent.
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class piano instruction;
planning a complete program for pupils on various grade levels including
technic, repertoire, and musicianship. Observation and teaching is re-
quired. (Fall: odd numbered years)
MUED 317. Voice Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent and permission of
instructor.
Methods, materials, and procedures for private and class voice instruction;
testing and classification of voices; physiological and psychological prob-
lems of voice production and diction. Observation and teaching is required.
(Spring: odd numbered years)
MUED 318. Organ Pedagogy 2 hours
Prerequisite: Two hours of MUPF 189 or equivalent.
Methods, materials, and procedures for instruction in organ; accompani-
ment of church services; registration of organ literature on various types of
organs. Observation and teaching is required. (Fall: even numbered years)
MUED 439. Pre-Student Teaching Seminar 1 hour
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
A seminar in which the student is oriented to student teaching, including
curriculum, lesson planning, professional relationships, and other matters
related to student teaching. (Spring)
APPLIED MUSIC
MUPF 108. Group Instruction (G-l) 1-2 hours
Beginning voice and beginning piano only. A minimum of four hours of
practice and/or listening outside of class is required. (Fall, Spring)
MUPF 129. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 189. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Performance examination for freshman standing.
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half
Music
148
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 279. Service Playing (G-l) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Two hours MUPF 189 (organ) or permission of instructor.
The development of skills requisite to playing both liturgical and non-
liturgical services, including hymn playing, choral and solo accompanying,
conducting from the console, improvisation and modulation, and selection
of appropriate preludes, offertories, and postludes. Performance experience
required. (Fall, Spring)
MUPF 329. Secondary (G-l) 1-2 hours
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted, (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 389. Concentration (G-l) 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Four hours MUPF 189.
Private instruction in voice, piano, organ, or orchestral instrument. One-half
hour lesson and a minimum four hours practice per week are required for
each hour of credit granted. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
MUPF 477. Instrumental Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor.
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is
included. (Fall: odd numbered years)
MUPF 478. Choral Conducting Techniques (G-l) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MUCT 112 or permission of instructor.
Basic conducting techniques including beat patterns, cues, and expressive
gestures, and vocal problems. Experience in conducting choral ensembles is
included. (Spring: even numbered years)
Courses MUPF 108, 129, and 329 are open to any student of the College
as elective credit toward the B.A. or B.S. degree. The music major or
minor may not apply these toward his applied music concentration.
Students desiring to study organ must pass the Functional Piano Exami-
nation.
Courses MUPF 189 and 389 are courses primarily for the music major
and minor, but they may be elected by anyone who passes the examina-
tion for freshman standing. Jury examinations are required with these
course numbers.
The following performance areas may be studied: voice, piano, classi-
cal guitar, folk guitar, organ, violin, viola, cello, double bass, flute, oboe,
clarinet, saxophone, bassoon, trumpet, French horn, trombone, baritone
tuba, and percussion instruments.
Music
CHORAL ENSEMBLES
Choral ensembles are open to all college students through audition.
Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour credit
each semester. Regular attendance at performances and rehearsals, in-
cluding dress rehearsals, is required.
Voice majors are required to sing in the Southern College Concert
Choir or Chamber Singers for two years.
Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and
sponsored by the members of the music faculty.
MUPF 118/318. I Cantatrici Ladies' Chorus (G-l) 1 hour
A female-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods.
MUPF 148/348. Chamber Singers (G-l) 1 hour
A mixed-voice choir which performs choral music appropriate to the
Chamber Choir.
MUPF 158/358. Die Meistersinger Male Chorus (G-l) 1 hour
A male-voice choir which performs music of all styles and style periods.
MUPF 168/368. Southern College Concert Choir (G-l) 1 hour
A mixed-voice choir which performs music of all style periods.
MUPF 188/388. Vocal Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour
A course designed to provide credit for participants in major choral works,
musical productions, and other department-sponsored vocal activities. This
course does not fulfill the music ensemble requirement for music majors.
(Fall, Spring)
INSTRUMENTAL ENSEMBLES
Instrumental ensembles are open to all college students through audi-
tion. Each ensemble meets three periods per week and offers one hour
credit each semester. Regular attendance at rehearsals is required.
Course numbers MUPF 178 and 378 do not fulfill the music ensemble
participation requirement for music majors except those taking a
keyboard concentration. Music majors other than those taking a
keyboard concentration who wish Instrumental Ensemble Experience
credit, must be registered concurrently in Concert Band or Symphony
Orchestra.
Ensembles for which academic credit is granted are organized and
sponsored by members of the music faculty.
MUPF 128, 328. Concert Band (G-l) 1 hour
(Fall, Spring]
149
Music
MUPF 138, 338. Symphony Orchestra (G-l)
JJjQ (Fall, Spring)
1 hour
MUPF 178, 378. Instrumental Ensemble Experience (G-l) 1 hour
A course designed to provide credit for chamber ensembles or, in the case of
keyboard majors, significant accompanying experience. (Fall, Spring)
(D-3), (G-l), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education require-
ments.
Nursing
NURSING
Katie Lamb, M.S.N., Chairman
Collegedale Orlando
Ruby Birch, M.S.N. Flora Flood, M.S.N.
Betty Garver, M.S.N. Marsha Rauch, M.S.N.
Dorothy Giacomozzi, M.S. Cheryl Thompson, M.S.N.
Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc. Erma Webb, M.S.
Dorothy Hooper, M.S.
Shirley Howard, M.S.N.
Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N.
Beth Jedamski, M.S.
Catherine Knarr, M.S.N.
Katie Lamb, M.S.N.
Caroline McArthur, M.S.
Laura Nyirady, M.S.N.
Charlene Robertson, M.S.N.
Elvie Swinson, M.S.
PHILOSOPHY
God is the One in whom we live and move and have our being. In the
beginning when God created man in His image it was His purpose that
man should throughout his life ever more fully reveal the image of his
Creator. But sin brought about in man feelings of distrust of his fellow-
man and of God, and a great sense of personal insecurity. Sin also
weakened his physical powers, lessened his psychosocial capacity, and
dimmed his spiritual vision. Man then became subject to various health
problems. Those health problems have created a need for intervention
from the health-related professions.
Nursing as a health profession is a progressive science and art, utiliz-
ing knowledge from many physical and psychosocial disciplines in
assisting individuals and groups to solve health problems. While nurs-
ing shares with other health care providers the goals of maintaining and
promoting optimal health, it is unique in that it provides for the ac-
tivities of daily living through its nurturing role and coordinates the
health care according to observations of behavioral response of the
patient/client. Nursing also includes preventive and creative roles in
meeting the needs of the whole individual. The nurse can most effec-
tively fill these roles through a consistent relationship with Christ which
enables the nurse to assist others to live, move, and have being (Acts
17:28).
As the roles of the nurse have become more complex, the differentia-
tion of responsibilities of nurses has created a need for nursing person-
nel with different levels of preparation. The implication for nursing
education is that it must provide curricula to educate a clearly defined
practitioner on each level of practice. To meet this need, students in the
151
Nursing
articulated baccalaureate program receive an associate of science degree
after the second year with the option to halt their education or continue
upper division nursing. The person who exits at this level will primarily
provide nurturing and coordinating aspects of nursing in a cir-
cumscribed setting. This nurse will apply the nursing process in assess-
ing the level of wellness of the patient/client using predetermined
criteria and techniques, will plan and implement predetermined inter-
ventions, and will function in predetermined leadership roles. These
roles will include management of care for groups of patient/clients and
direction of auxiliary personnel.
In a variety of settings the baccalaureate graduate will provide preven-
tive, creative, coordinative, and collaborative aspects of nursing. The
nurse practicing at this level will act as a change agent utilizing the
research orientation to the nursing process which includes the system-
atic gathering of data, considering alternatives, implementing pre-
determined and/or creative interventions, evaluating outcomes, and as-
suming accountability for actions. On completion of the program the
graduate will have competence in a variety of practice settings and
beginning expertise in at least one area. The graduate will be equipped to
move quickly into beginning leadership roles and will have the theory
and practice base in behavioral and physical sciences for graduate study
in nursing.
DESCRIPTION OF PROGRAM
The articulated program leads to a baccalaureate degree in nursing
with the option to exit at the associate degree level. The holders of an
associate degree from a state approved program in nursing may progress
into upper division nursing. Licensed diploma graduates will be
evaluated on an individual basis.
The curriculum in the lower division leads to an Associate of Science
degree in nursing which may be completed in two academic years, plus
summer courses. At this time the student is eligible to write state board
examinations to become a registered nurse.
A well-equipped learning center and skills laboratory are provided to
assist students in learning experiences.
ASSOCIATE AND BACCALAUREATE PROGRAMS
The curriculum in the upper division provides the student an in-depth
study in clinical nursing in addition to prescribed courses. All students
will be required to participate in validation procedures designed to
evaluate and improve the individual student and the program of study.
A new class is accepted for lower division in the fall semester of each
year with a limited size of 40 students due to available clinical facilities
and teachers. The upper division class is not limited in size and a new
class is admitted each semester.
Nursing
CONSORTIUM BACCALAUREATE PROGRAM
The program enables registered nurses employed on a full-time basis 1 3 *J
at a member hospital to obtain a baccalaureate degree on a part-time
basis. All upper division nursing classes are offered in the evening. One
course is offered each fall and winter semester and one course during a
summer session for a given group. This program is offered in Col-
legedale and Orlando.
Admission and progression criteria are the same as the campus-based
baccalaureate program with the following exceptions:
1. Math requirement: Math requirement is waived for RN/BS stu-
dents.
2. Residence requirements: The requirement that the last thirty (30)
semester hours must be taken in residence has been adjusted to
allow the consortium students to take general education courses,
with the exception of Christian Ethics, at another college concur-
rently with clinical nursing courses.
3. Transfer work: Seventy-four (74) semester hours from a junior
college is allowed which will include 68 hours for the equivalent of
an Associate Degree plus six semester hours of Biochemistry.
4. Religion: Three hours are permitted to be taken at a local college or
university. Three hours Christian Ethics must be taken at Southern
College.
5. Writing courses: Only two writing emphasis courses rather than
three will be required.
POLICIES
Students who are admitted to Nursing are considered adequately
mature to realize the importance of accepting personal responsibility for
their learning and professional behavior.
The Division of Nursing Student Handbook contains the policies of
the department. Each student contracts to abide by the regulations as
outlined. The faculty reserves the right to withdraw or revise policies as
deemed necessary. The Collegedale- and Orlando-based programs are
governed by the same policies.
Transportation for clinical appointments is not provided for the stu-
dents enrolled in upper division nursing courses. Students will be
expected to provide their own transportation or make arrangements to
share this expense with fellow students in the same course.
Because regular tuition charges and fees cannot cover the total cost of
nursing education, an additional fee is charged as a "Nursing Education
Fee" each semester to help offset the cost (see bulletin section Admis-
sions, Expenses and Financial Aid).
The Tennessee State Board of Nursing and other State Boards reserve
Nursing
the right to deny licensure in their states if the applicant has an unre-
solved felony on record in any state.
The Nursing Department reserves the right to revise, add, or withdraw
courses as necessary to ensure a quality nursing program.
ACCREDITATION
The program in nursing is fully accredited by the Board of Review for
Baccalaureate and Higher Degree Programs and Associate of Science
Degree Programs of the National League for Nursing. It is accredited by
the National League for Nursing to admit registered nurse students to the
curriculum. It is recognized by the Board of Regents of the Department of
Education of the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists, and it is
approved by the Tennessee Board of Nursing.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING
Major: Thirty-seven hours for the Bachelor of Science degree after
completion of the Associate of Science degree at Southern College or the
equivalent* including NRSG 324, 325, 327, 335, 387, 389, 394, 425, 484,
485. Required cognates: RELT 373, CHEM 111, 203, and three hours
upper-division Behavioral Science. MATH 215 Statistics is a required
course but is not considered a cognate. General education requirements
include an additional three hours Area B, three hours Area C or D, and
three hours Area D to make a total of 131 semester hours of which 40
hours are upper division.
*Graduates of a state approved associate degree nursing program will be con-
sidered to have met the general education requirements for the first two years of
the program. If an Area C-l course was not included in the associate degree
program, however, it must be taken in fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science
degree general education requirements of " 3 hours Area C or D. " A maximum of
72 semester hours will be accepted from a junior college.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING
Major: Thirty-five hours for the Associate of Science degree including
NRSG 105, 116, 117, 215, 216, 217, 218, 223. Required cognates: BIOL
105, 106, 125, PSYC 128, SOCI 125, FDNT 125. General education
courses for Areas A, B, C, E, and F are the same as for the other disciplines
of the College. Students are exempt from general education courses for
Areas D and G. A total of 69 semester hours is required for the Associate
of Science degree.
LOWER DIVISION ADMISSION AND
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS
Minimum requirements for admission to the clinical area of the De-
partment of Nursing are listed below. The final decision on acceptance
and continuation in nursing is made by the Department of Nursing.
Nursing
Declaration as a nursing major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the
Department of Nursing. | C C
1. Acceptance to Southern College and hold a diploma from a four-
year accredited high school or the equivalent.
2. High school grade point average of 2.50* minimum on solids
(math, science, English, history, foreign language).
3. A grade of "C M or better in each semester of high school chemistry.
A student who does not meet the high school chemistry require-
ment may remove this deficiency by taking CHEM 111 and earning
a "C" or better.
4. Minimum ACT standard score of 17 in English and composite.
5. A student who does not meet the high school grade point average or
ACT requirements may take a minimum of twelve semester college
hours in required courses leading to nursing, with a current and
cumulative grade point average of at least 2.50* before being con-
sidered for clinical nursing courses.
6. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a
nursing course.
7. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for
progression and/or graduation. A grade of at least "C— " is required
in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative grade point
average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admission and progres-
sion in nursing. (Cognate courses are Anatomy and Physiology,
Nutrition, Developmental Psychology, Microbiology, and Sociol-
ogy.
8. A cumulative grade point average of at least 2.25 is required both in
nursing and in the cognates for graduation.
9. Students with previous college work must have a minimum cur-
rent and cumulative grade point average of 2.50* before being
considered for clinical nursing courses.
10. Students whose native language is other than English must
achieve at least 90 on the Michigan English Proficiency Test or its
equivalent.
11. Achieve a score of 20th percentile on the Nelson-Denny reading
test prior to admission. If the score falls between the 20-34th
percentile level, the student will be admitted on probation.
12. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on
standardized tests. Remedial work and/or delay in progression in
the program will be required if performance level is not achieved.
Failure to achieve the required score on the comprehensive exami-
nations (see Nsg 223, Nsg-Seminar) will result in delay in gradua-
tion and requires the successful completion of NRSG 050.
13. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee,
transfer students from another major or another college will be
evaluated individually and accepted on a space available basis.
Nursing
14. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be
approved by the Nursing Progressions Committee.
15. The applicant must show evidence of physical, mental, and moral
fitness. Further references or information may be required regard-
ing character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a question in
these areas.
16. A licensed practical nurse (LPN) may be granted 5 hours of ad-
vance placement after successful completion of the course As-
sociate Nursing Perspectives, NRSG 103, and an evaluation which
includes both clinical and theory common to Basic Nursing I,
NRSG 105. The LPN must hold a valid license from the state in
which he/she is enrolled in classes.
The following should be sent to the Director of Admissions by March 1
for the fall class and by October 15 for the winter class: (1) application to
the College, (2) application to the Division of Nursing, (3) transcripts, (4)
ACT scores. Students who for various reasons are not able to complete a
semester or do not progress with their class, cannot be assured place-
ment in their choice of subsequent class.
* On a 4.00 scale
CURRICULUM (First and Second Year)
Completion of these requirements leads to an Associate of Science
degree and eligibility to sit for state board examinations.
Number of Hours Required:
Nursing 35 Natural Science 13
Behavioral Science 6 General Eduction 15
A year-by-year outline for the associate degree is listed on page 277,
NRSG 050. Nursing N-CLEX Review (non-credit) 3 hours
This course is designed to review and consolidate theoretical components of
the first two years of the nursing program. The content focuses upon
medical-surgical, obstetrical, mental health, and the nursing of children.
The student is expected to perform satisfactorily on a comprehensive
examination. Failure to meet this requirement results in termination from
the nursing program.
NRSG 103. Associate Nurse Perspectives 1 hour
This course is designed to supplement and prepare the Licensed Practical
Nurse for advanced placement and career mobility. It will provide an under-
standing of the associate nurse role, familiarize the student with philosophy
of spiritual care and give an orientation to the program and its philosophy
and conceptual framework.
Nursing
NRSG 105. Basic Nursing I: Foundations 5 hours
Prerequisite: Chemistry (high school or equivalent). 157
Co-requisites: FDNT 125, BIOL 102
This course is an introduction to the physical, psychosocial, and spiritual
aspects of health care. The student develops an understanding of the roles of
the nurse, utilizes the nursing process, and acquires basic nursing skills
common to all areas of nursing with an emphasis on gerontology (three
hours theory, two hours clinical). (Fall)
NRSG 116. Basic Nursing II: Medical-Surgical 5 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101, FDNT 125, NRSG 105.
Must meet college math requirements.
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing in
dealing with selected basic needs of adults at various points on the
wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on those with selected
medical-surgical problems. The nursing process is utilized to promote
physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health, intervene in illness, and assist
in rehabilitation (two and three-fourths hours theory, two and one-fourth
hours clinical). (Spring)
NRSG 117. Basic Nursing II: The Childbearing Family 5 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 101, FDNT 125, NRSG 105.
Must meet college math requirements.
This course provides nursing students with theory and practice in the care
of childbearing families. This includes promoting physical, psychosocial,
and spiritual health of expectant mothers and their infants before, during,
and immediately following delivery, utilizing the nursing process (three
hours theory, two hours clinical). (Spring)
NRSG 215. Basic Nursing III: Parent-Child 4 hours
Prerequisite: PSYC 128; NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 102.
Co-requisite: BIOL 125.
This course provides nursing students with the theory and practice of
family-centered care of children at different points on the wellness-illness
continuum (two and three-fourths hours theory, one and one-fourth hours
clinical). (Fall)
NRSG 216. Basic Nursing III: Medical-Surgical 4 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 102, PSYC 128.
Co-requisite: BIOL 125.
This course provides students with the theory and practice of nursing in
continuing to deal with selected basic needs oi adults at different points on
the wellness-illness continuum. This includes focusing on nursing process
as applied to individuals who are experiencing select medical/surgical
interferences; promoting physical, psychosocial, and spiritual health; in-
tervening in illness; and assisting in rehabilitation. (Two and one-fourth
hours theory, one and three-fourths hours clinical). (Fall)
NRSG 217. Basic Nursing III: Mental-Health 4 hours
Prerequisites: NRSG 116, 117; BIOL 102, PSYC 128.
Co-requisite: BIOL 125.
Nursing
158
This course provides students with the opportunity to utilize the nursing
process in intervening with clients throughout the life span with emphasis
on specific psychosocial needs at different points on the wellness-illness
continuum (Two and one-half hours theory, one and one-half hour clinical).
(Summer)
NRSG 218. Basic Nursing IV: Medical-Surgical 7 hours
Prerequisite: BIOL 125, NRSG 215, 216, 217.
This course provides students with the theory and practice of utilizing the
nursing process in dealing with complex needs related to psychosocial,
physical, and spiritual aspects of individuals who have medical-surgical
interferences. The impact of historical events and current trends upon the
future of nursing is considered as well as the problems and responsibilities
of the registered nurse. The student is introduced to leadership concepts
(three hours theory, four hours clinical). (Spring)
NRSG 223. Nursing Seminar 1 hour
This course is designed to aid the student in validating and consolidating
previous learning experiences. The seminar will include intensive review of
all areas of nursing. A series of comprehensive examinations will be given at
the culmination of the seminar. The student must perform at a pre-specified
level on each area of the comprehensive examination. If a student fails to
achieve this level, a grade of "I" or incomplete will be given for the course.
Removal of this "I" will necessitate the student's successful completion of
the non-credit course NRSG 050. (Spring)
UPPER DIVISION ADMISSION AND
PROGRESSION REQUIREMENTS
Admissions:
Minimum requirements for admission to upper division nursing are
listed below. The final decision on acceptance and continuation in
nursing is made by the Division of Nursing. Declaration as a nursing
major is not the equivalent of acceptance to the Division of Nursing.
1. Acceptance to Southern College.
2. Minimum grade point average of 2.25 for lower division courses in
nursing.
3. Minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.25 with no grade
below "C— " for lower division cognate courses.
4. Students whose native language is other than English must pass an
English proficiency test. If the student fails the English proficiency
test, he must take remedial work in written and spoken English and
repeat the proficiency test with a passing grade before entering
nursing.
5. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance on
standardized tests. Remedial work will be required if performance
level is not achieved,
6. Following application to the Nursing Admissions Committee,
Nursing
transfer students from another major or another college will be
evaluated individually and assisted in fitting into the program. 1 E|Q
7. Any cognate course taken off campus during the time the student is
enrolled at Southern College (school year or summer) must be
approved by the Nursing Progression Committee.
8. The applicant must show evidence of moral, physical, social, and
intellectual maturity. Further references or information may be
required regarding character, attitude, or coping ability in case of a
question in these areas.
9. Students will maintain a current CPR certificate throughout their
upper division program.
10. Eligibility for Licensure:
Applicants to be considered for admission to junior standing in
nursing must either have a current license to practice as a regis-
tered nurse in the U.S. or, if a new graduate or foreign student, must
be eligible to sit for state boards. A student must pass state board
examinations before registering for senior clinical nursing courses.
11. Experience:
A. Student who has graduated within five years prior to applica-
tion.
1. Satisfactory clinical performance and character references
are required from basic nursing program.
2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are
required from employer(s). Students who have graduated
within the previous twelve months will be exempt from the
work requirement.
B. Student who has graduated more than five years prior to appli-
cation.
1. Minimum of one year satisfactory work experience in nurs-
ing for each five years since graduation and one year must be
in the last five years.
2. Satisfactory work performance and character references are
required from employer(s).
12. Nursing Credit:
A. Associate Degree Graduate.
Graduates of a state approved associate degree nursing pro-
gram will have met nursing requirements for the first two years
of the program. If the cumulative nursing GPA is below 2.25, an
applicant will be accepted on probation.
B. Diploma Graduate.
Graduates of a state approved diploma program will be
evaluated in both theory and skills on an individual basis. A
maximum of thirty-five semester hours of nursing credit may be
Nursing
given which is equal to the requirements of the first two years of
1 fifl nursing at Southern College.
13. General Education and Cognates:
A. Associate Degree.
Graduates of a state approved associate degree program will
be considered to have met general education requirements for
the first two years of the program, including history and
mathematics requirements. (If an Area C-l course was not in-
cluded in the associate degree program, it must be taken in
fulfillment of the Bachelor of Science degree general education
requirements of "3 hours Area C or D.") If the cumulative
cognate GPA is below 2.25, an applicant will be accepted on
probation.
B. Diploma Graduate.
1 . Credit is acceptable for courses comparable to those required
at Southern College if received from an accredited senior or
junior college or by examination according to the policy
stated in the bulletin.
2. . All cognates for the first two years must be completed before
entering junior nursing courses. General education re-
quirements may be taken concurrently.
C. CHEM 111 must be completed before entering junior level
nursing courses.
14. Progression:
A. No more than two courses may be repeated. Only one may be a
nursing course.
B. A grade of at least C (2.00) is required in each nursing course for
progression and graduation. A grade of at least "C- M is re-
quired in each nursing cognate with a minimum cumulative
grade point average of at least 2.25* in the cognates for admis-
sion, progression, and graduation in nursing. (Cognate courses
are CHEM 111 and 203, Selected Concepts in Biochemistry;
RELT 373, Christian Ethics.)
C. Students are required to demonstrate satisfactory performance
on standardized and validating tests. Remedial work will be
required if performance level is not achieved.
*On 4.00 scale.
CURRICULUM (Third and Fourth Years)
Students must take a total of 1 3 1 hours required for graduation includ-
ing 40 hours upper division.
Number of hours required after completion of the associate degree in
nursing:
Nursing 37 Natural Sciences 7
Behavioral Science 3 * General Education 12
Mathematics 3
Nursing
161
*One of the general education courses must be a writing course.
A year-by-year outline for the major offered is listed on page 277.
NRSG 324. Professional Nursing Perspectives 1 hour
A course designed to assist the registered nurse student in the transition of
learning from an associate degree or diploma program to the baccalaureate
approach to nursing. Study will be focused upon the Department of Nurs-
ing's philosophy and conceptual framework, nursing theories and models,
professional nursing, and related concepts. Students will be evaluated in
both theory and skills to identify strengths and weaknesses. (One hour
theory). (Fall, Spring)
NRSG 325. Advanced and Pathologic
Principles of Human Physiology 4 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 203.
This course assists the student to integrate principles of physiology with
clinical practice, to correlate physical manifestations with pathologic inter-
ferences, and to move toward more independent predictive care of patient/
client. (Four hours theory). (Arranged as needed for Consortium students).
(Spring)
NRSG 327. Nursing Assessment 4 hours
Co-requisite: NRSG 324.
This course provides opportunities for creativity in the utilization of the
expanding role of the clinical practitioner and enables the student to de-
velop advanced skills in utilizing the nursing process through history
taking, physical examination, health planning, and counseling of the
patient/client. (Three hours theory, one hour clinical). (Arranged as needed
for Consortium students). (Fall, Spring)
NRSG 335. Community Health Nursing 6 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with
emphasis on moving individuals, families, and communities toward their
optimal level of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This course
combines community and mental health concepts (three hours theory, three
hours clinical). (Fall, Spring)
NRSG 346. Community Health Nursing 3 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts of community health, with emphasis on
community assessment and working with groups, (two hours theory, one
hour clinical). (Arranged as needed for Consortium students).
Nursing
NRSG 347. Community Health Nursing 3 hours
1 fi2 Prerequisite: NRSG 327, 346; MATH 215 (desirable).
A course which includes concepts and practice of the nursing process with
emphasis on moving individuals, families and communities toward their
optimal levels of functioning on the wellness-illness continuum. This
course combines community and mental health concepts (one hour theory,
two hours clinical). (Arranged as needed for Consortium students).
NRSG 387. Home Health/Gerontology 3 hours
Prerequisite: NRSG 327; NRSG 335 or NRSG 346/347.
A course providing the registered nurse student with theories and practice
of caring for the client (ages cover the life span) requiring skilled nursing
care in tne home. Content will also include in-depth study of the active and
non-active older adult. (Two hours theory, one hour clinical). (Beginning
Summer 1988).
NRSG 389. Pharmacology 2 hours
Prerequisite: CHEM 111 and CHEM 203.
Study of pharmacologic concepts. Focus will include major classifications,
pharmacokinetics, drug interactions, and nursing consideration. (Two
hours theory). (Beginning Summer 1988).
NRSG 394. Nursing Research Methods (W) 3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 215.
Scientific methods of inquiry are applied to nursing problems including
framework for practice, principles of data treatment, and analysis. The
student plans a research proposal. The course is designed to give the student
the concepts, methods, and tools for intelligent participation in and applica-
tion of research and evaluation. (Three hours theory). (Fall; Arranged as
needed for Consortium students).
NRSG 425. Advanced Nursing Concepts 4 hours
Prerequisites: All junior level nursing courses and cognates.
This course teaches the process of conceptualization. It provides part of the
theory base for the advanced nursing practice courses and explores in-depth
concepts. Current issues facing the professional baccalaureate nurse are
explored. Each student is required to develop and present concepts in order
to gain experience in applying and integrating his knowledge and demon-
strate his understanding. Students are expected and encouraged to make
clinical and scholastic application of course content in their nursing prac-
tice. (Four hours theory). (Fall, Spring; Arranged as needed for Consortium
students).
NRSG 484. Advanced Nursing Practice I
(Primary Care with Research Component) (W) 6 hours
Pre- or co-requisite: NRSG 425.
This course provides opportunity for the student to select an area of
specialized interest in which to develop a broader scope of clinical compe-
tence. The choices of clinical areas may be limited due to the number of
students in the semester. Content will focus on updating major theoretical
areas and clinical skills. The scientific method of inquiry will be utilized in
conducting a research project (two hours theory, four hours clinical). (Fall,
Spring; Arranged as needed for Consortium students).
Nursing
NRSG 485. Advanced Nursing Practice II (Management) 4 hours
Pre- or co-requisite: NRSG 425, 484. | IIO
This course provides the opportunity for the student to use independent *****
judgment in developing clinical competence and management skills. This
goal will be accomplished primarily through the leadership modes of re-
search, management and administrative experiences in selected clinical
areas. (Two hours theory, two hours clinical). (Fall, Spring; Arranged as
needed for Consortium students).
NRSG 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Approval of department chairman.
Individual study in an area of choice shall be worked out with the depart-
ment prior to registration. Either upper or lower division credit may be
earned. The area of directed study will appear on the transcript. No more
than six hours directed study may be applied toward a degree.
(W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
THE ORLANDO CENTER
General Information
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists offers at its Orlando
Center an alternative to its main campus nursing program. It is adminis-
tered by an associate director for the Nursing Department. The program
at the Orlando Center is dedicated to the same Seventh-day Adventist
ideals and philosophies that guide the main campus. Like the main
campus, the Orlando Center employs professionally educated, high
quality staff members. Only nursing and general education classes are
offered that are required for the Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree.
This part-time program is primarily for employees of Florida Hospital
Medical Center who want to upgrade their degree. The National League
for Nursing accreditation status of the main campus applies fully to the
Orlando Center. The center has approval from the Florida State Board of
Nursing and the Florida State Board of Independent Colleges.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE PROGRAM
For information about this part-time program, contact the Associate
Director of the Nursing Department, 711 Lake Estelle Drive, Orlando,
Florida 32803.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN NURSING
During the 1987-88 school year, the last two semesters of the Associate
of Science Degree program will be taught at the Orlando Center. There
will not be a new class for the Associate of Science degree accepted on
this campus for the academic year 1987-88.
Physics
PHYSICS
Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Chairman
Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D.
Physics bridges the gap between mathematics and logic on one hand,
where absolute certainty can be obtained about abstract ideas, and most
of human thinking on the other hand, where only tenuous knowledge
exists about the solutions to very real and pressing problems. Physics
attempts to obtain progressively more precise solutions to clearly de-
fined problems more and more representative of the real world. This
attempt includes modeling, simulation, and control using numerical,
analytical, analog, and experimental methods. It not only presents the
possibility of a challenging career but also contributes heavily to the
life-experience of non-technical people.
The staff is concerned with the preparation of technically-minded
students for challenging careers in pure Physics or in Physics applied to
other fields. It also attempts to demonstrate to non-technical students the
value of using Physics in their areas of interest. It is committed to
exploring with all students the areas where Physics touches on religious
and ethical values. Throughout, it makes extensive use of the excellent
digital computer facilities at Southern College.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN PHYSICS
Major: Thirty hours including PHYS 213-214, 310, 317, 318, 480, and
CPTR 125, 131, or 218.
BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN PHYSICS
Major: Forty hours including CPTR 125, 131, or 218, and PHYS 480.
Minor: Eighteen hours including PHYS 213-214 and six hours upper
division. CPTR 125, 131, or 218 may be included.
Teaching Endorsement: The student must earn a major in the first
teaching field. He may add the following endorsements by meeting the
number of hours indicated below.
Physics
PHYS 211-212 General Physics 6 hours
Physics electives 8 hours
PHYS 213-214 General Physics Laboratory _2 hours
TOTAL 16 hours
General Science
BIOL 151-152 General Biology 8 hours
Chemistry and Physics electives _8 hours
TOTAL 16 hours
Physics
The student must apply to the Department of Education for admission
to the Teacher Education Program and the professional semester before | fL K
the end of the sophomore and junior years, respectively. Please see the ** t *
note on page 89 between EDUC 134 and 217.
Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 278.
PHYS 107. Introduction to Physics (E-3) 3 hours
A general education course stressing the methods of physics, the applica-
tion of physics and laboratory work which can be done with simple mate-
rials. Laboratories include the use of calculators and the computer to do
arithmetic, the estimation of numerical quantities and errors, and the con-
struction of apparatus with which to make observations. Does not apply on
major or minor in physics. Two hours lecture, three hours laboratory each
week. (Spring)
PHYS 155. Descriptive Astronomy:
Creation vs. Evolution (E-3) 3 hours
Constellations and eclipses, astronomical instruments, time and the date
line and calendars, astronomical objects with their motions and distances,
energy processes in stars and quasars and pulsars, black holes, the infinity
(?) and expansion (?) of the universe. Cosmology, the formation and sub-
sequent histories of the solar system and the earth, radioactive and radiocar-
bon age dating. Life on other worlds. Astronomy and the Bible. This course,
dealing as it does with the physical aspects of the history of the earth and
universe, complements BIOL 425, which deals with the biological aspects.
Three hours lecture each week, with the occasional substitution of an
observation period. (Spring)
PHYS 211-212. General Physics (E-3) 3,3 hours
Prerequisite: MATH 114.
The algebraic and trigonometric treatment of mechanics, heat, sound, light,
electricity and magnetism, and "modern physics." Applies on the basic
science requirement as a non-laboratory science if taken alone and as a
laboratory science if taken with PHYS 213-214. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 213-214. General Physics Laboratory (E-3) 1,1 hours
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS 211-212.
Laboratory experience designed to illustrate the material in lectures, to
familiarize the student with useful measuring apparatus, and to encourage a
systematic development of scientific curiosity, caution, and method. (Fall,
Spring)
PHYS 310. Modern Physics 3 hours
Prerequisite: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115.
Continuation and conclusion of PHYS 211-212. Relativity, atomic structure,
nuclear properties and radiations, and wave mechanical calculations in one
dimension, and other areas of 20th century physics. Three hours lecture
each week. Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall)
Physics
PHYS 311-312. General Physics Calculus Applications 1,1 hours
Prerequisites: MATH 115 and previous or concurrent enrollment in PHYS
211-212.
Derivations and problems in General Physics using differential and integral
calculus will be studied. Students completing PHYS 211-212 and PHYS
311-312 will have taken the equivalent of General Physics with calculus.
One class period per week. (Spring)
PHYS 313. Physical Optics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115.
Refraction, reflection, interference, and absorption of light are discussed
from the standpoint of the ray and especially of the wave theories of light.
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495, (Spring)
PHYS 314. Thermodynamics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115.
A systematic introduction to thermodynamics, kinetic theory, and statisti-
cal mechanics of solids, liquids, and gases.
PHYS 315. Quantum Mechanics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 211-212; MATH 115.
Schroedinger's equation as an operator form of the energy equation.
Boundary-matching solutions for square wells and barriers. Separation-of-
variables method for the hydrogen atom. Electron spin and the Pauli re-
quirement for antisymmetric wave functions, with applications to states of
light atoms. Variation techniques for small atoms and molecules, Hueckel
and LCAO methods, or other apparatus not including perturbation theory.
PHYS 317. Issues in Physical Science and Religion I (E-3) 3 hours
Prerequisite: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester
of college physics or chemistry.
The extent to which mathematics and the physical sciences are true because
they conform to the real world, or because they are derived from axioms, or
both. Non-logical factors in the acceptance of scientific statements as au-
thoritative.
PHYS 318. Issues in Physical Science and Religion II (E-3) 3 hours
Prerequisites: One year of high school physics or chemistry or one semester
of college physics or chemistry.
The argument for the existence of God from design. The relationship of
design to comprehensibility and to causality. Causality in the everyday
world and on the subatomic scale. Miracles as associated with awe or with
the unknown (by determinists), or with boundary conditions (as in solving
problems mathematically), or with God's continual upholding of natural
process.
PHYS 410. Analytic Mechanics 3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310; MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desira-
ble).
The motion of a particle in gravitational and other classical fields is attacked
using the techniques of differential equations. The behavior of systems of
Physics
particles, solids, and liquids is discussed. Special functions, vector
theorems, transforms, and tensors are introduced as needed. (Spring)
167
PHYS 411-412. Electricity and Magnetism 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310; MATH 315 (MATH 218, 316, 317, and 319 desira-
ble).
Analysis of electrical circuits. Electrostatic and magnetostatic fields, and
the motion of charges therein. Maxwell's equations and the consequent
prediction of electromagnetic waves. Applications to modern atomic and
nuclear theory are stressed. Complex mapping, vector theorems, transforms,
and special functions may be used after being introduced or reviewed.
Laboratory experience is available in PHYS 495. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 418, 419. Advanced Modern Physics 3,3 hours
Prerequisites: PHYS 310, 410, and 411-412; MATH 316 and 317 (previously
or concurrently; MATH 319 desirable). In the event that the student fails to
meet these prerequisites, permission of instructor must be obtained.
An advanced treatment of atomic and nuclear physics, elementary particles,
wave mechanics, relativity, and other topics on the frontiers of physics.
Research experience is available in PHYS 497. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 480. Scientific Writing (W) 1 hour
Principles and techniques of writing for news releases, periodicals, and
research journals. The student must have done some original research of an
experimental, computational, or theorem-proving nature before enrolling in
this course. PHYS 297/497 exists to fulfill this requirement.
PHYS 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor.
This course consists of individual or group work adjusted to meet particular
needs in Physics. Approval must be secured from the instructor prior to
registration. (Fall, Spring)
PHYS 297/497. Undergraduate Research in Physics 1-2 hours
Prerequisite: Permission of instructor.
Research under direction of a member of the staff. The topic will be assigned
in accordance to the interests and capabilities of the student. May be re-
peated for up to four hours. (Fall, Spring)
EARTH SCIENCE
ERSC 105. Earth Science (E-4) 3 hours
A non-mathematical and qualitative introduction, for non-science majors,
to the areas of astronomy, geology, and meteorology. Special consideration
is given to the following current issues: (1) the environment — conservation
and pollution of naturalresources; (2) space science — exploration and uses;
(3) cosmology — special creation and evolution. (Fall)
ERSC 106. Earth Science Laboratory (E-4) 1 hour
Prerequisite: Previous or concurrent enrollment in ERSC 105.
Laboratory to accompany ERSC 105. (Fall)
Physics
168
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Mathematics and Physics 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education.
Attention is given to methods and materials of instruction, planning, testing
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the semester. (Spring)
(E-4), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
Religion
RELIGION-
Douglas Bennett, Ph.D.
Jack J. Blanco, Th.D.
Jerry A. Gladson, Ph.D.
Norman R. Gulley, Ph.D.
Gordon M. Hyde, Ph.D., Chairman
Ronald M. Springett, Ph.D.
The Department of Religion makes two major contributions to the
Christian knowledge and experience which characterize Southern Col-
lege of Seventh-day Adventists. It provides the religion courses which
meet the general education requirements in religion for all students. It
also directs and instructs religion majors who are preparing for the
ministry, for secondary Bible teaching, for chaplaincies, and other pro-
fessions.
The Religion Major, providing a balanced selection of Biblical Studies
and Theology courses, is open to all degree candidates. Since it builds
upon the twelve hours of General Education requirements in religion, it
is frequently chosen by students preparing for such professional fields as
medicine, dentistry, and law, involving a wide range of requisite courses
in their preparation for advanced study.
The Ministerial Training Program, fostered by the Department of
Religion, is integrated with that of the Seventh-day Adventist Theologi-
cal Seminary at Andrews University, Berrien Springs, Michigan.
The Ministerial Track — Seminary, outlined below, meets Seminary
entrance requirements for the Master of Divinity degree which is the
standard program of ministerial training prescribed by the North Ameri-
can Division of Seventh-day Adventists.
The Ministerial Track — Non-Seminary, provides preparation for
those who, under special circumstances, may be called into the ministry
without attending the Seminary.
The Teacher Education Track is coordinated with the program of the
Department of Education of the college. Planning toward certification
for Bible teaching is made with the certifying officer of the Education
Department to ensure that all requirements are met, both for admission
to the Teacher Education program in the sophomore year and to the
professional semester before the senior year. (Detailed instruction is to
be found in the Education section of this catalog, and by inquiry of the
secretary of the Department in Summerour Hall.)
General Education Courses in Religion
In selecting the twelve semester hours of religion courses required of
the four-year graduate, the student has considerable latitude. The Reli-
gion Department recommends that students take at least three semester
hours at the upper division level.
Religion
The objective in all religion courses is to enhance knowledge of and
appreciation for the Scriptures, and to assist the student in gaining and
maintaining a vital involvement with Jesus Christ, and a personal com-
mitment to serve family, community, and the world.
Advancement to Ministerial Candidacy
Students seeking preparation for the Christian ministry make formal
application to enter the same in the first semester of the sophomore year.
(Upper class transfer students apply during the first semester in resi-
dence at Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists.) A program of
leadership potential assessment precedes individual advancement to
ministerial candidacy. Various assessment profiles are administered
early in the academic year. An accumulating file assists the student and
faculty adviser in an ongoing program of evaluation and counselling
during the period of training. Each student has an adviser who works
with him throughout his college experience.
As part of their preparation for ministry, candidates are required to
attend professional chapels for the information and inspiration pro-
vided. If at. any time after being admitted to the ministerial program,
candidates give evidence of failing to maintain commitment to the
criteria or preparation for ministry, they may forfeit the department's
recommendation to the ministry.
Graduation Requirements
Any candidate for graduation from the Department of Religion must
have a cumulative GPA of 2.25 in the major, demonstrate competence in
English communication skills, and give evidence of moral, physical,
social, and intellectual fitness, emotional maturity, and professional
commitment. Only those who complete the ministerial requirements,
meeting the above criteria, will be recommended by the department as
prospective ministerial employees.
Seminary Entrance Requirements
Graduates applying to enter the Seminary will need to show a GPA of
2.50 overall. Seminary admission requirements are on file with the
Department of Religion and are available on request.
BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE IN RELIGION
Major: Thirty hours to include RELB 125, 345, 346, 425, 426, 435, 436;
RELT 138, 484, 485. Additional requirements for the Ministerial Tracks
and Teacher Education Track are as follows:
Ministerial Track — Seminary: A Biblical Languages minor and the
following cognate courses: HIST 364, 365; RELP 321, 322.
Ministerial Track — Non-Seminary: A Practical Theology minor and
the following cognate courses: HIST 364, 365; SPCH 135; RELL 271-272.
Religion
Teacher Education Track: Professional and general education courses
as outlined in the Educational section of the catalog and a minor of the 171
student's choice. EDUC 438, Special Methods of Teaching Bible, must be
included.
The Division of Religion strongly recommends that ministerial stu-
dents choose the seminary track. The division further recommends that
they broaden their professional training by selecting from the following
courses to fulfill general education requirements: PSYC 128 (F-l); BUAD
128 (F-2); SOCI 223 (F-2); CPTR 105, 106, 107, 120, 127 (G-2); and from
the following as electives: ACCT 103; BUAD 334, 344; TECH 164.
Directed field education provided by the Department of Religion is
required of ministerial students. Participation in these experiences,
which are designed to enhance professional development, is necessary
in order for the student to be granted a ministerial recommendation by
the division. The division will keep majors informed of the requirements
to be met.
Evangelism field schools may be conducted under the auspices of the
division and offer up to five hours of academic credit. Additional pro-
grams for individual students and student teams may be available by
approval of the division to accommodate requests from the conferences
of the Southern Union. Satisfactory prior arrangements must be made
with the Department of Religion.
Details concerning the field school and associated programs are avail-
able through the Department of Religion.
Minor — Religion. Eighteen hours including six upper division hours
and RELT 234, 255. No more than one course may be selected from the
following: RELT 317, 318, 325.
Minor — Biblical Languages. Eighteen hours including RELL 271-272;
311-312; 471-472.
Minor — Practical Theology. Eighteen hours including RELT 236;
RELP 321-322; 351-352; 455; SPCH 136, EDUC 134.
Minor — Denominational Teaching Endorsement: The student must
earn a major in the first teaching field. He may add denominational
certification in Religion by taking the following minor: RELB 125; RELT
138, 236, 255, and 3 hours selected from each of RELB, RELT courses.
Tennessee State Certification
Students seeking Tennessee State Certification only must take 12
hours selected from the following: RELB 125, 345, 346, 425, 426, 435,
436, and RELT 368. Note that RELT 236 will not be accepted by the state
for certification and RELT 368 will not be accepted by the denomination.
Students who wish to obtain teacher certification must apply to the
Department of Education before the end of their sophomore year to be
Religion
admitted to the teacher education program and before the end of their
1 / ^ junior year to be admitted to the professional education semester.
J Year-by-year outlines for each major offered are listed on page 279,
BIBLICAL STUDIES
RELB 125. Life and Teachings of Jesus (B-l) 3 hours
A study of the life, ministry, and teachings of Jesus with special emphasis
upon His teachings as they apply to the personal, social, and religious
problems of the individual. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELB 345. Pentateuch and Writings (B-l) (W) 3 hours
An introduction to the Pentateuch and Writings, the first and third major
divisions of the Old Testament. Attention will be given to the structure,
theme, theology, historical setting, and significance of this literature in
Christian interpretation. Various approaches to the study of the Old Testa-
ment will be surveyed. (Fall, alternate Summers)
RELB 346. Prophets (B-l) 3 hours
An introduction to the Prophets, the second division of the Old Testament.
Attention will be given to the structure, theme, theology, historical setting,
and significance of this literature in Christian interpretation. (Spring, alter-
nate Summers)
RELB 425. Studies in Daniel (B-l) (W) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 174, 175.
A study of selected historical and prophetic portions of Daniel to discover
their meaning and relevance for today. (Fall, alternate Summers)
RELB 426. Studies in Revelation (B-l) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 174, 175.
A study of the prophecies and symbolisms of Revelation with their histori-
cal fulfillments. Special attention will be given to discovering its special
message for our day. (Spring, alternate Summers)
RELB 435. New Testament Studies I (B-l) 3 hours
An exegetical study of the following epistles in order of their composition: 1
and 2 Thessalonians, 1 and 2 Corinthians, Galatians, and James. Includes a
background survey of the book of Acts. (Fall, alternate Summers)
RELB 436. New Testament Studies II (B-l) (W) 3 hours
An exegetical study of Romans, the Prison, Pastoral, and General epistles,
(excluding James) and Hebrews. (Spring, alternate Summers)
RELB 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap-
proved by the chairman of the Department of Religion. Occasionally the
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of
classes. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
Religion
RELIGION
KELT 138. Adventist Heritage (B-2) 3 hours
A study of the Second Advent Awakening in the nineteenth century and the
subsequent development of the Seventh-day Adventist Church. Special
emphasis will be placed on the contributory role in the church of the
Spiritual Gift of Prophecy through the life and ministry of Ellen G. White.
RELT 225. Last-Day Events (B-2) 3 hours
Recommended: One college Biblical Studies or Religion course.
Last-Day Events is a Biblical, theological and historical study of eschatology
rooted in its Christ-centered focus. It considers the unique Seventh-day
Adventist contribution over against that made by leading scholars both in
the past and present. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
RELT 236. Biblical Interpretation (B-2) 3 hours
An introduction to the theory and practice of biblical exegesis and her-
meneutics. Designed to enrich anyone wishing to learn how to read and
understand the Scriptures, the course will focus on the nature of the biblical
text, available resources for interpretation, and the proper procedures in-
volved in adequate exegesis. Some consideration will also be given to the
interpretation of the writings of Ellen G. White as they relate to the Bible.
(Spring)
RELT 255. Christian Beliefs (B-2) 3 hours
Christian Beliefs is a study of Adventist doctrines in a Christ-centered
context. This course will involve a study of the major teachings, with a view
to enhancing the student's understanding and ability to provide Biblical
support for his faith. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
*RELT 317. Issues in Physical Science and
Religion (B-2, E-3) 3 hours
(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 317.)
*RELT 318. Issues in Physical Science and
Religion II (B-2, E-3) 3 hours
(See Division of Mathematical Sciences PHYS 318.)
RELT 326. Dynamics of Salvation (B-2), (W) 3 hours
The study of the underlying principles of the plan of salvation as revealed in
the sanctuary services of the Old Testament. (Spring)
RELT 367. Philosophy of Religion (B-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of the basic concepts of religion from a philosophical viewpoint.
Attention will be given to such major questions as religious experience,
reason and faith, theism and atheism, religious language, and the problem of
evil. (Spring)
RELT 268/368. Comparative Religions (B-2), (W) 3 hours
A study of several major representative Christian and non-Christian reli-
gions, including a survey of the history and the distinctive characteristics of
173
Religion
174
each. KELT 268 is offered on the Orlando campus only and does not carry
writing emphasis. RELT 368 will require observational field work. (Spring)
KELT 373. Christian Ethics (B-2) 3 hours
A foundation course in moral decision-making with case studies taken from
bio-ethics. The objective is to discover timeless norms by which to make
basic ethical decisions across the professional spectrum. These norms are
then applied to personal and social issues relevant to the student. Limited to
nursing students or students with Junior/Senior class standing. (Fall,
Spring, Summer)
*RELT 424. Issues in Natural Science and
Religion (B-2, E-l), (W) 3 hours
(See Division of Natural Science listings, BIOL 424.)
RELT 465. Historical Theology (B-2), (W) 3 hours
Recommended: HIST 364, 365.
A comparative study of the major beliefs of Seventh-day Adventists and of
other Christian churches from pre-Reformation times to the present. The
uniqueness of "The Great Controversy" theme will be given special em-
phasis. (Spring)
RELT 484. Christian Theology I (B-2) 3 hours
Christian Theology I and II examine the major locii of Christian beliefs.
Christian Theology I takes up Prolegomena, Doctrine of God, Christologv,
and Pneumatology; and in the process covers a portion of the 27 Seventh-
day Adventist fundamental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certifi-
cation. (Fall)
RELT 485. Christian Theology II (B-2) 3 hours
Prerequisite: RELT 484.
Christian Theology II examines Anthropology, Soteriology, Ecclesiology,
and Eschatology, covering the rest of the 27 Seventh-day Adventist funda-
mental beliefs. Acceptable for denominational certification. (Spring)
RELT 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap-
proved by the chairman of the Department of Religion. Occasionally the
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of
classes. (Fall, Spring, Summer)
* One of the "Issues" courses can apply to General Education natural science
requirement for majors, to Religion for nonmajors.
PRACTICAL THEOLOGY
Lay Leadership
RELP 051-052. Student Mission Practicum (non-credit) 6,6 hours
This course is designed specifically for those who participate in the North
American Division Taskforce Program, and those who work in other coun-
Religion
tries as part of the Student Missions Program. Activities will vary according
to specific area and positions available and the length of service will be from -j m f"
nine months to one year. May not be repeated. 1 / *J
RELP 127. Student Missions Orientation 2 hours
A course designed to help students better understand cultural differences,
interpersonal relationships, health care for others and themselves, social
and monetary problems, personal qualifications for service and relevant
denominational policies for overseas service. The course is required by the
General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists for those under appointment
as student missionaries. One-third regular tuition rate. (Spring)
RELP 204. Principles of Self-Supporting Work 2 hours
The objectives of this course are to set forth principles from the Spirit of
Prophecy; review the history and successes and failures of self-supporting
institutions; study plans and methods of operation and set before the stu-
dent the needs and call for active involvement as lay members to help finish
the work of the church, (Fall)
RELP 206. Christian Salesmanship 2 hours
Teaches the psychology, techniques and methods of selling Christian litera-
ture.
RELP 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
This course is limited to Religion and Theology majors and must be ap-
proved by the chairman of the Department of Religion. Occasionally the
course may be conducted as a seminar and published in the schedule of
classes, (Fall, Spring, Summer)
Pastoral Leadership
RELP 321. Homiletics I 2 hours
Prerequisite: SPCH 135.
An introduction to sermon development and delivery. Attention will be
given to the sermon structure and the preparation of biographical and
topical sermons. Opportunity will be given to preach and analyze sermons.
One lecture and two laboratories each week. To be taken in the junior year.
(Fall)
RELP 322. Homiletics II 2 hours
Prerequisites: SPCH 135 and RELP 321.
Expository, textual, and evangelistic sermon types will be considered. One
field trip will be required. Opportunity will be provided to develop profi-
ciency in preaching. One class lecture and two laboratories each week. To be
taken in tne junior year. (Spring)
RELP 351-352. Pastoral Ministry I and II 2,2 hours
An introduction to the practice of pastoral ministry, this course focuses on
the theology of ministry, ministerial ethics, the relationship of the minister
to denominational polity, the community, and the local church. Considera-
tion is given the various professional tasks of the pastor, such as pastoral
care, administration, leadership in worship, etc. Laboratory work in area
churches will be required. (Fall, Spring)
Religion
*RELP 455. Evangelistic Methods (B-2) 3 hours
1 y ft Attention will be given to concepts and methods involving ways of creating
m M u witnessing opportunities; the giving of Bible studies; obtaining a decision
for Christ; the conducting of Revelation Seminars; and public evangelism.
Where possible , Revelation Seminars will be conducted concurrent with the
class. Three hours per week of field experience required for this course.
(Fall, occasional Summers)
* RELP 455 may be applied to General Education requirements, Area B-2, for up
to three hours of credit.
BIBLICAL LANGUAGES
RELL 271-272. Elements of New Testament Greek (D-l) 4,4 hours
A study of the grammar and syntax of the vernacular koine Greek of New
Testament times, with readings in the epistles of John. Laboratory work
required. (Fall, Spring)
RELL 311-312. Intermediate New Testament Greek (D-l) 3,3 hours
A course. in advanced studies, grammar, and syntax of koine Greek with
translation of readings from the Gospel of John, the Synoptics, and the
Pauline Epistles. (Fall, Spring)
RELL 471-472. Biblical Hebrew (D-l) 2,2 hours
A foundation course in the grammar, syntax, and lexicography of classical
biblical Hebrew, with an emphasis on reading skills. Laboratory work re-
quired. (Fall, Spring)
EDUCATION
EDUC 438. Methods of Teaching Bible 2 hours
Prerequisite: Admission to Teacher Education. EDUC 133.
Attention is given to methods and materials construction, planning, testing
and evaluating student performances, the survey and evaluation of
textbooks. Four lectures each week of the first half of the second semester
during the senior year. (Spring)
(B-l), (B-2), (D-l), (E-l), (E-3), (W) See pages 14-16 for explanation of General
Education requirements.
Technology
TECHNOLOGY-
John Durichek, M.A., Chairman
Francis Hummer
Courses are offered which provide opportunity to balance learning
with practical experience in the areas of woods, metals, printing, draft-
ing, and auto maintenance. Objectives of these classes are:
1. To assist the student in growing toward his potential by providing
classroom and lab experiences that nurture creativity.
2. To help the student learn to meet the challenges of daily living by
providing "hands-on" experiences with elements of the environ-
ment.
3. To develop practical skills which will be useful throughout life as
hobby and recreational activities as well as professional enhance-
ment.
4. To provide opportunity for the student to develop tactile learning
skills.
5. To introduce the student to opportunities in technical and service
occupations.
6. To provide background for entrance into specialized technical and
professional degree programs and occupations.
These courses are essential for students majoring in:
Art
Business Administration
Education
Journalism and Communications
Office Administration
Pre-Occupational Therapy
Pre-Engineering
Minor: A minor in Technology is eighteen hours including six hours
upper division. Courses in Auto Body do not apply on this minor except
TECH 223.
DIPLOMA PROGRAM
Auto Body — Repair and Refinishing
The auto body program is designed to teach panel repair, refinishing,
estimating, frame straightening, and major collision repair. The typical
student upon completion of the course should have gained sufficient
skill and experience to obtain employment in the trade.
Inasmuch as tradespeople provide their own hand and air tools, the
student will be expected to purchase a skeleton set for personal use
during the course. The department will assist the student in the pur-
chase of these tools which will cost approximately $300.
177
Technology
Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applica-
tions to this program should be sent directly to Francis Hummer, instruc-
tor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 1
will receive a scholarship in the amount of one-half the tuition in
addition to whatever grants or scholarships for which they may be
eligible.
The requirements are as follows: AUTO 110, 111-112, 114, 116, 118,
120; TECH 164, 364, and three hours from General Education B-l or B-2
courses.
A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 281.
AUTO BODY
AUTO 110. Panel and Spot Repair 5 hours
Course is the first introduction to body repair. Student will learn how to
straighten small dents, prepare panel for body fillers, prime and block ready
for painting. (Fall)
AUTO 111-112. Painting and Refinishing 4,2 hours
An introductory study of vehicle preparation and painting. Student will
progress to doing complete refinish job himself. Student must purchase his
own respirator and spray gun. Costs average $125. (Fall, Spring)
AUTO 114. Oxy- Acetylene Welding 1 hour
Gas welding and brazing of sheet metal in preparation for typical body shop
welding jobs. Personal goggles required. (Fall)
AUTO 116. Collision Repair I 4 hours
Introduction to a major collision job. Students will probably work in pairs.
Body alignment, frame straightening, panel replacement, and dent repair
are involved. (Fall)
AUTO 118. Collision Repair II 4 hours
Continuation of experience in collision repair, emphasizing body align-
ment, frame straightening, glass work, fiber glass repair, and body section
replacement. There is no lecture component to this class, but rather is
composed of four 3 period labs per week. (Spring)
AUTO 120. Collision Repair III 5 hours
A repetition of work experiences of Collision Repair I and II, but on an
individual basis. Students will learn estimate writing, parts and supplies
purchasing, shop management, and equipment maintenance. (Spring)
Technology
TECHNOLOGY
TECH 145. Graphic Arts (G-2) 3 hours
Special emphasis is given to offset methods of copy preparation, camera
techniques, platemaking, screen printing and press work. Experience is
offered in personal computer desk-top publishing. Skills learned are applic-
able for personal and business communications. A supplies fee will be
charged for projects produced in class. Average cost of projects approxi-
mately $75. (Fall)
TECH 149. Engineering Graphics (G-2) 2 hours
A basic course in drafting, training the student in the use of instruments and
the principles of orthographic projection, surface development, sectioning,
pictorial representation, and dimensioned working drawings. Six periods
laboratory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. Instruments
cost approximately $40. (Fall)
TECH 154. Woodworking (G-2) 3 hours
A study of hand and machine tools, joinery, and proper methods of furniture
construction. One period lecture, six periods laboratory each week. A
supplies fee will be charged for the cost of the materials used in project
construction. Generally, the costs have exceeded $100 or $200 if large
furniture items were constructed. (Fall)
TECH 164. Automotive Maintenance (G-2) 2 hours
A course designed to help the car owner become knowledgeable in the
matters of buying, servicing, and maintaining the auto. The student will
work on his own car or on one belonging to the shop. Basic tools are needed
which will cost $50-$75. One period lecture and three periods laboratory
each week. (Fall)
TECH 174. General Metals (G-2) 3 hours
Designed to acquaint the student with the many aspects of working with
metals. Instruction will be given in the areas of forging, foundry, sheet
metal, welding, plus hand- and power-operated metal-cutting equipment.
One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week. Project expenses
average $50. Each student must purchase his own safety glasses, welding
gloves and goggles. (Spring, alternate years)
TECH 223. Auto Body Repair (G-2) 3 hours
An introductory course designed to acquainles and techniques used in
repair of damaged body panels. Preferences will be given for class admis-
sion to those who have experience in doing automotive work and who have
gas welding skills. Each student will needhis own basic hand tools which
cost approximately $100. One period lecture and six periods laboratory per
week. (Spring)
TECH 295/495. Directed Study 1-3 hours
The study of a specific problem in the field of Technology. A written report
of the problem may be required by the supervising instructor. Open only to
those earning a minor in Technology. Offered on demand. (Fall, Spring)
Technology
180
TECH 349. Computer Graphics (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 149 or equivalent.
An introduction to Computer-Aided Drafting. A study of the computer as an
aid in drawing and design as it applies to technical, mechanical, arthitec-
tural and electrical fields using Auto Cad and Cad Key. Six periods labora-
tory each week. Lecture as announced by the instructor. (Spring)
TECH 354. Furniture Construction 3 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 154.
Emphasis will be placed on construction of a piece of furniture of the
student's choice. One period lecture and six periods laboratory each week.
Students must underwrite the costs of materials. (Spring, alternate years)
TECH 364. Automotive Repair (G-2) 2 hours
Prerequisite: TECH 164.
A course designed to give basic understanding of the automobile. Main
emphasis is given to power plant and drive train design, operation and
service. One period lecture and three periods laboratory each week. Each
student supplies his own hand tools and coveralls. Minimum tool set costs
approximately $75. All lab learning experience is on actual cars either from
the community or personal vehicles. (Spring)
See pages 14-16 for explanation of General Education requirements.
INTERDEPARTMENTAL
PROGRAMS
MEDICAL SCIENCE-
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
A Bachelor of Science Degree in Medical Science will be conferred
upon students not already in possession of a bachelor's degree who
satisfy the following two conditions:
1. Complete 93 semester hours in an accredited undergraduate col-
lege program of which at least the last 30 were taken in residence at
Southern College and at least 12 of which are at the upper division
level.
2. Provide certification from an accredited professional school of
dentistry, medicine, or optometry that the first year of the respec-
tive professional program has been successfully completed and
that the applicant is eligible to continue.
Request for the conferral of this degree is made to the Director of
Records.
'GENERAL STUDIES
Adviser: Mary Elam
The Associate of Science degree with a major in General Studies is
designed for students who have not made a career decision at the time
they enter college. This degree offers them an opportunity to earn a large
part of the general requirements for a baccalaureate degree while leaving
approximately 20 semester hours free for exploration in areas of their
choice.
ASSOCIATE OF SCIENCE DEGREE IN GENERAL STUDIES
AREA SEMESTER HOURS
A-l English 6-9
A-2 Mathematics 3
B Religion 6
181
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
C History/Government/Economics .
1 82 ^ Language/Literature/Fine Arts . . .
E Natural Science
F Behavioral/Family/Health Science
G Activity Skills
Electives
Area C.
Area D.
AreaE.
Area G.
6
6
6
3
6
19-22
At least 3 hours must be history.
Must include at least 2 sub-areas.
Must include at least 2 sub-areas.
Must include at least 2 sub-areas with not more than 3 hours
in any one sub-area.
Elective credit is to be selected from not more than four
subject areas.
A year-by-year outline for this major is listed on page 266.
NON-DEGREE
PRE-PROFESSIONAL PROGRAMS
Pre-professional and pre-technical curricula are offered in a wide
variety of fields. Below are listed the curricula most frequently chosen. If
other pre-professional programs are desired, faculty advisors are pre-
pared to assist the student in working out a satisfactory sequence of
courses needed to meet the admission requirements of the chosen pro-
fessional school.
ANESTHESIA
Adviser: Charlene Robertson
Registered nurses who are comfortable working in critical care areas
may become registered nurse anesthetists. Graduation from an approved
program of nursing and a valid nursing license is required. Additional
requirements may be determined by consulting the Department of Nurs-
ing.
DENTISTRY
Adviser: Duane Houck
The minimum requirement for admission to schools of dentistry is two
years of college; however, few applicants are accepted after two years
and most candidates complete a baccalaureate degree before being ad-
mitted.
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
Successful applicants to Dental School must make satisfactory scores
on the Dental Admissions Test in addition to meeting G.P.A. and per-
sonal qualifications. For admission to Loma Linda University (LLU), it is **
recommended that the student maintain a minimum G.P.A. of 3 .0 in both
science and non-science courses. Satisfactory performance on the Dental
Dexterity Test is also required.
The following courses must be included to meet the minimum re-
quirements for admissions to the LLU School of Dentistry:
BIOL 155, 156 8 hours
BUAD 334 3 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 114 4 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
PSYC 124 3 hours
Physical Education 1 hour
Religion 9 hours
Electives 8 hours
The following courses are strongly recommended:
FDNT 125 3 hours
TECH 174 4 hours
ACCT 103 3 hours
MATH 115 3 hours
An additional Psychology course
LAW
Adviser: William Wohlers
Students interested in the study of law as a profession should become
acquainted with the entrance requirements of various law schools. This
will make possible the planning of a pre-professional program which
will qualify the student for admission to several schools. It is a general
requirement that students complete a bachelor's degree before entering
law school. Although no particular major is required, four fields should
be especially considered by the student serious about law school. These
are: Business, history, English, and behavioral science. Certain courses
recommended by all law schools include American history, freshman
composition, principles of accounting, American government, princi-
ples of economics, English history, business law, creative writing, and
mathematics. Pre-law students should concentrate on developing their
analytical and verbal skills.
Information about preparation for law school may be obtained from
the Section of Legal Education and Admissions to the Bar, American Bar
Association, 1155 East 60th Street, Chicago, Illinois 60637. For informa-
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
184
tion about the Law School Admissions Test write the Law School Ad-
missions Service, P.O. Box 2000, Newtown, Pennsylvania 18940.
MEDICINE
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
Secondary school students who look forward to a career in medicine
are advised to include mathematics and science courses during their
high school years.
It is recommended that applicants complete a Bachelor's Degree prior
to entrance into medical school. Exceptional students may be eligible to
apply after completion or a minimum of 85 semester hours. Letter grades
are essential for evaluation of the required science courses. Applicants
for admission to the Loma Linda University School of Medicine should
maintain a grade point average of at least 3.50 in both science and
non-science courses. The following courses must be included in the
applicant's academic program. Classes with asterisks in biology,
chemistry, and mathematics are recommended.
BIOL 155, 156, 313*, 316*, 417* 11 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323* 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 114, 115* 8 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Religion 12 hours
It is recommended that students plan a curriculum that includes study
of the humanities and social sciences to provide a solid preparation for
the future role of the physician.
Applicants are also encouraged to obtain experience where they are
directly involved in the providing of health care.
The applicant is required to have taken the new MCAT prior to con-
sideration by the admissions committee. The medical school entrance
exam is administered twice a year — in September and April. Applica-
tion for the exam is made through the Counseling and Testing Center one
month before the exam is scheduled. For entrance into medical school
following graduation, the student should plan on taking the MCAT in
April of the junior year which means that all of the above listed science
courses should be completed by this time to insure maximum perform-
ance on the exam. The exam may be retaken in September of the senior
year.
Once or twice each year representatives from LLU and other schools of
medicine visit the campus to interview prospective students. Premedi-
cal students are encouraged to make appointments to speak with them.
Most medical schools are members of the American Medical College
Application Service (AMCAS). Applications must be submitted through
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
this service. The AMCAS application may be obtained either at the
college the applicant is attending or directly from AMCAS. Application | O C
should be directly to AMCAS between July 1 and November 1 for entry in * "**
the summer of the following year.
American Medical College Application Service
1176 Massachusetts Avenue, N.W.
Washington, DC 20036-1989
After receiving the application from AMCAS, the admissions office of
the medical school reviews the candidates and determines whether or
not supplementary information is needed. Following a careful evalua-
tion of the supplementary application and letters of recommendation
submitted to the admissions office, selected applicants may be invited
for a personal interview.
OPTOMETRY
Adviser: Ray Hefferlin
The admission requirements to colleges of optometry vary, so the
student should follow the catalog from the school of his or her choice.
However, all place emphasis on biology, chemistry, mathematics and
physics. Additional courses in the areas of fine arts, language, literature,
and the social sciences are usually necessary.
A minimum of two years of preoptometric study is required. However,
additional study increases the prospects of acceptance into professional
training.
Following is a list of pre-optometry courses required by most schools:
BIOL 225 and 155-156 11 hours
CHEM 151-152 8 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 114, 115, 215 12 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
PSYC 124 3 hours
Direct individual inquiries are welcomed by the American Optometric
Association, Division of Education and Manpower, 243 North
Lindbergh Blvd., St. Louis, Missouri 63141.
OSTEOPATHIC MEDICINE
Adviser: Stephen A. Nyirady
An alternative to allopathic medical schools, which grant the M.D.
degree, are the osteopathic medical schools whose graduates receive the
D.O. degree.
Many Seventh-day Adventists have attended the Kansas City School
of Osteopathic Medicine, one of twelve osteopathic medical colleges in
this country.
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
Courses for admission are similar to those for Loma Linda University
School of Medicine.
For a reasonable chance of acceptance, a minimum grade point aver-
age of 3.0 should be maintained in both science and non-science sub-
jects.
PHARMACY
Adviser: Mitchell Thiel
The bachelor's degree program in pharmacy normally requires five
years, the first two years of which may be taken at Southern College.
Admission requirements to colleges of pharmacy are somewhat vari-
able so the student should consult the catalog of the school of his choice
for specific course recommendations.
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee
College of Pharmacy at Memphis are:
ACCT 121 3 hours
BIOL 155-156 8 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314 16 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
PHYS 211, 213 4 hours
Additional requirements include:
Literature or Foreign Language 4 hours
Social Sciences:
Psychology 2 hours
Other 4 hours
Speech 2 hours
Electives 12 hours
A minimum grade of "C" must be obtained for each required pre-
pharmacy class. A higher grade point average will increase the chance of
acceptance into pharmacy school. In addition, a satisfactory score must
be achieved on the National Pharmacy College Admission Test.
PUBLIC HEALTH SCIENCE
Adviser: Elvie Swinson
There is an increasing demand for programs that promote health and
disease prevention. Two major factors influencing this demand are (a) an
effort to slow down or decrease the rising costs of medical care and (b)
emphasis on improving the quality of life. The undergraduate program
in public health science at Loma Linda University (LLU) provides an
opportunity to emphasize the prevention of illness and the promotion of
health. The first two years of the program are offered at Southern College
after which the student transfers to LLU to complete the work to receive
Non-Degree
Pre-Professional Programs
the bachelor's degree in public health science. The following courses
should be included in the pre-public health science curriculum to qual- | QTP
ify for admission to LLU. Students not having had high school physics * "*
must enroll in college physical science.
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
Humanities (include at least two areas: speech (highly
recommended), fine arts, foreign language, HMNT
205, literature, philosophy) 9 hours
BIOL 105, 106 or 155, 156, and 125 9-11 hours
CHEM 111-112, 113, 114 8 hours
MATH 104 3 hours
PSYC 124, SOCI 125, ECON 225 9 hours
Religion 9 hours
Electives sufficient to make a total of 64 hours chosen in
consultation with adviser.
The Allied Health Professions Admission Test is required.
VETERINARY MEDICINE
Adviser: Edgar Grundset
Competition for admission to colleges of veterinary medicine is very
keen. Consequently, most successful applicants have completed a de-
gree rather than the required minimum of two years of college. It should
also be noted that it is almost impossible to be accepted in any veterinary
institution other than the school in the state where the applicant resides.
The applicant must make a satisfactory score on the Veterinary Ap-
titude Test in addition to meeting grade point average and personal
qualifications for admission. Professional training entails another four
years of school beyond college.
Minimum admission requirements to the University of Tennessee
College of Veterinary Medicine in Knoxville are:
BIOL 125, 155-156 11 hours
CHEM 151-152, 311-312, 313-314, 323 20 hours
ENGL 101-102 6 hours
MATH 114, 115 9 hours
PHYS 211-212, 213-214 8 hours
Additional requirements include:
Humanities 8 hours
Social Sciences 8 hours
Speech 2 hours
Animal Science (not offered at Southern College) 9 hours
(Some schools will accept a full year of general biology
or zoology in lieu of Animal Science — one needs to
check with the institution.)
STUDENT LIFE
AND SERVICES
A college is not only classroom instruction, but also a mode of associa-
tion. The effectiveness of the college program is enhanced if students
develop their interests and meet their needs through participation in the
nonacademic activities provided. Students are encouraged to take ad-
vantage of the facilities and opportunities planned for their cultural,
social, and spiritual growth.
RESIDENCE HALL LIVING
Living in a college residence hall with its daily "give and take"
prepares the student to meet life with equanimity, teaches respect for the
rights and opinions of others, and offers a firsthand experience in adjust-
ing to a social group.
To assure students this beneficial experience, the college requires
those students who take more than three semester hours of classwork
and who are unmarried, under 23 years of age, and not living with their
parents or other close relatives in the vicinity to reside in one of the
residence halls.
REHABILITATION ACT (1973) Section 504: Services for Students with
Special Needs
Southern College is dedicated to the elimination of architectural and
prejudicial barriers which prevent any qualified person from attending.
All applications are welcomed. Students who anticipate the need for
special services are encouraged to arrange with the Admissions Office
for a visit to the campus at which time the applicant will receive informa-
tion concerning all features of campus life and can share with the college
officials any information pertinent to personal needs.
DINING
For the promotion of student health and enjoyment, Southern College
provides a complete cafeteria service, organized to serve the students'
needs. The spacious dining hall is an inviting center of social and
cultural life at the college, and service by the cafeteria staff is available
for the many student and faculty social functions. Auxiliary dining
rooms are available for meetings of various student or faculty organiza-
tions.
189
Student Life and Services
HEALTH SERVICE
1 90 ^ e health Service is administered by a nurse director in cooperation
with a college physician and the Vice President for Student Services.
The director uses the physician's standing orders and maintains regular
office hours. The college physician holds regular clinic hours each
weekday morning.
An infirmary is provided and staffed in the evenings and at night on an
on-call basis by live-in A.D. nurse graduates who are continuing for the
B.S. degree.
The Health Service is available to all dormitory occupants and all
students taking eight or more hours (three hours in the summer). The
infirmary is available to all dormitory occupants. There is no charge for
seeing a nurse or using the infirmary. There is a minimal charge to cover
costs of equipment used in some treatments. Medications given are
charged by the pharmacy.
All students taking eight hours or more must purchase the Student
Accident and Sickness Insurance Plan or show proof of adequate cover-
age by another policy. Spouses of students and those taking less than
eight hours may also purchase the plan. A policy brochure describing
complete benefits and terms is given to each student at registration. In
case of major illness, students may be referred to off-campus hospital
facilities.
GUIDANCE AND COUNSELING SERVICE
During registration each student is assigned an academic adviser who
will assist in program planning and give advice and guidance on
academic questions throughout the school year. Students may also seek
counsel concerning academic or personal problems from any member of
the faculty.
Students with personal problems who wish assistance from a profes-
sional counselor should consult the Vice President for Student Services
or Director of Counseling Services. Personnel trained in psychology and
counseling are available to those with serious social and personal prob-
lems.
The testing service works in close cooperation with the counseling
service in providing guidance information to both students and coun-
selors. Students are urged to take advantage of the testing service as a
means of obtaining information useful in choosing a profession or occu-
pation.
ORIENTATION PROGRAM
Southern College has a personal interest in the success of the student
desiring a college education. There is much that the student must do for
himself in getting acquainted with the academic, social, and religious
life of the college by perusing this bulletin and the Southern College
Student Life and Services
Student Handbook. Instruction and counsel are given which will help
the student better understand the college program and what is expected
of him as a citizen of the college community.
Orientation for new freshman students is held prior to the opening
week of the fall term. It includes examinations and instruction helpful in
course planning. The student is introduced to the facilities, purposes,
and functions of the college. Social occasions are also provided when
students may meet faculty members and fellow students. All new
freshman students are required to attend the orientation program.
STUDENT EMPLOYMENT SERVICE
Southern College encourages every student enrolled to organize his
educational program on the study-work plan. It is a policy of the college
to give students first priority for jobs. If a student wants to work, is
physically and emotionally able to work, and has arranged his class
schedule to accommodate a reasonable work schedule, he should be able
to obtain employment on campus. Students seeking employment should
contact Student Employment Office located in the Student Center.
SENIOR PLACEMENT SERVICE
One of the personnel services of the college is that of assisting
graduates in securing appointments for service. The Placement Service
distributes information concerning senior students to a wide list of
prospective employers. The Job Placement Office serves as the liaison
officer in bringing graduate and employer together.
STUDENT ASSOCIATION
Every student at Southern College who is taking eight or more semes-
ter hours of classwork is a member of the Student Association with
voting privileges in the election of officers. Opportunities for leadership
development and for cooperation in achieving the objectives of South-
ern College are afforded by the Association. The Association assists the
college administration and faculty in the implementation of policies and
assumes responsibility in giving direction to campus activities en-
trusted to it.
The Association's activities are coordinated and communicated
through the Student Senate and Cabinet and their several committees.
The activities include the publishing of the weekly newspaper, South-
ern Accent; the yearbook, Southern Memories; the announcement sheet,
Campus Chatter; and the student-faculty directory, Joker.
The activities and responsibilities of officers and the detailed organi-
zation of the Student Association are outlined in the Student Associa-
tion Constitution and By-laws.
Student Life and Services
CAMPUS ORGANIZATIONS
1 02 Aside from the Student Association and its committees, more than
thirty campus organizations provide opportunity for enrichment, lead-
ership training, and enjoyment. They include church-related
organizations — Campus Ministry, Student Ministerial Association, Col-
legiate Adventists for Better Living, and Literature Evangelists Club;
clubs related to academic interests sponsored by the divisions; social
clubs — Married Couples' Forum, Sigma Theta Chi, and Upsilon Delta
Phi; and special interest or hobby clubs.
Students may join any of the clubs but must have a cumulative grade
point average of 2.25 or a grade point average of 2.50 for the previous
semester to hold any elected office.
CONCERT-LECTURE SERIES
Each year a concert-lecture series featuring distinguished artists, lec-
turers, and film travelogues is provided for students, generally on Satur-
day or Sunday nights. The cost of season tickets issued to students is
partially included in the tuition.
STANDARDS OF CONDUCT
In harmony with the objectives of the college, high standards of
behavior are maintained to encourage the development of genuine
Christian character. Mature Christian students of sound spiritual and
social integrity delight in standards that elevate and ennoble. Admission
to Southern College is a privilege that requires the acceptance of and
compliance with published and announced regulations. Only those
whose principles and interests are in harmony with the ideals of the
college and who willingly subscribe to the social program as ordered are
welcomed. It therefore follows that since students at Southern College
receive an education subsidized by the Seventh-day Adventist Church,
those who engage in activities designed to be detrimental to the church
on or off campus will not be knowingly accepted or retained.
A student who finds himself out of harmony with the social policies of
the college, who is uncooperative, and whose attitudes give evidence of
an unresponsive nature may be advised to withdraw without specific
charge. The use of tobacco or alcoholic beverages, the improper use of
drugs, theater attendance, card playing, dancing, profane or vulgar
language, hazing, and improper associations are not tolerated.
Each student is expected to acquaint himself with the standards of
conduct published in the Southern College Student Handbook. The
handbook includes levels of social discipline and the appeal route. A
copy may be obtained from the Office of the Vice President for Student
Services. Interim announcements of policies adopted by the faculty are
of equal force with those listed in official publications.
Student Life and Services
CHAPEL AND WORSHIP SERVICES
In private parochial education it has been well known that elimination 1 Q Q
of residence halls convocations and all school convocations is the first
step toward the separation of the school from its sponsoring church.
Convocation exercises in the residence halls and for the entire student
body serve educational and religious purposes. They also provide an
element of unity which is one of the most desirable features of private
education such as is found at Southern College.
The religious emphasis weeks and the weekend church services assist
in the spiritual growth of the students comprising the college commu-
nity. Students are required to attend these services regularly. Failure to
do so will jeopardize the student's current status and readmission
privileges.
ADMISSIONS,
EXPENSES, AND
FINANCIAL AID
ADMISSIONS
Southern College welcomes applications from students, regardless of
race, sex, religion, or national origin, whose principles and interests are
in harmony with the ideals and traditions of the college as expressed in
its objectives and policies. Although religious affiliation is not a re-
quirement for admission, all students are expected to abide by the
policies and standards of the college as a Seventh-day Adventist institu-
tion.
PREPARATION FOR FRESHMAN STANDING 1
Applicants for regular admission as freshmen must submit three satis-
factory recommendations to the Admissions Office and satisfy one of the
following three conditions by the time of enrollment:
Regular Acceptance
A. Graduate from an approved secondary school, including Home
Study International, with a grade point average (GPA) of at least
2.00 (on a 4.00 scale) in major subjects 2 and have a minimum
composite score of 15 on the American College Test (ACT).
B. Pass the General Education Development (GED) test, have a com-
posite score of 15 on the ACT, and be eighteen years old by June 1
(prior to admission).
C. Complete a minimum of eighteen secondary school units, fourteen
of which must be in major subjects 2 , with a minimum GPA of 3.00
in the major subjects, and have a minimum composite score of 15
on the ACT.
Southern College must have received a final high school transcript or
GED scores from each new student before he will be admitted to regis-
tration.
x Those planning to enter professions such as nursing or music education should
consult divisional admissions requirements.
2 Bible, English, mathematics, natural science, social science, and foreign lan-
guage.
195
Admissions
Acceptance on Academic Probation
\ U|| A. If either the high school GPA or ACT composite score is below the
minimum requirements as stated above, the student may be ac-
cepted on academic probationary status.
B. Students accepted on academic probation may take no more than
12 semester hours during the first semester.
If both the high school GPA and the ACT composite score are below
the minimum requirements (2.00 and 15 respectively), it will be neces-
sary for the student to take a minimum of six semester hours (in solid
courses) and maintain a college GPA of 2.25 before being accepted at
Southern College. These six hours may be taken at Southern College
during the summer (last session excluded) or at another accredited
college.
Applicants to freshman standing are expected to have the following
minimum subjects in their secondary program:
1. Three units of English, excluding journalism and speech.
2. Two units of mathematics, including algebra.
3. Two units of science. A college class in biology, chemistry, or
physics must be taken in addition to general education require-
ments if this condition is not met.
4. Two units of social studies. If one of these two units is not World
History, HIST 174, 175, 364, 365, 374, 375, 386 or 389 must be taken
as part of the general education requirements.
5. Two units in a foreign language for a B.A. degree are required. If
deficient, one year of a foreign language at the college level will be
required.
6. One unit in typing is strongly recommended.
ADMISSION TO THE NURSING DIVISION
Students who wish to be admitted to nursing courses as freshmen or as
transfer students should refer to the Nursing section of the Catalog for
admission requirements.
ADMISSION OF TRANSFER STUDENTS
Students wishing to transfer to Southern College from another accred-
ited college or university must follow the same application procedure as
other students. Transfer credits may be applied toward the requirements
for a degree when the student has satisfactorily completed a minimum of
twelve semester hours in residence. Credit by examination taken at other
colleges will be accepted according to Southern College standards (see
pages 28 and 29). A maximum of seventy-two semester hours may be
accepted from a junior college. Background deficiencies revealed by
transcripts and entrance examinations will be given individual atten-
tion.
Admissions
Credit will be granted for courses taken at institutions which are not
regionally accredited only after the student has completed at least 16 107
semester hours at Southern College with a 2.00 or better average. Only **
those courses that are comparable to Southern College courses, and for
which the student has earned a "C" or better grade, will be accepted.
A student who has been dismissed from another institution because of
poor scholarship or citizenship, or who is on probation from that institu-
tion, is not generally eligible for admission until he can qualify for
readmission to the institution from which he has been dismissed. Trans-
fer students must submit both their college and high school transcripts
to the Admissions Office before being admitted to registration.
ADMISSION OF SPECIAL STUDENTS
Mature individuals who do not meet the above college admission
requirements and who do not wish to become degree candidates or
otherwise-qualified students who may desire limited credit for transfer
to another institution of higher learning may register as special students.
ADMISSION OF INTERNATIONAL STUDENTS
An international student making application to Southern College
must have completed the equivalent of a United States high school
(secondary) education. The student is required to list only the institu-
tions and dates attended on the application forms, but will not be
accepted to Southern College until the college has received original
records or official copies of all credits, degrees, diplomas and other
credentials, with validation by school or national officials. These should
be in the original language, accompanied by a translation (not an in-
terpretation) in English, and certified by an American Embassy official if
possible.
The Vice President for Admissions of Southern College will evaluate
academic documents received for international students based on the
recommendations found in the World Education series of booklets pub-
lished by the American Association of Collegiate Registrars and Admis-
sions Officers and Patterns of Seventh-day Adventist Education, pub-
lished by the General Conference of Seventh-day Adventists.
Students from countries which administer the G.C.E. (General Certifi-
cate of Education) examinations must have earned five (5) or more "0"
level academic subject passes (generally at one sitting, with marks 1
through 6 or A through D). Subjects must include English, a natural
science, and three others selected from a second language, mathematics,
science and social studies.
Proficiency in English, both written and oral, must be proven before
admission. This may be done by taking the English Language Profi-
ciency Test (ELI) or Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).
Students whose ELI score is below 90 or TOEFL score is below 550.
Admissions
Students must reach the above stated score to be admitted to the college
1 Oft for the regular academic year.
In addition to the regular college expenses, there are other expenses
for an international student. (Please refer to the Financial Information
section of the Catalog.)
International students should realize that according to U.S. Immigra-
tion laws, overseas students are not permitted to work more than 20
hours per week and may not be employed except on the college campus.
It is important that international students not leave their homeland
until they receive an official letter of admission from Southern College.
Such a letter will be issued only if the student's academic credentials are
satisfactory, surety advance deposit has been made, and he is able to
demonstrate his ability to finance his education at Southern College.
Then the (Immigration) 1-20 form will be issued.
When the student departs his homeland, he should have in his posses-
sion:
1. An admissions letter of acceptance from Southern College;
2. 1-20 form;
3. A valid passport;
4. A valid visa to enter the United States;
5 . Sufficient funds for the first year at Southern College (in addition to
the international surety deposit required of all non-U.S. citizens).
APPLICATION PROCEDURE FOR ADMISSION
► Prospective students should request application forms from the
Office of Admissions.
► Completed applications, budget sheets, and medical forms should
be returned to the Office of Admissions with an application fee of
$15.
► It is the student's responsibility to request any former schools (high
school and college) to forward transcripts to the Office of Admis-
sions in support of the application. These will become the property
of the college. NO TRANSCRIPT WILL BE ACCEPTED DIRECTLY
FROM AN APPLICANT.
► To permit a more effective program of counseling for admission,
students transferring from another college or university with fewer
than 55 semester hours and other students who have no college
composition and/or mathematics courses will be required to take
the ACT (American College Test) prior to registration at Southern
College.
► Upon receipt and evaluation of the application, transcripts of cred-
Admissions
its, recommendations, and test scores, the Admissions Committee
will notify the applicant of the action taken. 1 00
WHEN TO APPLY OR REAPPLY
New students are urged to submit applications not later than the last
term of the senior year of high school. Applications submitted at the
beginning of the senior year will sometimes enable the college to suggest
ways of strengthening the student's preparation, Because of the diffi-
culty sometimes encountered during the summer months in obtaining
necessary transcripts, test scores, and recommendations, more time will
be necessary for processing late applications.
Students in residence may submit re-applications without charge
until April 30. Thereafter the regular application fee of $15 will be
required until July 15, after which the fee becomes $20.
Expenses
200
EXPENSES
FINANCIAL BUDGET AND CAMPUS EMPLOYMENT
Southern College strives to give every student the opportunity to
obtain a Christian education. The administrators and Financial Aid
Office personnel will make every effort to assist students in meeting
their financial obligations in order to reach this goal.
The Director of Financial Aid will assist in financial planning by
helping students to obtain employment on the Collegedale campus (see
labor regulations on page 209) and financial aid in the form of grants,
loans, and scholarships. Before each registration EACH student must
submit a payment agreement to the Student Accounts Office showing
how he will finance his college expenses.
Information on student costs and means of paying those costs is given
below to assist the student in financial planning.
STUDENT COSTS
Tuition 1987-88:
Students taking 1-11 semester hours will be charged at a rate of $230
per semester hour. Students taking 12-16 semester hours will be charged
$2,750. Additional hours will be charged at the rate of $175 per semester
hour.
ESTIMATED STUDENT BUDGET
Tuition (Based on 12-16 hours per semester) $5,500
Books, Supplies, and Miscellaneous 390
Resident Hall 1,096
Food ($175/month average) (monthly minimum charge $75) 1,400
TOTAL $8,386*
*With financial aid and/or labor, this total figure can be substantially reduced.
FAMILY REBATE
When two students from the same immediate family are in attendance
at SC each taking eight semester hours or more and having the same
financial sponsor, a tuition rebate of five percent will be applied to each
statement. A 10 percent rebate will be applied when three or more
students have the same financial sponsor and are taking eight or more
semester hours each. Application forms for this rebate will be available
at the Student Accounts Office.
Expenses
MUSIC
Private music lessons are offered for academic credit by the music
faculty of Southern College and qualified teaching instructors (contract
teachers) from the Chattanooga area. Private lessons without academic
credit are offered through the prep program of the Music Division to
elementary and secondary students in the area. Teaching in the prep
program is done by contract teachers and Southern College music stu-
dents.
Enrollment for all music instruction must be for a full semester
whether or not credit is desired. A minimum of twelve one-half hour
lessons will be provided. No refund of tuition or lesson fees will be made
after four weeks following registration.
MUSIC LESSON FEES
Private music lessons may be taken on a credit or noncredit basis. A
student will receive thirteen half-hour lessons per semester for one hour
of credit. The cost of such lessons is the regular tuition plus a $90 music
lesson fee per semester.
The noncredit music lesson fee is $210 for thirteen half-hour lessons
per semester.
Teachers are not expected to make up lessons missed because of
unexcused absences.
Music majors who have obtained Freshman standing in their major
performance area, who are taking or have completed MUCT 111:112;
and who are in good and regular standing as music majors will have the
music lesson fee waived.
Prep program students must register at the Department of Music
office, pay in full at the Cashier's Office, and present the receipt to the
Music Department office prior to scheduling lessons.
SPECIAL FEES AND CHARGES
The following special fees and charges are assessed separately inas-
much as they may not apply to all students nor do they occur regularly:
Application for admission (not refundable) $15.00
Approximate amount for tools and equipment:
Technology classes 40 - 200
Auto body classes 300
Audit tuition V2 reg. tuition
Automobile parking fee (per semester) — dormitory 31.50
Automobile parking fee (per semester) — village 21.00
Motorcycle parking fee 21.00
Change of program 10.50
Credit by examination (per hour) Recording Fee 26.00
Expenses
Examinations:
2fl2 Challenge or waiver 40.00
**** ** CLEP 30.00
Rescheduling mid-term or final 52.00
Graduation in absentia 41.50
Incomplete 6.00
Insufficient funds check 16.00
Late Registration 26.00
Late return of organizational uniform 16.00
(The full cost will be charged if irreparably
damaged or not returned.)
Nursing education fees*:
Associate degree (per semester) 170.00
Baccalaureate degree
(after completing Assoc. Degree)
(per nursing semester hour) 10.00
Scuba 87.50
Student insurance 115.00
Spouse insurance 172.50
Child/children insurance 172.50
Transcript fee 2.00
One-day service 5.00
* Declared nursing majors enrolled in a nursing class.
STATEMENT CHARGES
The following items may be charged to the student's account:
a. Books and required school supplies (maximum $220 first semes-
ter and $170 second semester). When a student reaches the
maximum during the semester, all further books and supplies
must be paid in cash.
b. Private music instruction. Enrollment for all music instruction
must be made through the Admissions Office for a full semester
whether or not credit is desired. One semester hour of private
music instruction consists of twelve one-half hour lessons. Re-
funds will be granted only when the instructor is not available for
lessons.
HOUSING
Residence Hall Costs
Dormitory accommodations for single students cost $1,096 for the
eight-month school year and are charged on a semester basis in August
and January. Room charges are based on two students occupying one
room and include health and infirmary care.
A student may, upon application to the residence hall dean, be al-
lowed to room alone at an additional cost of $200 per semester if suffi-
cient rooms are available.
No refunds are made for vacation periods or absences from the cam-
pus. If a student drops classwork, a prorated portion of the semester
charge beginning with the date of nonoccupancy of the room will be
refunded.
Room Deposits
A $100 room deposit, paid at time of application, is required of each
dormitory student enrolling at Southern College. It should be paid
initially by July 1 in order to insure a specific room reservation. The
deposit will then be held by the college for the entire period including
summers during which the student lives in a residence hall while at-
tending the college and will insure a room for the student when he
returns each fall.
If a student gives notice before July 1 that he will not be attending, his
room deposit will be refunded. The room deposit will not be refunded
after August 1. Damage or cleaning charges may also be charged to the
student's account at the end of each academic year if necessary.
Married Student Housing Costs
College-owned apartments and mobile homes may be rented by mar-
ried students taking a minimum of six hours each semester. The apart-
ments range in size from two to six rooms and are unfurnished. Rents
range from $110 to $230 per month. Trailer space is available at $80 per
month in the College Mobile Home Park for married students with their
own trailer. Moving and parking charges are the responsibility of the
owner. Storage facilities are available for an additional $8 per month.
Rent charges are based on the date of issue and return of keys and
proper clearance with the Housing Manager (Business Manager's Of-
fice). Married students renting either an apartment or a trailer from the
college will be required to pay a housing deposit of $125 of which $50 is
due with the housing application and the remaining $75 at the time the
apartment or trailer is rented. This deposit will be refunded after ap-
proval by the Housing Manager if the apartment or trailer is left clean
and undamaged.
FOOD SERVICE
The cafeteria plan of boarding allows the student the privilege of
choosing food and paying for what is selected. Board charges for stu-
dents vary greatly. Students are encouraged to eat healthfully by avoid-
ing between-meal snacks and by eating at the cafeteria or the Campus
Kitchen where balanced meals are provided. Dormitory students will be
charged a minimum of $75 per month. Maximum allowable cafeteria
charge will be $190 per month. Exceptions must be cleared through the
Student Accounts Office.
Expenses
203
Expenses
204
ADVANCE PAYMENTS
Regular: An advance payment of $800 is required before registration.
For students residing in any dormitory housing, an additional $100 is
due before moving in. For new students entering second semester the
advance payment is $600, and all other appropriate charges are applica-
ble. When a married couple enrolls for a combined total of seventeen
semester hours or less of classwork, they will be charged only one
advance payment. The advance payment is credited back to the stu-
dent's March account. The advance payment with interest at the rate of
8% per annum from the date of payment will be credited to the student's
account when the payment is refunded
International Students: In addition to the regular advance payment
listed above, international students are required to pay the following:
Supplemental International Student Payment: $3,000 is required
to be paid before an Immigration 1-20 form will be issued. It will be
held until the student terminates study at Southern College. This
deposit is not a part of, but in addition to, the regular deposit required
of all students entering Southern College.
Nursing Students: Upon acceptance to the clinical nursing program,
students aire required to send a nursing deposit of $175. If a student
applies for the nursing program but does not attend the college, or
changes their major, the deposit is refundable if the Division of Nursing
is notified by August 1. After August 1, the nursing deposit is not
refundable.
ADVENTIST COLLEGES ABROAD FINANCIAL POLICY
Students wishing to study abroad under the Adventist Colleges
Abroad (ACA) program must pay $100 deposit with their admission
application and sign the payment agreement in the Student Accounts
Office stating that the required ACA charges for the year will be paid to
Southern College before departure from the states.
METHOD OF PAYMENT
Community students and residence hall students may choose one of
the three methods of payment below.
Payment Plan I. Cash in Advance. When the total estimated charges
for tuition [minimum 6 hours), room, and board for a semester are paid in
cash at registration, a discount of FIVE percent is allowed on this cash
payment. Amounts paid as a result of student loans, grants, or scholar-
ships are excluded from the amount on which the discount is allowed.
Students choosing to pay cash in advance must bring with them at
registration time the full amount required by the plan for the semester,
Expenses
less any advance payments or credits. They will also need to bring
sufficient funds for purchase of books and personal items.
Payment Plan II. Contract with Southern College. Students desiring to
pay educational expenses in installments on a monthly basis may choose
this plan.
Monthly statements will be issued about the fifth day of each calendar
month. Cafeteria charges will be charged through the last day of each
month. Accounts are due and payable upon receipt of statement accord-
ing to the following schedule:
August statement
September statement
October statement
ONE-THIRD of (total charges less
financial aid) less credits upon
receipt of statement
ONE-HALF of (total charges less fi-
nancial aid) less credits upon re-
ceipt of statement
TOTAL BALANCE of statement is
due in full BEFORE semester
examination permits will be is-
sued.
Past Due Date
September 20
October 20
November 20
205
Students with unpaid accounts on the 20th of the month will be
subject to cancellation of registration and/or ID cards invalidated until
account is current.
The above schedule of payment must be maintained since the college
budget is based upon 100 percent collection of student charges.
A student cannot take semester examinations or register for a new
semester until the account is current according to the preceding regula-
tions. No transcript will be issued for a student whose account is not paid
in full or who is delinquent in payment of student loans. No exceptions
will be made.
The second semester statements and payment schedule will follow the
same procedure as the first semester with the student's advance payment
applied to the March statement.
January statement
February statement
March statement
ONE-THIRD of (total charges less
financial aid) less credits upon
receipt of statement
ONE-HALF of (total charges less fi-
nancial aid) less credits upon re-
ceipt of statement
TOTAL BALANCE of statement is
due in full BEFORE semester
examination permits will be is-
sued.
Past Due Date
February 20
March 20
April 20
Payment Plan III Contract with New Insured Tuition Payment Plan or
Tuition Plan, Inc. Students and parents desiring to pay educational
Expenses
206
expenses in monthly installments and to have the advantages of cash
payment with the college may select a low-cost deferred payment pro-
gram available through either the New Insured Tuition Payment Plan or
Tuition Plan, Inc. The student's education is protected with life and
disability insurance on the parents. For more information about the Plan,
write to the Director of Student Financial Aid.
After considering the discount allowed by the college, the following
benefits are realized at little, if any, cost to those entering under either
plan:
1. A five percent cash discount is allowed each student entering
under Payment Plan III if the college receives payment for the
student at its regular disbursement time each semester.
2. The payments may be reduced to a minimum by being spread over
12 months or, in the case of a four-year contract, up to 96 months.
3. The contract may be cancelled at any time without penalty.
4. The account may be insured. In the event of death or total disability
of the person responsible for payments, the balance of an insured
contract is paid in full.
At the time of figuring the contracts, students may choose to include in
their contract sufficient cash to cover books, fees, school supplies, etc.
Any items not included in the contract plan chosen must be paid for in
cash at the time they are received or arranged.
The plan is open to employed parents and bona fide sponsors, and all
arrangements should be made several months before registration in
order to be assured of the five percent discount. Sufficient cash must also
be brought to cover items not included in the contract.
Those desiring further information covering these deferred payment
plans may contact the Director of Student Financial Aid.
REFUND POLICY
Complete Withdrawal from Classes
A student who withdraws from all schoolwork during the semester
will receive a tuition refund based on the date the completed withdrawal
form with all the required signatures is filed with the Records Office.
Tuition refunds are calculated as follows:
First five (5) school days of the semester 95%
Sixth through 37th school day of the semester 3% less per day
No refunds after the 37th school day of the semester.
Registration Changes
Refunds of tuition for semester hours dropped are made according to
the date the drop form with all the required signatures is filed with the
Records Office. Tuition refunds are calculated as follows:
Expenses
First five (5) school days of the semester 95%
Sixth through 24th school day of the semester 5% less per day 207
No refunds after the 24th school day of the semester.
Shortened School Term (Summer or Other) Withdrawals and Changes
Tuition refunds for classes dropped in a summer, or other session less
than a semester in length, will be prorated on a base of one-half of the
number of school days in the school term.
CREDIT REFUND POLICY
Credit balances are refundable, on request, 30 days after the monthly
statement is received for the last month the student was in school in
order to be certain that all charges have been processed. For example, if a
student drops out of school in December, a full credit refund would not
be made until after the January statement is prepared during the first
week of February. When the credit balance is large, a portion may be
refunded earlier upon request to the Student Accounts Office.
If the student has received financial aid during the current semester,
any credit balance will be credited to the aid funds, according to the
Financial Aid Refund Policy (see page 216). Cash refunds will not be
made to the student without authorization from the parent or financial
sponsor.
COLLECTION POLICY
Students completing or terminating their studies with the college are
requested to make arrangements for payment of unpaid accounts. If
arrangements are not made within 120 days after a student leaves South-
ern College, the unpaid account balance will be submitted to a collection
agency or attorney. Prompt payment of accounts build credit ratings
which will be important to you in the future, since delinquent accounts
are reported to the Credit Bureau systems.
INTEREST
Currently enrolled students will be charged interest at a rate of % of 1%
per month (9% APR) on any past-due balance still outstanding by the
end of the month wherein payment is due.
A carrying charge of 1% per month (12% APR) will be added to all
unpaid balances of 60 days or more for students not enrolled in school.
HEALTH INSURANCE
Southern College requires that students be covered by health insur-
ance. Students who are covered with a similar insurance plan may,
Expenses
during registration, make a request of Health Service to be excluded from
2tUO *he stu dent group health insurance. Such students will need to supply,
at that time, written evidence from their parent's employer or local
insurance agent which contains the company name and policy number
under which they are covered, othenvise, coverage must he purchased
through the college health insurance plan.
BANKRUPTCY
Recognizing that the discharge of a debt through bankruptcy proceed-
ings prohibits a creditor from subsequently pursuing the collection of
the debt, the college, upon notification of such discharge of a student's
current school or loan account(s), complies with this legal prohibition.
At the same time such discharge in bankruptcy does not require further
performance of service by the creditor and, therefore, a student who has
had debts to the college discharged in this manner may not receive a
transcript of academic work or additional Financial Aid at the college
until the debt is paid.
TRANSCRIPTS, DIPLOMAS AND TEST SCORES
It is the policy of the college to withhold transcripts, diplomas, test
scores, certificates of completion, and other records if a student has an
unpaid account at the school, or any unpaid account for which the
college has co-signed. To expedite the release of these documents, the
student should send a money order or certified check to cover the
balance of the account when requesting the documents. Under provi-
sions of federal loan programs Southern College withholds any records
when payments for these loans become past due or in default.
NON-LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL EFFECTS
When determining what to bring to campus, please remember that the
college is not responsible for the personal effects of any student even
though such effects may be required by the college for student use, or
required by the college to be stored in a designated location. College-
carried insurance does not insure the personal effects of any individual.
The college recommends that students consider carrying insurance to
cover such losses.
WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE
As provided by the laws of the State of Tennessee, the college carries
worker's compensation insurance to protect all employees in case of
work-connected accidents.
Expenses
BANKING AND CASH WITHDRAWALS
The Accounting Office operates a no-charge deposit banking service
for the convenience of the student. Financial sponsors should provide
students with sufficient funds through the banking service to cover the
cost of personal items of an incidental nature and travel expenses off
campus including vacation periods. Withdrawals may be made by the
student in person only as long as there is a credit balance. These deposit
accounts are entirely separate from the student's regular school expense
account.
STUDENT LABOR REGULATIONS
Work opportunities for students are available in departments and
industries operated by the college and local private businesses. These
employing agencies must serve their customers daily, necessitating a
uniform work force. Student employees are responsible for meeting all
work appointments, including during examination weeks, and to main-
tain satisfactory job performance. Work superintendents reserve the
right to dismiss students if their service and work record is unsatisfac-
tory. Should a student find it necessary to be absent from work, he must
make arrangements with his work superintendent and Student Health
Service if he is ill.
Residence hall students are given preference in the assignment of
work. Student Employment Office personnel will assist students in
finding jobs providing the student arranges a class schedule that allows
"blocks" of time for work, is physically able and willing to accept any job
offer since the college is unable to provide "preference" work. Students
must be enrolled for a minimum of six semester hours to be eligible for
campus work.
When a student accepts employment, he is expected to retain it for the
entire semester except in cases where changes are recommended by the
school nurse or Student Employment Office. Should a student receive
opportunities for more favorable employment during a school term, the
transfer must be made through the Student Employment Office and the
two employing organizations. If a student's financial plan requires him
to work, he must NOT drop his work schedule without making proper
arrangements with the Student Employment Office. To do so could
result in suspension from class attendance and invalidation of ID card
until proper arrangements are made.
The student pay rate is not less than student rates set by the govern-
ment wage-hour law. It may be higher if a student possesses special
skills or training and shows responsibility and consistency.
The following table is an example of earnings for students who work
30 weeks during the school year.
209
Expenses
Hours Worked
Wage
Total Earnings
210
Per Week
Per Hour
For Year
10
$3.35
$1,005
10
$3.50
$1,050
10
$4.00
$1,200
10
$4.35
$1,305
15
$3.35
$1,507
15
$3.50
$1,575
15
$4.00
$1,800
15
$4.35
$1,958
20
$3.35
$2,010
20
$3.50
$2,100
20
$4.00
$2,400
20
$4.35
$2,610
Students may also work off campus with permission from the Vice
President for Student Services. Permission will not be granted for off-
campus employment that could be detrimental to a student's health or
character development.
WORK INCENTIVE SCHOLARSHIP
In order for a student to qualify for a $200.00 work incentive scholar-
ship, the student must meet the following criteria:
1. Work at least 12 hours per week and 180 hours per semester be-
tween the hours of 6:00 a.m. and 12:00 noon.
2. All work must be performed in at least 3-hour blocks at an on-
campus employer or at an off-campus non-profit agency (work-
study).
3. The student must take at least 8 hours of academic credit (which
can be anytime of the day) at Southern College.
4. All academic course work for the semester in addition to the 8
hours must also be taken at Southern College.
5. The bonus must be applied for at the end of the semester and
approved by the work superintendent.
6. The approval of this bonus will be processed by the labor office and
also approved by the Financial Aid Office.
7 . This bonus is based on the assumption that a job is available and the
student meets all of the above criteria.
8. The work incentive scholarship is in addition to the regular hourly
wage received.
9. Southern College in no way guarantees that there will be enough
jobs to meet the criteria of 1 and 2. Since there are a limited number
of jobs in the morning, it is up to the student and the work superin-
Expenses
tendent to work out a work schedule that satisfactorily meets these
criteria. 211
LABOR FOR FOREIGN STUDENTS
Foreign students on non-immigrant visas are required by law to secure
permission before accepting any off-campus employment. Foreign stu-
dents with student visas are allowed to work on campus up to twenty
hours a week. Wives may work only if they have student visas of their
own or have immigrant visas.
STUDENT TITHING
SC encourages the payment of tithe and church expense by its student
workers. In order to facilitate this practice, arrangements may be made
by the student (except for those employed in the Federal Work-Study
Program) to have ten percent of his school earnings charged to his
account as tithe and two percent for church expense. These funds are
then transferred by the college to the treasurer of the Collegedale
Seventh-day Adventist Church.
HALF-PRICE TUITION PLAN
A special half-price tuition plan has been established for bac-
calaureate graduates who wish to continue studies at Southern College
in order to pursue another major, enter a pre-professional program, or
update their skills. The provisions that apply are:
1. To be eligible for tuition at half price, students must have earned a
bachelor's degree from an accredited college or university and have
a clear transcript, with accounts and loan payments up-to-date
with the college or university.
2. Regular admission criteria apply to this program. Completed ap-
plications, college transcripts, and recommendations must be on
file in the Admissions Office of Southern College no later than two
weeks prior to the beginning of the semester for which the graduate
is applying.
3. Students wishing financial aid must apply through the Financial
Aid Office.
4. This plan is applicable to classes where space is available and
where the hiring of new faculty or staff is not required. The half-
price offer does not include private music lessons, independent
study, directed study, student teaching, internships, nursing, or a
program where a tuition discount is already in effect.
5. Since the half-price offer is for tuition only, it does not apply to lab
fees, surcharges for applicable courses, dormitory charges, or
cafeteria charges.
Expenses
6. Southern College reserves the right to discontinue this special
2|2 tuition offer at the discretion of the college administration.
7. A Senior Citizen Tuition Plan is available. Senior citizens (65 years
of age and older) may register for classes for credit for $30 per
semester hour ($15 per hour for auditing). This plan is applicable to
classes where space is available.
Expenses
FINANCIAL AID
213
Southern College provides financial aid for students in the form of
loans, grants, scholarships, and employment. No applicant for financial
aid will be denied assistance on the basis of sex, race, color, national
origin, or ethnic group. The Financial Aid Office follows established
procedures and practices which will assure equitable and consistent
treatment of all applicants.
Students are urged to contact the Director of Student Financial Aid,
P.O. Box 370, Collegedale, Tennessee 37315-0370, for information about
and applications for financial aid. Applications received by May 30 will
be given preference. Applications received after May 30 will be proc-
essed as long as time and funds permit.
General Requirements. Financial aid awards are made for one
academic year to students who are accepted for admission, plan to take at
least twelve semester hours of classwork each semester, and dem-
onstrate financial need. Class load exceptions must be approved by the
Financial Aid Office. Recipients of government aid must hold U.S.
citizenship or a permanent visa. (Visa documents must be presented
upon request.) Students desiring aid must reapply each year.
Financial Need Requirements. The financial aid program is adminis-
tered in conjunction with the nationally-established policy and
philosophy which is that the parents are the primary and responsible
source for helping a student to meet his educational costs. Financial aid
is available to help fill the gap between the student's own resources
(parental contribution, summer earnings, and savings) and the total cost
of attending Southern College. The amount of parental contribution is
based on the family's net income, number of dependents, allowable
expenses, indebtedness, and assets. The Family Financial Need
Analysis from the American College Testing Program or College Schol-
arship Service is used in determining a student's eligibility for financial
aid.
Exceptions to the financial need requirements are private scholar-
ships awarded on the basis of academic achievement.
Academic Requirements. In order to be eligible for financial aid,
recipient must maintain satisfactory academic progress. Satisfactory
academic progress is defined as maintaining a cumulative and resident
grade point average of 2.0. If a student does not maintain satisfactory
academic progress or fails to attend classes, prepare and submit required
classwork, or take required examinations, financial aid will be sus-
pended.
If a student whose financial aid has been suspended for any of the
above reasons feels that unusual and unavoidable circumstances led to
this suspension, the suspension may be appealed to the Loan and Schol-
Financial Aid
arship Committee. This policy is generally applied to financial aid from
2 1 41 i nst i tut i° na l an d private sources as well as federal programs.
SOUTHERN COLLEGE ACADEMIC PROGRESS FOR
FEDERAL AND INSTITUTIONAL STUDENT FINANCIAL AID
To be eligible for Federal and/or Institutional financial aid, a student
must maintain measurable satisfactory academic progress. Students are
expected to:
1 . Complete a minimum of 2 5 semester hours per award year, (July 1 -
June 30). This will allow up to 5 years maximum for completion of a
4-year degree, and 3 years maximum to complete a 2-year degree.
2. Maintain a minimum Southern College and cumulative GPA of
2.00.
Financial Aid Academic Probation Policy
1. Students who fail to maintain "Satisfactory Academic Progress"
will be placed on financial aid probation the following semester.
The recipient must appear before a financial aid counselor before
aid will be released for the probationary semester. This aid is
subject to adjustment or cancellation.
2. A minimum Southern College and cumulative 2.00 GPA must be
attained by the end of the probation semester or financial aid will
be suspended.
Procedure for Appeal and Reinstatement of Financial Aid
Students may submit a written appeal to the Financial Aid Committee
describing the circumstances which attributed to their failure to make
academic progress. This appeal must also include an outlined program
of commitment to meet measurable satisfactory academic requirements.
When financial aid is suspended, a request for reinstatement may be
made when the student has completed a minimum of 12 additional
semester hours with a minimum 2.50 GPA, or when Southern College
and overall GPA has been brought up to 2.00.
Provisions for Transfer Students
Financial aid for students transferring from other institutions will be
determined by their academic standing, which will be calculated on all
hours they have attempted. A student with a minimum grade point
average of 2.00 will be eligible for aid. Students with an average below
2.00 will be on financial aid probation provided they were eligible for
continuing aid at the institution from which they transferred.
If financial aid had been suspended at the previous institution, they
must follow Southern College procedure for appeal and reinstatement of
financial aid.
Financial Aid
FINANCIAL AID APPLICATION PROCEDURES
To apply for all types of financial aid, the following documents must
be submitted annually for the federal, state, and institutional aid pro-
grams:
1. The Family Financial Statement (FFS) of the American College
Testing Program or the Financial Aid Form (FAF) of the College
Scholarship Service.
2. The Southern College application for financial aid.
3. Southern College admissions application.
4. The financial aid transcript (required only of students who at-
tended other colleges or universities before coming to Southern
College).
5. Copies of parents' income tax return (exact signed copies of all
schedules and W-2 forms sent to IRS) for the preceding calendar
year. (Required of dependent students only).
6. Copies of student income tax return including W-2 forms.
7. Guaranteed Student Loan applications from home town lender.
(Southern College has arranged for last resort lenders for students
whose home town lenders do not participate in the GSL program or
for any reason refuse to make the loan).
Applications are available in January of each year and may be obtained
by contacting Southern College Financial Aid Office. Students are urged
to complete applications as early as possible after the family income tax
returns have been completed. Income tax returns only have to be com-
pleted, not necessarily mailed to IRS before submitting the financial aid
application.
Financial Aid Award Procedures
Financial aid awards are made on a rolling basis, as long as funds are
available, with the neediest students receiving priority of funds. The
financial aid award package will usually consist of: 1) work, 2) loan, 3)
grant or scholarship.
An official award notice will be sent to each applicant. To confirm and
reserve the funds offered, the student must return the signed acceptance
of the award within ten days of receipt of award letter.
Disbursement of Financial Aid Funds
Financial aid awards are disbursed equally at the beginning of each
semester. Students must sign vouchers, and other documents necessary
to have funds released to statements, at the disbursement office in
Wright Hall. Funds cannot be credited to student statements until this
procedure is followed.
Financial Aid Overawards
When financial aid recipients receive additional resources not in-
215
Financial Aid
eluded in the financial aid award letter, they must be reported to the
21 fi Office of Student Financial Aid. Federal Regulations prohibit "over-
awards" therefore, when total of all resources exceed the allowable
student budget, financial aid awards must be adjusted. When financial
aid funds have already been credited to the student's statement, any
refunds due or overawards will be charged to the student's account.
STUDENT FINANCIAL AID REFUND AND REPAYMENT POLICIES
Financial Aid Refund Policy
The refund policy for students withdrawing from classes is outlined
on page 206.
Since financial aid is considered to be used first for direct educational
costs (tuition, books, room, and board), when a student withdraws from
classes and under the refund policy receives a refund of tuition and room
rent, the refund will be used to reimburse the financial aid credited to the
student account. The allocation of the refund will be applied as follows
(according to the refund formula):
1. SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT
2. NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN
3. GUARANTEED STUDENT LOAN
4. PARENT STUDENT LOAN
5. PELL GRANT
6. STATE GRANT
7. INSTITUTIONAL SCHOLARSHIPS AND LOANS
8. PRIVATE SCHOLARSHIPS
9. PARENTS/STUDENT
Refund Formula;
Total amount of Federal and State financial aid
(excluding employment) awarded for period
Total amount of all financial aid awarded for
period (excluding employment)
Rationale for Allocation of Refund and Repayment Formula
According to the order of allocation:
1. Supplemental Educational Opportunity Grant — These funds are
very limited and can be re-awarded to needy students who may
have had to take two loans due to the lack of grant funds.
2. National Direct Student Loan — To reduce the amount of debt to
the student, and the recovery of funds can be re-awarded to other
needy students.
3. Guaranteed Student Loan — It is to the student's advantage to
reduce the amount of debt that will have to be repaid.
4. Parent Loans — These loans are obtained by parents generally to
offset or reduce their expected contribution.
5. Pell Grants are from an entitlement program and cannot be re-
awarded.
Financial Aid
6. Recipients of State Grants are generally recipients of Pell Grants.
7. Institutional scholarships and loan funds are very limited, there- 217
fore these funds can be re-allocated to other students.
8. Private scholarships are usually based on achievement and not
need.
9. Parents and students are primarily responsible for educational
expenses.
Financial Aid Repayment Policy
There are specific repayment policies for students who withdraw and
have received financial aid in excess of direct educational costs. An
example would be the student who received Guaranteed Student Loan,
and did not use the full amount for educational costs. A student owing a
repayment to any Federally funded student aid program cannot receive
any type of Federal student aid for future enrollment periods until
repayments have been made.
VETERANS
Southern College is approved for the training of veterans as an accred-
ited training institution. Those who qualify for educational benefits
should contact the nearest Veterans Administration office.
Veterans or other eligible persons are required to attend classes in
order to be eligible for educational benefits. Southern College is required
to report promptly to the V.A. the last day of attendance when an eligible
student withdraws or stops attending classes regularly.
A recipient may not receive benefits for any course that does not fulfill
requirements for his stated degree and major. Audited courses, non-
credit courses (except for a required remedial course), and correspond-
ence work cannot be certified.
Educational benefits will be discontinued when the recipient accumu-
lates twelve semester hours of failing and "D" grades in the major,
minor, and courses required for educational certification or when he is
subject to academic dismissal. (See page 25.) Benefits may be resumed
only after the individual has obtained V.A. counseling and approval.
TYPES OF FINANCIAL AID
Scholarships
General Institutional Scholarships
Southern College institutional scholarships are awarded from 29 dif-
ferent scholarship funds to students who have financial need, are
achieving academically, and are working part time. These awards usu-
ally range from $200 to $1,000 per year depending upon the student's
need and availability of funds.
Financial Aid
218
The following scholarships are awarded to eligible students regard-
less of financial need:
ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming freshmen who
graduate with a 3.50 or higher GPA from academies or secondary
schools, are recommended by their faculty, and enroll at Southern Col-
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours.
LEADERSHIP SCHOLARSHIPS of $400 are awarded to incoming
freshmen who have served as S.A. President, S.A. Vice-President, S.A.
Spiritual Vice-President, Senior Class President, Yearbook Editor,
School Paper Editor, and enroll at Southern College for a minimum of
twelve semester hours. A student who has held more than one leader-
ship position will receive one leadership award of $500.
NATIONAL ACADEMIC RECOGNITION AWARDS are awarded to
finalists in the National Merit contest in the amount of $1,200 and
semi-finalists are awarded $800. Students must enroll at Southern Col-
lege for a minimum of twelve semester hours. A student who is a
recipient of a NARA will not be eligible to also receive an academic
scholarship. It will be one or the other — whichever is greater, plus $100.
ACT SCHOLARSHIPS — Incoming freshmen with a composite score
of 25-28 are eligible for a $600 award if they maintain a college GPA of
3.00 each semester of the first year they are enrolled at Southern College.
Incoming freshmen with a composite score of 29-36 are eligible for a
$750 award if they maintain a college GPA of 3.25 each semester of the
first year they are enrolled at Southern College. Students must enroll at
Southern College for a minimum of twelve semester hours. An ACT
Scholarship will be given only if the student does not qualify for an
Academic Scholarship.
SUMMER CAMP SCHOLARSHIPS — Students participating in
conference-sponsored summer camp programs will receive credit from
Southern College for 33.33 percent of the net amount receipted to the
student's statement.
Grants
THE PELL GRANT PROGRAM is a federal program which provides
grant assistance directly to eligible first-degree undergraduate students.
A student's eligibility for a Pell Grant is based on a congressionally-
approved formula which considers family financial circumstances.
SUPPLEMENTAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANT — Lim-
ited funds are available to students with exceptional financial need.
STATE STUDENT INCENTIVE GRANTS — These grants are made
possible from federal and state funds to the residents of Alaska, Connect-
icut, Delaware, District of Columbia, Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts,
New Jersey, Oklahoma, Pennsylvania, Rhode Island, Tennessee, Ver-
mont, Washington, and West Virginia. Check with your state grant
agency for additional information.
Loans
Financial Aid
219
NATIONAL DIRECT STUDENT LOAN — Under this program, stu-
dents can borrow money from the federal government, through the
school. Repayment and 5 percent interest begin six months after a
student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment.
FEDERAL NURSING STUDENT LOANS are available to nursing stu-
dents only. Repayment and six percent interest begin six months after a
student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time enrollment.
GUARANTEED STUDENT LOANS are available through lending
agencies in each of the states. A student may borrow from a bank, savings
and loan association, credit union, or other lender, and the state agency
will guarantee the loan. A student whose family adjusted gross income is
$30,000 or less may, without undergoing a financial needs test, borrow
up to $2,500 per year to atotal of $12,500 for undergraduate study. When
income levels are greater than $30,000 the student must meet a "needs"
test. The federal government pays the interest on the loan while the
student is in school. Repayment and 8 percent interest begin six months
after a student graduates, leaves school, or drops below half-time en-
rollment.
PARENT LOANS (PLUS) — A parent or self-supporting student may
borrow from a bank or other lender and a state or private non-profit
agency will guarantee the loan. A parent may borrow $3 ,000 per year to a
limit of $15,000. Repayment and 12 percent interest being 60 days
following the date of loan disbursement.
Repayment Example
Amount
of loan
Based on
Monthly
Payments*
$3,000
$3,000
$3,000
$3,000
5 yrs.
7 yrs.
10 yrs.
10 yrs.
$ 66.73
$105.91
$129.12
$172.16
1st year
2nd year
3rd year
4th year
* Monthly payment includes cumulative principle and interest.
Work
COLLEGE WORK-STUDY PROGRAM — Under the work-study pro-
gram, the employer pays a small part of the student's wages, and the
government pays the rest. Most work-study positions are on campus.
Students can work part time while they are in school, and they can work
full time during the summer and other vacation periods. The basic pay
rate is usually the current minimum wage; this may vary depending on
the skill and experience needed for the job.
Financial Aid
220
OTHER GRANTS, LOANS, AND SCHOLARSHIPS
The following grants, loans, and scholarships are available to students
meeting the above requirements or having exceptional academic
achievement. Details concerning amounts and qualifications for recip-
ients of these funds can be obtained from the Director of Student Fi-
nance.
Alumni Worthy Student Fund for juniors and seniors.
Alvin Christensen Memorial Loan Fund for junior or senior biology or
natural science majors.
Appalachian Nursing Scholarship Fund for nursing students from the
Appalachian Mountain region.
Anton Julius Swenson Loan Fund.
Burdick Scholarship Fund.
Business Administration Scholarship Fund.
Cartinhour Foundation Scholarship and Loan Fund.
Chatlos Foundation Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing students.
Conger Memorial Fund for education majors or minors.
D. W. Hunter Scholarship and Loan Fund for theology students.
Daina Griffin Nursing Scholarship Fund.
DeVJitt and Josie Bowen Scholarship Fund for graduating seniors from
Bass Memorial Academy.
Doctor Ambrose L. Suhrie Scholarship for elementary teachers.
Dora McClellan Brown Scholarship Fund for theology majors.
Dorothy and Harold Moody Scholarship Award for junior or senior
history majors.
Edith Munn Nursing Loan Fund for nursing students from Kentucky-
Tennessee Conference.
Edythe Stephenson Cothren Vocal Music Scholarship Fund for
junior/senior voice majors or minors.
Southern College Century II Endowment Fund.
Frankie Collins Loan Fund for ministerial students.
George Alden Nursing Scholarship Fund for Massachusetts nursing
students.
George B. and Olivia Dean Scholarship Fund for education majors.
George White Scholarship Fund.
Harry H. Goggans Scholarship Fund.
Henson Nursing Scholarship Fund.
Irad C. Levering Loan Fund for elementary and secondary education
majors.
Joseph Schermerhorn Memorial Loan Fund for students planning to
serve as doctors, nurses, ministers, or teachers.
Financial Aid
K. W. Grader Nursing Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing students.
Linda Beardsley Stevens Memorial Loan Fund for nursing students. JJ JJ \
Louise Hurt Memorial Scholarship Fund.
Ludington Memorial Fund.
Mitzel/elt Band Scholarship Fund for band members.
1969 Alumni Loan Fund for juniors and seniors.
Nursing Magazine Scholarship Fund for nursing majors.
O. D. and Anna Ruth McKee Scholarship Fund.
Office Administration Scholarship Fund.
Otto Christensen Fund for potential Bible instructors or theology
majors.
Paul Fisher Scholarship Fund.
Penna S. S. Chong Memorial Scholarship Fund for Florida nursing
students. (Preference for Far East resident students of Asiatic ori-
gin.)
Reile-McAlexander Memorial Loan Fund for nursing students.
San/ord and Martha Ulmer Scholarship Fund.
Sudduth Memorial Fund for potential teachers.
Tait Scholarship Fund.
Theresa Brickman Scholarship Fund for office administration majors.
William lies Scholarship Fund.
THE REGISTRY
PRINCIPALS AND PRESIDENTS, 1892-1987
Principals of the Southern Industrial School
George C. Colcord 1892-1896
W. T. Bland 1896-1898
C. W. Irwin 1898-1900
N. W. Lawrence 1900-1901
Principals of Southern Training School
J. E. Tenney 1901-1908
M. B. Van Kirk 1908-1912
C. L. Stone 1912-1914
L. H. Wood 1914-1915
A. N. Atteberry 1915-1916
Presidents of Southern Junior College
Leo Thiel 1916-1918
L. H. Wood 1918-1922
Leo Thiel 1922-1925
H. H. Hamilton 1925 - Jan. 1927
M. E. Cady Jan. 1927 - May 1927
H. J. Klooster 1927-1937
J. C. Thompson 1937-1942
D. E. Rebok 1942-1943
K. A. Wright 1943-1945
Presidents of Southern Missionary College
K. A. Wright 1945-1955
T. W. Walters 1955-1958
C. N. Rees 1958-1967
Wilbert Schneider 1967-1971
Frank A. Knittel 1971-1982
Presidents of Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists
Frank A. Knittel 1982-1983
John Wagner 1983-1986
Donald R. Sahly 1986-
223
Board of Trustees
224
BOARD OF TRUSTEES
* A. C. McClure, Chairman, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union
Conference President
Eugene A. Anderson, Atlanta, Southern Saw Service, Inc., Board
Chairman
Mardian Blair, Orlando, Adventist Health System/U.S. Vice President
James W. Boyle, Orlando, Adventist Health System/Sunbelt Executive
Vice President
Tom Campbell, Bradford, Tennessee, Physician
* Richard Center, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union Conference
Treasurer
Edythe Cothren, Ooltewah, Tennessee, Retired musician, educator
Merrill Dart, Englewood, Colorado, Physician
C. E. Dudley, Nashville, Tennessee, South Central Conference
President
J. A. Edgecombe, Altamonte Springs, Florida, Southeastern
Conference President
**Charles Fleming, Collegedale, Tennessee, Collegedale Interiors
Chairman of the Board
Robert Folkenberg, Charlotte, North Carolina, Carolina Conference
President
*William A. Geary, Calhoun, Georgia, Georgia-Cumberland
Conference President
Malcolm D. Gordon, Orlando, Florida, Florida Conference President
*D. K. Griffith, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union Conference
Educational Secretary
R. B. Hairston, Atlanta, Georgia, South Atlantic Conference President
Richard Hallock, Montgomery, Alabama, Gulf States Conference
President
William Hulsey, Collegedale, Tennessee, Collegedale Casework, Inc.,
President
William lies, Orlando, Florida, Florida Hospital Assistant to
President
O. R. Johnson, Jackson, Mississippi, Noel's Auto Electric, Inc M
Treasurer
Robert Lorren, Collegedale, Tennessee, Dentist, Alumni Association
President
J. C. McElroy, Jr., Cuba, Alabama, Rush Foundation President
Bill McGhinnis, Ooltewah, Tennessee, Central Bank Senior Vice
President
*EUsworth McKee, Collegedale, Tennessee, McKee Baking Company
President ,
**0. D. McKee, Collegedale, Tennessee, McKee Baking Company
Chairman of the Board
Board of Trustees / College Administration
Denzil McNeilus, Dodge Center, Minnesota, McNeilus Companies
Executive Vice President 225
Harold Moody, Spartanburg, South Carolina, Physician
Harvey W. Murphy, Wilson, North Carolina, Murphy Manufacturing
Company President, Retired
Robert Murphy, Longwood, Florida, Murphy Construction Company
President
Torrest Preston, Cleveland, Tennessee, Life Care Centers of America
Chairman of the Board
Winton Preston, Cleveland, Tennessee, Preston Graphic
Communications President
"Donald R. Sahly, Collegedale, Tennessee, Southern College President
Clinton Shankel, Madison, Tennessee, Kentucky-Tennessee
Conference President
*Ward Sumpter, Decatur, Georgia, Southern Union Conference
Secretary
"Martha Ulmer, Lansdale, Pennsylvania, Retired
Tom Werner, Orlando, Florida, Florida Hospital President
J. Henson Whitehead, Jemison, Alabama, Retired
Bonnie Wilkens, Pioneer, Tennessee, Registered Nurse
* Members of the Executive Board
** Honorary Trustees
COLLEGE ADMINISTRATION
PRESIDENT
Donald R. Sahly, Ed.D. (1986) President
Jeanne Davis (1970) President's Secretary
ACADEMIC ADMINISTRATION
William M. Allen, Ph.D. (1984) Senior Vice President for
Academic Administration
Records
Mary Elam, M.A. (1965) Director of Records
Library
Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S. (1971) Director of Libraries
Loranne Grace, M.L.S. (1970) Associate Librarian
Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S. (1976) Director, ANGEL Program
Patricia Morrison, M.L.S. (1981) Assistant Librarian
Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S. (1966) Assistant Librarian
(Orlando Campus)
College Administration
Instructional Media
226 Fran k Di Memmo, M.S. (1980) Director, Instructional Media
ADMISSIONS AND PUBLIC RELATIONS
Ronald Barrow, Ph.D. (1979) Vice President for
Admissions and College Relations
Merlin Wittenberg, M.Ed. (1984) Associate Director of
Recruitment
Public Relations
Doris Burdick, B.A. (1983) Director, Public Relations
Student Finance and Accounts
Laurel Wells (1964) Director, Student Finance
Randall White, B.S. (1978) Director, Student Accounts
BUSINESS SERVICES
Kenneth Spears, M.B.A. (1963) . Senior Vice President for Finance
Helen Durichek, B.A. (1986) Assistant Vice President for
Finance
Financial and Accounting Services
Robert Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A. (1961) Treasurer
Louesa Peters, B.A. (1964) . Chief Accountant, Assistant Treasurer
Commercial Auxiliaries
Roy Dingle, A. S. (1974) Bakery Manager, Village Market
Judith Henderson, B.S. (1981) Manager, Campus Shop
Dan McBroom (1957) Associate Manager, The College Press
Allen Olsen (1984) General Manager, The College Press
Larry Rice, B.A. (1959) Assistant Manager, The College Press
Don Spears (1984) Manager, Supreme Broom Company
Bruce Vogt, B.S. (1986) . . Production Manager, The College Press
Charles Whidden (1984) Manager, Village Market
Computer Services
John Beckett, B.A. (1975) Director, Computer Services
Judy DeLay, B.A. (1982) Analyst/Programmed
William Estep (1979) Computer Operations Manager 1
Service Auxiliaries
Charles Lucas (1984) Director, Physical Plant
Earl Evans, B.S. (1977) Director, Food Service
C. R. Lacey (1970) Director, Grounds!
William McKinney (1974) Director, Motor Pool
Clarence McCandless (1979) Director, Custodial Services
College Administration
WSMC FM90.5
General Manager, WSMC FM90.5 227
Gerald Peel, B.A. (1985) Station Relations Director, WSMC
STUDENT SERVICES
Kenneth R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Vice President for Student Services
Residence Halls
Stan Hobbs, B.A. (1985) Associate Dean of Men
Ron Qualley, B.S. (1980) Dean of Men
Jeanette Bryson, M.A. (1986) Associate Dean of Women
Sharon Engel (1986) Dean of Women
Kassandra Krause, A.S. (1987) Associate Dean of Women
Counseling
K. R. Davis, M.A. (1970) Director of Counseling and Testing
Rhea Rolfe, M.A. (1972) Counselor
Health Service
Eleanor Hanson, R.N. (1966) Director, Health Service
Waldemar Kutzner, M.D. (1974) College Physician
Security
Clifford Myers, Sr. (1968) Director, Security
DEVELOPMENT AND ALUMNI RELATIONS
Jack McClarty, Ed.D. (1972, 1980) Vice President
for Development and Alumni Relations
William H. Taylor, M.A. (1958) . . Director, Endowment Campaign
COLLEGE PASTORS
Gordon Bietz, D.Min. (1981) Pastor
James Herman, B.A. (1976) College Chaplain
Ken Rogers, B.A. (1986) Youth Pastor
Rolland Ruf, B.A. (1969) Associate College Pastor
Ed Wright, M.Div. (1985) Family Ministries Pastor
Student Directory
228
STUDENT DIRECTORY
(Statistics for Fall Semester, 1986)
CLASS STANDING
Freshmen
344
25.9%
2nd Yr. Fresh.
58
4.4%
Sophomores
273
20.6%
Juniors
260
19.6%
Non-Grad. Sen.
36
2.7%
Bacc. Seniors
147
11.1%
Assoc. Seniors
117
8.8%
Post Graduate
19
1.4%
Special
73
5.5%
Total
1,327
100.0%
STUDENT PROFILE
Gender
Female
783
59.0%
Male
544
41.0%
Citizenship
U.S.
1,233
92.9%
Non-U.S.
94
7.1%
Marital Status
Unmarried
1,156
87.1%
Married
171
12.9%
Religion
SDA
1,222
92.1%
Non-SDA
105
7.9%
Race/Ethnic Origin
Caucasian
1,068
80.5%
Black
142
10.7%
Hispanic
72
5.4%
Oriental
41
3.1%
Black
142
10.7%
Am. Indian
4
.3%
STUDENT AGE
16
4
.3%
17
70
5.3%
18
199
15.0%
19
307
23.1%
20
204
15.4%
21
128
9.6%
22
99
7.5%
23
61
4.6%
24
40
3.0%
25-30
116
8.7%
31-45
76
5.7%
46-60
17
1.3%
60-up
6
.5%
MAJORS
Business &
Technology
Business Admin.
245
Office Admin.
66
Technology
Human Development
16
Behavioral
Science
83
Education
67
Health, P.E. &
Rec.
24
Home
Economics
17
Humanities
Art
13
Communication
51
English
19
History
25
Modern
Language
8
Music
22
Nursing
Baccalaureate
134
Associate
182
Religion
Non-Ministerial
20
Ministerial
56
Science
Allied Health
52
Biology
62
Chemistry
23
Computer Sci.
65
Mathematics
15
Medical Tech.
18
Physics
14
General Studies
4
Other (Undeclared)
161
Advisory Councils
ADVISORY COUNCILS 229
BUSINESS DEPARTMENT
ACCOUNTING:
Doug Bullard, Senior Auditor, Ernst & Whinny CPA Firm
Michael Creamer, Litton Industries
Ken Kochenower, Partner and Managering Partner, Cline, Brandt &
Kochenower
Dennis Millburn, Undertreasurer, Florida Conference of SDA
Ed Reifsnyder, Vice President for Finance, Adventist Health
Systems/U.S.
MANAGEMENT:
Grady Gant, Director, Chattanooga Manufacturing Association
James McElroy, Hospital Administrator, Cuba, Alabama
Bill McGhinnis, Central Bank Senior Vice President
Jack McKee, Vice President, McKee Baking Company
James Williams, Owner, Williams, Williams & Williams
LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE:
Paul Cinquemani, President, Adventist Living Centers
Marvin Midkiff, semi-retired, consultant for LTHC organizations
Clifford Port, Director, Administrator in Training Program, Life Care
Centers of America
Forrest Preston, Chairman of the Board, Life Care Centers of America
Ben Wygal, President, Life Care Centers of America
Jan Rushing, Executive Vice President of Adventist Health
System/Sunbelt, Chairman of the Board for Sunbelt Health Care
Centers, Inc.
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Lyle Anderson, Superintendent of Education, Kentucky-Tennessee
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists
Ben Bandiola, Professor of Education and Psychology, Southern College
of Seventh-day Adventists
Gerald Colvin, Professor of Education and Psychology, Southern
College of Seventh-day Adventists
Jim Epperson, Superintendent of Education, Georgia-Cumberland
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists
D. K. Griffith, Director of Education, Southern Union Conference of
Seventh-day Adventists
Carole Haynes, Director of Teaching Learning Center, Southern College
of Seventh-day Adventists
Advisory Councils
Howard Kennedy, Principal, Spalding Elementary School
2 Qll Norwida Marshall, Associate Director of Education, Southern Union
&%Jlf Conference of Seventh-day Adventists
Desmond Rice, Professor of Education, Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists
Jeanette Stepanske, Associate Professor of Education, Southern College
of Seventh-day Adventists
Don Weatherall, Associate Director of Education, Southern Union
Conference of Seventh-day Adventists
ENGLISH DEPARTMENT
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Delmer Davis, Chairman English Department, Andrews University
Pam Harris, Journalist, Former academy English teacher
Carolyn Kujawa, Former Professor of English, Columbia Union College
Evlyn Lindberg, Professor Emeritus, Southern College English
Department
Eilleen Meagher, Director of College Composition, University of
Tennessee at Chattanooga
Jodi VandeVere, English teacher, Collegedale Academy
HOME ECONOMICS DEPARTMENT
ADVISORY COUNCIL
Patricia Brogdon, teacher, Patricia's Fine Fabrics
John L. Deppen, Manager of Research, McKee Baking Company
Cassandra Garner, private business
Rene Mote, Certified Color Consultant
Katharine Powell, Certified Kitchen Designer, teacher UTC
Patricia Rushing, Chairman, Hamilton County Committee on Aging
Darlene Schmitz, Director of Corporate Dietary Services, Adventist
Health Systems, Eastern and Middle America
Margaret Smith, Home Economics teacher, Hixson High School
Mary Tanner, Chairman, Home Economics Department, UTC
'
Advisory Councils
JOURNALISM DEPARTMENT
ADVISORY COUNCIL 231
Frances Alexander, Community Relations Director,
Tennessee-American Water Company
Ed Buice, WTVC Channel 9 Television
Cecil R. Coffey, President and Chairman of the Board, Coffey
Communications
Carl W. Crawford, Manager, Nuclear Power Information, Tennessee
Valley Authority
Fred H. Gault, Jr., President, Gault and Associates of Chattanooga
Margaret Haberman, The Associated Press, Chattanooga, Tennessee
D. L. Hoover, The Cleveland Daily Banner
Beecher Hunter, Vice President, Communication, Life Care Centers
Marketing
Michael Loftin, The Chattanooga Times
Davis Lundy, Assistant Managing Editor, The Chattanooga Times
Howard McNeesh, Assistant General Manager, WTSI Channel 45
Television
Lee Meridith, News Director, WRCB Channel 3 Television
C. A. Oliphant, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and Communication,
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists
Joe Pardue, Marketing Designs
George Powell, Communication Director, Southern Union Conference
of Seventh-day Adventists
Stanley Warren, The Dalton Daily Citizen-News
Ray White, WDEF Television
Ron Wiggins, Vice President, Marketing, Life Care Centers Marketing
MINISTERIAL RECOMMENDATIONS
ADVISORY COUNCIL
The Religion Faculty of Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists
Presidents of Conferences of the Southern Union
Ministerial Directors of Southern Union Conferences
Vice President for Student Affairs of Southern College of SDA
Dean of Men of Southern College of SDA
Dean of Women of Southern College of SDA
Pastor of Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church
Youth Pastor of Collegedale Seventh-day Adventist Church
Senior Evangelist for Southern Union Conference
Ministerial Director of Southern Union Conference
Director of Student Finance of Southern College of Seventh-day
Adventists
Two area lay members of the College Board
Faculty Directory
232
FACULTY EMERITI
Dorothy Evans Ackerman, M.Music, Associate Professor Emerita of
Music
B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.Mus., University of Chattanooga.
Theresa Rose Brickman, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of
Secretarial Science
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma.
Olivia Brickman Dean, M.Ed., Associate Professor Emerita of
Education
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., University of Oklahoma.
Charles Fleming, Jr., M.B.A., Business Manager Emeritus
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., Northwestern Univer-
sity.
R. E. Francis, B.D., Professor Emeritus of Religion
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D.,
Andrews University.
Cyril F. W. Futcher, Ed.D., Vice-President Emeritus of Academic Ad-
ministration
B.A., Andrews University; Diploma in Theology, Newbold College;
Diploma of Education, University of Western Australia; M.Ed.,
Maryland University; EdJD., Maryland University.
K. M. Kennedy, Ed.D., Professor Emeritus of Education
B.A., Valparaiso University; M.Ed., University of Chattanooga;
Ed.D., University of Tennessee.
H. H. Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor Emeritus of Biology
B. A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee.
Evlyn Lindberg, M. A., Associate Professor Emerita of English
B.A., Willamette University; M.A., Texas Christian University.
Drew Turlington, M.S., Associate Professor Emeritus of Industrial Edu-
cation
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Tennessee.
Faculty Directory
FACULTY DIRECTORY
tWilliamM. Allen, Ph.D., Vice President for Academic Administration,
Professor of Chemistry
B.S., La Sierra College (Loma Linda University); Ph.D., University of
Maryland. (1984)
J. Bruce Ashton, D.M.A., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Capital University; M.Mus., American Conservatory of
Music, D.M.A., University of Cincinnati. (1968)
Ben Bandiola, Ph.D., Professor of Education and Psychology
B.S.E., M.A., Philippine Union College; Ph.D., University of Iowa.
(1984)
tRonald Barrow, Ph.D., Vice President for Admissions and CoJiege Rela-
tions
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ph.D.,
Walden University. (1979)
John Beckett, B.A., Director of Computer Services, Instructor of Compu-
ter Science
B.A., Southern Missionary College. (1974)
Douglas Bennett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University;
B.D., Andrews University; Ph.D., Bowling Green State University.
(1961)
Peggy Bennett, M.S.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., Florida State Univer-
sity. (1971)
Ruby Birch, M.S.N. , Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Madison College; B.A., Union College; M.S.N., Vanderbilt
University. (1975)
Jack Blanco, Th.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Union College; M.A., SDA Theological Seminary; B.D., SDA
Theological Seminary; M.Th., Princeton Theological Seminary;
Th.D., University of South Africa. (1983)
Ann Clark, Ph.D., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A.T., University of Tennes-
see, Chattanooga; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, Knoxville. (1965)
Gerald Colvin, Ph.D., Ed.D., Professor of Education and Psychology
B.A., Union College; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Arkansas; Ph.D.,
University of Georgia. (1972, 1984)
Joyce Cotham, M.B.Ed., Assistant Professor of Office Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B.Ed., Middle Tennessee
State University. (1971)
Faculty Directory
tKenneth R. Davis, M.A., Assistant Professor of Religion
Q*\& B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Andrews University;
**** ^ M.A., Boston University. (1970)
Don Dick, Ph.D., Professor of Communication
B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska; Ph.D., Michigan
State University. (1968)
Frank Di Memmo, M.S., Director of Instructional Media
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S., Shippensburg University.
(1980)
Roy Dingle, A.S., Instructor of Home Economics; Bakery Manager, Vil-
lage Market
A.S., Southern Missionary College. (1974)
John Durichek, M.A., Associate Professor of Technology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., George Peabody College
for Teachers. (1969)
Richard Erickson, M.B.A., Assistant Professor of Business
B.S., M.B.A., Austin Peay State University. (1984)
Earl Evans, B.S., Director of Food Services; Instructor of Home
Economics
B.S., Andrews University. (1977)
Ted Evans, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Andrews University; M.Ed., University of Tennessee, Chat-
tanooga. (1974)
Diane Fletcher, M.A., Associate Professor of Home Economics
B.A., Avondale College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1985)
Flora Flood, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Medical College of Georgia.
(1983)
Robert Garren, M.F.A., Professor of Art
B.S., Atlantic Union College; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of
Technology. (1968)
Betty Garver, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. (1977)
Philip G. Garver, M.S., Associate Professor of Physical Education
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Eastern Michigan Univer-
sity. (1976)
Dorothy Giacomozzi, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S., University of Colorado. (1979)
Orlo Gilbert, M.Mus. Ed., Professor of Music
B.M.E., La Sierra College; M.Mus.Ed., Madison State Teachers Col-
lege. (1967)
Faculty Directory
Jerry Gladson, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Vanderbilt University; 2^11
Ph.D., Vanderbilt University. (1972) ^- tf if
Judith Glass, M.Mus., Associate Professor of Music
B.Mus., University of Texas at Austin; M.Mus., University of Texas
at Austin. (1975)
Loranne Grace, M.L.S., Associate Professor of Library Science
B.S., Walla Walla College; M.L.S., University of Washington. (1970)
Floyd Greenleaf, Ph.D., Professor of History
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.A., George Peabody College
for Teachers; Ph.D., University of Tennessee. (1966)
Edgar O. Grundset, M.A., Associate Professor of Biology
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Walla Walla College.
(1957)
Leona Gulley, M.H.Sc, Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.A., Philippine Union College
Seminary, M.H.Sc, Philippine Union College. (1978)
Norman Gulley, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
Diploma in Theology, Newbold College; B.A., Southern Missionary
College; M.A., Andrews University; B.D., Andrews University;
Ph.D., Edinburgh University. (1978)
Jan Haluska, M.A., Associate Professor of English
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Andrews University. (1981)
Lawrence E. Hanson, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
B.A., California State University; M.A., University of California;
Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966)
Ray Hefferlin, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.A., Pacific Union College; Ph.D., California Institute of Technol-
ogy. (1955)
Dorothy Hooper, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., Loma Linda University.
(1975)
Duane F. Houck, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., University of North
Carolina; Ph.D., Iowa State University. (1973)
Shirley Howard, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Walla Walla College; M.S.N., University of Tennessee. (1974)
Francis Hummer, Instructor of Technology (1979)
Bonnie Hunt, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., University of Tennessee.
(1977)
Faculty Directory
Katye Hunt, M.S.L.S., Director, ANGEL Program
2 ^Ifi B,S " Sout hern Missionary College; M.S.L.S., University of Tennes-
****** see. (1976)
Gordon Hyde, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Andrews University; M,A. f University of Wisconsin; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. (1982)
Steven Jaecks, M.S., Assistant Professor of Physical Education
B.A., Loma Linda University; M.S., University of Tennessee. (1980)
Beth Jedamski, B.S., Instructor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N. , Georgia State Universi-
ty. (1983)
Robert Kamieneski, Ed.D., Professor of Physical Education
B.S., La Sierra College; M.Ed., Boston University; Ed.D., Brigham
Young University. (1980)
John Keyes, Ed.S., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Asbury College; M.A., Central Michigan University; M.A.T.,
Andrews University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University; Ed.D., George
Peabody College for Teachers. (1987)
Dean Kinsey, M.Ed., Director of Adult Studies and Special Programs
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.Ed., Boston University.
(1986)
Catherine Knarr, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N. , University of Tennessee.
(1974)
*Timothy Korson, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Computer Science
M.S., Ohio University; Ph.D., Georgia State University. (1984)
Henry Kuhlman, Ph.D., Professor of Physics
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.A., Western Michigan Uni-
versity; Ph.D., Purdue University. (1968)
Edward L. Lamb, M.S.S.W., A.C.S.W., Associate Professor of
Social Work and Family Studies
B.S., Union College; M.S.S.W., University of Tennessee. (1972)
Katie A. Lamb, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S.N., University of Central Arkansas. (1972)
Merritt MacLafferty, M.A., Associate Professor of Computer Science
B.A., Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College. (1980).
Ben McArthur, Ph.D., Professor of History
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., University of Chicago; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Chicago. (1979)
Caroline McArthur, M.S., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., University of Mississippi; M.S., Emory University. (1979)
Faculty Directory
tjack McClarty, Ed.D., Vice President for Development and Alumni
Relations 237
B.M.Ed., University of Montana; M.M.Ed., Andrews University;
Ed.D., University of Montana. (1972)
Wilma McClarty, Ed.D., Professor of English
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D.,
University of Montana. (1972)
tRobert W. Merchant, M.B.A., C.P.A., Treasurer
B.A., Emmanuel Missionary College; M.B.A., University of Arkan-
sas. (1961)
*Robert Moore, M.S., Associate Professor of Mathematics
B.A., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of North
Carolina. (1979)
Patricia C. Morrison, M.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., East Carolina University; M.L.S., Vanderbilt University. (1981)
Laura Nyirady, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Loma Linda University; M.S.N., Boston University. (1986)
Stephen A. Nyirady, Ph.D., Professor of Biology
B.A., Atlantic Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University; Ph.D.,
Loma Linda University. (1986)
C. A. Oliphant, Ph.D., Professor of Journalism and Communication
B.A., La Sierra College; M.A., University of California at Los
Angeles; Ph.D., University of Iowa. (1986)
Helmut K. Ott, Ed.D., Professor of Modern Languages
B.A., Loma Linda College of Arts and Sciences; M.A., Inter-
American University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Andrews
University. (1971)
Marsha Rauch, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Columbia Union College; M.S.N., Catholic University of
America. (1986)
Desmond Rice, Ed.D., Professor of Education
B.A., Avondale College; M.A., San Francisco State University;
Ed.D., University of Southern California. (1979)
*E. Williams Richards, Jr., Ph.D., C.P.A., C.M.A., C.I.A., C.D.P., C.C.P.,
C.C.A., Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; Ph.D., Michigan State Univer-
sity. (1977)
Evonne Richards, Ed.D., Assistant Professor of Office Administration
B.S., Pacific Union College; M.A., Loma Linda University; Ed.D.,
University of Tennessee. (1983)
Faculty Directory
Arthur Richert, Ph.D., Professor of Mathematics
2^ft B.A., Southern Missionary College; MA. and Ph.D., University of
****" Texas. (1971)
Charlene Robertson, M.S.N., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S., University of Alabama.
(1977)
Marvin L. Robertson, Ph.D., Professor of Music
B.Mus., Walla Walla College; M.A., University of Northern Col-
orado; Ph.D., Florida State University. (1966)
Cyril Roe, Ed.D., Professor of Education
B.A., Pacific Union College; M.A., Pacific Union College; Ed.D.,
University of the Pacific. (1976)
Cecil Rolfe, Ph.D., Professor of Business Administration
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.B.A., University of Maryland;
Ph.D., University of Maryland. (1964)
Daniel Rozell, M.A., Associate Professor of Business Administration
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Central Michigan Univer-
sity. (1978)
tDonald R. Sahly, Ed.D., President
B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University; Ed.D., Uni-
versity of the Pacific. (1986)
Patricia Silver, M.A., Associate Professor of Music
B.S.C., Madison College; M.A., George Peabody. (1982)
David Smith, M.A., Associate Professor of English
B.A., Andrews University; M.A., Andrews University. (1981)
Ron Smith, M.Ed., Assistant Professor of Journalism and Education
B.A., Boston University; M.Ed., Converse College. (1987)
tKenneth Spears, M.B.A., Vice President for Finance
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.B. A., Middle Tennessee State
University. (1963)
Ronald Springett, Ph.D., Professor of Religion
B.A., Columbia Union College; M.A. and B.D., Andrews University;
Ph.D., University of Manchester. (1969)
Jeanette Stepanske, M.A., Associate Professor of Education
B.S., Andrews University; M.A., Ohio State University. (1979)
Elvie Swinson, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S.N.E., Columbia Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University.
(1973)
t William H. Taylor, M.A., Director, Endowment Campaign
B.A., Union College; M.A., University of Nebraska. (1958)
Faculty Directory
Mitchell Thiel, Ph.D., Professor of Chemistry
B.A., Union College; M.S., University of Maryland; Ph.D., Univer- 2^Q
sity of Maryland. (1966) **%*%*
Cheryl K. Thompson, M.S.N., Assistant Professor of Nursing
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.S.N., University of Florida.
(1982)
Wayne E. VandeVere, Ph.D., C.P.A., Professor of Business Admin-
istration
B.A., Andrews University; M.B.A., University of Michigan; Ph.D.,
Michigan State University. (1956)
Steven E. Warren, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Chemistry
B.S., Andrews University; Ph.D., Arizona State University. (1982)
Erma Webb, M.S., Associate Professor of Nursing
B.S., Union College; M.S., Loma Linda University. (1976)
Larry Williams, M.S., Associate Professor of Social Work and Family
Studies
M.S., University of Georgia. (1983)
William Wohlers, Ph.D., Professor of History
B.A., Walla Walla College; M.A., Andrews University; Ph.D., Uni-
versity of Nebraska. (1973)
Marianne Wooley, M.S.L.S., Assistant Professor of Library Science
B.S., Andrews University; M.S.L.S., University of Southern Califor-
nia. (1966)
Marcella Woolsey, M.A., Instructor of Biology
B.S., Southern Missionary College; M.A., Loma Linda University.
(1981)
Dates in parentheses indicate the beginning year of employment at Southern
College.
* Study leave
t Administration
Faculty Directory
ADJUNCT FACULTY
240
Education
Faculty of Collegedale Academy
Faculty of Spalding Elementary School
Southern Union Elementary Supervisors and Superintendents:
Carolina Conference
Florida Conference
Georgia-Cumberland Conference
Gulf States Conference
Kentucky-Tennessee Conference
South Atlantic Conference
South Central Conference
Southeastern Conference
Medical Technology
Florida Hospital:
Rodney Holcomb, M.D., Medical Director
Patricia Rogers, B.S., MT (ASCP), Program Director
Kettering Hospital:
Glenn Bylsma, M.D., Medical Director
Suzanne Columbus, B.S., MT (ASCP), Program Director
Mary Beth Fannon, M.A., MT (ASCP), Academic Education Coor-
dinator
Beverly Schieltz, M.S., MT (ASCP), Clinical Education Coordinator
Nursing
Collegedale Wanda Bunce Orlando Dorothy Brown
Carol B. Burhenn Center Karen Grimm
Judy Compton Louise Gusso
Donna Day Connie Hamilton
Ellen Gilbert Brucie Huffman
Carol J. Harris Mary Lou Jones
Beverly Jackson Marion Kierstead
Kathy Davidson Carol Kunau
Jacobson Helen Jeanne Lippert
Joe B. Lasseter Gail Nausbaum
Pam Lowe Rosann Reilly
Jill Morgan
Cindy Nipp
Cheri Terrell
Dotty Volz
JuanitaWeddle
Faculty Committees
FACULTY COMMITTEES
FOR THE 1987-88 SCHOOL YEAR 241
ACADEMIC AFFAIRS: William Allen, Chairman; Mary Elam, Peggy Bennett
and Department Chairmen: Gerald Colvin, John Durichek, Diane Fletcher,
Robert Garren, Phil Garver, Larry Hanson, Ray Hefferlin, Gordon Hyde, Ed Lamb,
Katie Lamb, Stephen Nyirady, Bill Oliphant, Helmut Ott, Marvin Robertson,
David Smith, Wayne VandeVere, Steven Warren, William Wohlers.
ABSENCE COMMITTEE: Dan Rozell, Chairman; Jeanette Bryson, Stan Hobbs,
Dorothy Hooper, Larry Williams.
ADMISSIONS COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman; Gordon Hyde, Sharon
Engel, Helmut Ott, Ron Qualley, Randy White, Merlin Wittenberg.
ADVISEMENT COMMITTEE: Mary Elam, Chairman; William Allen, Ron Bar-
row, Doug Bennett, Ann Clark, K. R. Davis, Merritt MacLafferty, Evonne
Richards, Elvie Swinson, Larry Williams.
COMPUTER SERVICES COMMITTEE: Ken Spears, Chairman; William Allen,
Don Dick, Mary Elam, Tim Korson, Henry Kuhlman, Katie Lamb, Louesa Peters,
Ron Springett, Wayne VandeVere, Laurel Wells, and one student. John Beckett
will serve as a consultant.
FACULTY AFFAIRS COMMITTEE: Floyd Greenleaf, Chairman; Ron Barrow,
Katie Lamb, Stephen Nyirady and Wayne VandeVere.
FACULTY SENATE: Donald Sahly, Chairman; Larry Hanson, Secretary; Wil-
liam M. Allen, Bruce Ashton, Douglas Bennett, Gerald Colvin, K. R. Davis, Helen
Durichek, Richard Erickson, Phil Garver, Jan Haluska, Dean Kinsey, Katie Lamb,
Steve Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Ron Qualley, Charlene Robertson, Cecil Rolfe, David
Smith, Elvie Swinson, Mitchell Thiel, Laurel Wells, Larry Williams, Ken Spears
(ex officio).
EXECUTIVE COMMITTEE: Donald Sahly, Chairman; Larry Hanson, Secre-
tary; William M. Allen, K. R. Davis, Ken Spears, Gerald Colvin, Jan Haluska,
Katie Lamb.
PROMOTIONS COMMITTEE: Ed Lamb, Floyd Greenleaf, Cecil Rolfe, Bill
Wohlers, Gerald Colvin.
FINANCIAL ADVISORY COMMITTEE: Ken Spears, Chairman; Richard
Erickson, Earl Evans, Allen Olsen, Wayne VandeVere.
GENERAL EDUCATION COMMITTEE: Jack Blanco, Chairman; Ben McArthur
(Ch. Writing Committee), Katie Lamb, Peggy Bennett, Gerald Colvin, Ch. Honors
Committee.
WRITING SUBCOMMITTEE: Ben McArthur, Chairman; Bruce Ashton, Ray
Hefferlin, Duane Houck, Pat Morrison, Bill Oliphant, Ron Springett and David
Smith.
HONORS COMMITTEE: Floyd Greenleaf, Jan Haluska, Evonne Richards, Art
Richert, Charlene Robertson, Cecil Rolfe, Steve Warren, William Wohlers.
LOANS AND SCHOLARSHIP COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman; Jeanette
Bryson, K. R. Davis (ex officio), Stan Hobbs, Jeanette Stepanske, Laurel Wells,
Faculty Committees
Randy White, two students and one representative from the Development Office.
242 INSTRUCTIONAL RESOURCES COMMITTEE: Bonnie Hunt, Chairman; Peggy
Bennett (Library and Academic Affairs), Frank Di Memmo (Instructional Me-
dia), Loranne Grace (Library), Ann Clark, Mitchell Thiel.
RECRUITMENT / RETENTION COMMITTEE: Ron Barrow, Chairman; Joyce
Cotham, K. R. Davis, John Durichek, Wilma McClarty, Ron Qualley, Dean of
Women and one student.
SOCIAL AND RECREATIONAL COMMITTEE: Jeanne Davis, Chairman; Earl
Evans, Sharon Engel, Laura Nyirady, Cherie Smith.
TEACHER EDUCATION COUNCIL COMMITTEE: (All ex officio). Gerald Col-
vin, Chairman; William Allen, Howard Kennedy, Dean Maddock, Education
Department Faculty, K. R. Davis and supervisors for student teachers for each
department. Also, the NCATE Steering Committee: Gerald Colvin / Ben Bandio-
la, Co-ChaiTinen; Mary Elam, Stephen Nyirady, William Wohlers.
STUDENT SERVICES: K. R. Davis, Chairman; Ron Barrow, Sharon Engel,
Stephen Nyirady, Helmut Ott, Ron Qualley. The following members of this
committee are mandated as ex officio by the Faculty Handbook: Don Dick, Edgar
Grundset / Bill Wohlers, James Herman, Pat Silver, Laurel Wells, and three
students,
SUB-COMMITTEES UNDER STUDENT SERVICES:
ARTIST ADVENTURE/PROGRAMS: Edgar Grundset / William Wohlers, Co*
Chairmen; Jeanette Bryson, Frank Di Memmo, Earl Evans, Bob Garren, Betty
Garver, Orlo Gilbert, Stan Hobbs, Steve Jaecks, Jack McClarty, and four stu-
dents.
DISCIPLINE POOL SUBCOMMITTEE: Phil Garver, Art Richert, Judy Glass,
Leona Gulley, Beth Jedamski, Callie McArthur, Marcella Woolsey, and four
students.
FILMS SUBCOMMITTEE: Don Dick, Chairman; Earl Evans, Shirley Howard,
Robert Merchant, and two students. (K. R. Davis ex officio),
RELIGIOUS LIFE COUNCIL SUBCOMMITTEE: James Herman, Chairman;
Norman Gulley, Larry Hanson, Stan Hobbs, Ed Lamb, Sharon Engel, and four
students. (K. R. Davis, ex officio).
SCREENING SUBCOMMITTEE: Pat Silver, Chairman; Ted Evans, Diane
Fletcher, Ron Qualley, Jeanette Bryson, and two students. (K. R. Davis, ex
officio).
STUDENT PERSONNEL COMMITTEE: K. R. Davis, Chairman; Jeanette Bry-
son, Sharon Engel, Earl Evans, Eleanor Hanson, James Herman, Stan Hobbs,
Cliff Myers, Ron Qualley, and Becky Rolfe.
V#* «
' ^^^ » P--4*
< ^ W ^y
^^^ * ; v
4» ^
CURRICULUM CHART
Southern College of Seventh-day Adventists
1987-88
u
p
u
S
p
u
Department
Degree
Major
Minor
Allied
BS
Medical Technology
Health
AS
Pre-Dental Hygiene
AS
Pre-Occupational Th
AS
Pre-Physical Therapy
Art
BA
*Art
Art
Behavioral
BS
Beh Sci-Family Studies
Beh Sci-Sociology
Behav Sci
Science
BS
Sociology
BSW
Social Work
Biology
BA
* Biology
Biology
BS
*Biology
Business
BBA
Accounting
& Office
AS
Accounting
Admin.
BS
Business Admin
Business Admin
BBA
Computer Info Systems
BS
Long-Term Health Care
BBA
Management
BS
* Office Admin
Office Admin
AS
Office Adm-Executive
AS
Office Adm-Medical
AS
Office Adm-Word Proc
AS
Pre-Med Records Adm
Chemistry
BA
* Chemistry
Chemistry
BS
* Chemistry
Computer
BBA
Computer Info Systems
Science
BA
Computer Science
Computer Sci
BS
Computer Science
AS
Computer Science
Education &
BS
Elementary Education
Psychology
(Secondary teaching —
See asterisked majors)
BA
Psychology
Psychology
Engineering
AS
Engineering Studies
Studies
English
BA
"English
English
244
Department
Degree
Major
Minor
General
Studies
AS
General Studies
Health, PE
& Recreation
BS
BS
*Health, P.E. & Recr
Health Science
Hlth, PE, Recr
History
BA
*History
History
Home Ec
BS
AT
Cert
BS
AS
AS
Food Service Admin
Food Service
Food Serv Production
Home Economics
Home Economics
Pre-Dietetics
Foods
Home Ec
n
S
Journalism &
Communication
BA
BA
BA
Journ-Broadcasting
Journ-News Editorial
Public Relations
Broadcasting
News Editorial
Public Relations
n
Mathematics
BA
BS
* Mathematics
*Mathematics
Mathematics
Modern
Languages
BA
BA
BA
BA
(1-year abroad req.)
* French
* German
* Spanish
International Studies
French
German
Spanish
n
Music
BA
BMus
Music
* Music Education
Music
>
Nursing
AS
BS
Nursing
Nursing
H
Physics
BA
BS
* Physics
* Physics
Physics
Religion
BA
BA
Religion-Ministerial
*Religion-Non-Minis
Practical Theo
Religion
Biblical Langs
Technology
Cert
Auto Body Repair
Technology
Cert = One-year certificate program
* Secondary teaching certification available for these disciplines
245
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY
CHEM 151-152
ENGL 101-102
HIST 174,175
MATH 114
RELB 125
YEAR 1
General Chemistry
College Composition
Survey of Civ
Elementary Functions
Teachings of Jesus
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Elective *1
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
4 4
3
15 16
1st 2nd
BIOL 315
BUAD 334
CPTR 125
♦Parasitology
*Princ of Management
♦Basic Program Lang
♦Biology *3
Area B, Religion *4
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
Electives *5
3
3
3
3 3
3
3
6 3
15 15
CHEM 311
CHEM 313
BIOL 151-152
BIOL 330
RELT 138
PSYC 124
MDTC 225
YEAR 2
Organic Chemistry
Organic Chem Lab
♦Chemistry *2
♦General Biology
♦Gen Microbiology
Adventist Heritage
Intro to Psychology
Intro to Med Tech
Literature *4
Area G, Act Skills
YEAR 4
Clinical Year
Semester
1st 2nd
3
1
4
4 4
4
2
3
1
16 16
*An asterisk in front of a subject indicates Med-Tech requirement.
*1 Pre-Meds must take Calculus I.
*2 Recommended Chemistry courses: (CHEM 312, 314, 315, 321, 323, 324)
*3 Recommended Biology courses: (BIOL 316, 415, 417)
*4 This is a suggested place for taking an upper division course.
*5 Recommended Physics courses: (PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214)
20 upper division credits, make-up of any admissions deficiencies, and 93 total hours must be com-
pleted prior to the clinical year.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-DENTAL HYGIENE
(AUied Health Professions)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 10M02
Anatomy & Physiology
3
3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
MATH 103
Survey of Math
0-3
BIOL
125
Microbiology
4
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
Area B, Religion
3 3
S0CI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
Area D, For Lang/Llt/F.
Arts 3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-l, Music or Art
1 1
Area D-4, Speech
3
Phychoiogy, Sociology,
Area G-3, P.E. Activity
1
History or Economics
3
Area C-l, History
3
Elective
2 2
Elective
3-0
1
17 1R
16 16
NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is
required.
246
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-OCCUPATIONAL THERAPY
(Allied Health Professions)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semestei
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3 3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
ART 235
Ceramics
3
TECH 154
Woodworking
4
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
BIOL 125
Microbiology
4
PSYC 128
Dev Psychology
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
Area B, Religion
3 3
MATH 103
Survey of Math
0-3
Area D-4, Speech
2
Applied Arts or Crafts
2
Area F-l, Behav Sci
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
Area C, History
3
16 17
Area D, F. Lang/Lit/F. Arts
2
Elective
3-0
17 15
NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade. The Allied Health Professions Admission Test (AHPAT) is required.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
(Allied Health Professions)
Requirements for entrance to the junior year of a Physical Therapy course will depend on the college
selected. Requirements for Andrews University and Loma Linda University are outlined here. Students
who complete one of these programs will be awarded an Associate of Science degree by Southern
College. Students planning to attend other colleges should contact them to obtain their requirements.
ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology*
3
3
BIOL
125
Basic Microbiology
4
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psychology
3
HIST
154
American History
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psychology
3
RELT
255
Christian Beliefs
3
MATH 104
intermediate Algebra**
3
Area D, Fine Arts
3
RELB 125
Life & Teachings of Jesus
3
Area D-2. Literature
3
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer Based Sys
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Psyc, Sociology, or Econ
3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
1
1
Elective (recommended is
FDNT 125, Nutrition,
4
—
16
ACCT 103, Coll Accounting,
or ECON 213, Surv of Econ)
17 15
*BIOL 155, 156, General Biology, may be substituted if it has already been taken.
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher, but 64 total hours must be completed.
NOTE: A minimum grade point average of 2.50, figured on science and non-science courses separately, is required, C- is
the lowest acceptable grade for science and cognate courses. The Allied Health Professions Test (AHPAT) is required.
Also required are the Strong-Campbell Vocational Interest Inventory and the Sixteen Personality Profiles Tests. The latter
two tests may be taken at SC. An additional requirement for admission is 80 hours of observation or work experience with
a physical therapist. This 80 hours must be distributed over three types of work experience. See the Andrews admissions
requirements for details.
247
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
CURRENT LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
A physics sequence with laboratory of 8 hours is required for entrance to the program. This is offered on
the La Sierra campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. The Southern College General Physics
course, PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 8 semester hours, is accepted. Most students will find it more
convenient to take their physics requirement at LLU.
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology*
3
3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab
1 1
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psychology
3
BIOL 125
Basic Microbiology
4
MATH 103
Survey of Math
3
HIST 154
American Hist & Institution
3
RELB 125
Life & Teachings of Jesus
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psychology
3
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3 3
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer Based Sys
3
Elective
6
PEAC 125
Conditioning
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
1
1
17 16
16 16
*BIOL 155, 156, General Biology, may be substituted.
**Not required if the MATH ACT score is 22 or higher; however, LLU requires 2 years of high school mathematics
(excluding arithmetic or business mathematics) or equivalent with grades of G- or better.
NOTE: Other entrance requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT) and a minimum of 80
hours of work experience (volunteer or as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable
grade for a course.
A.S. PRE-PHYSICAL THERAPY
LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS FOR STUDENTS
ENTERING LLU JUNE, 1989 OR LATER
A physics sequence with laboratory of 8 quarter hours is required for entrance to the program. This is
offered on the La Sierra campus immediately preceding the fall quarter. The Southern College General
Physics course, PHYS 211, 212, 213, 214, 8 semester hours, is acceptable, but most students will find it »
more convenient to take their physics requirements at LLU.
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2 Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 151-152
Genera] Chemistry 4 4
BIOL 155-156
General Biology
4
4
BIOL 125
Basic Microbiology 4
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psyc
3
S0CI 125
Intro to Sociology 3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psyc
3
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer Based Sys 3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage 3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs 3
RELB 125
Life & Teachings of Jesus
3
HIST 154
American Hist & Institution 3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Speaking
3
Area D, Fine Arts or F. Lang 6
16
16
Area G-3, Recreation 1
17 17
SUMMER
Literature
3
Elective
2
NOTE: A total of 68 semester hours, excluding Intermediate Algebra, is required for admission. Other entrance
requirements are the Allied Health Professions Admissions Test and a minimum of 80 hours work experience (volunteer
or as an employee) in a physical therapy department. C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course.
248
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. ART
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ART 104-105
Drawing I, II
2
2
ART
344
History of Art
3
ART 109-110
Design I, II
3
3
JOUR
225
Intro to Photography
2
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l, Inter For Lang
3 3
Area D-l, Begin For Lang
3
3
Area D-2, Literature
Area G-2. Practical
OR
3
OR
1
1
Area D-4, Speech
Area G-3, Recreation
Area F-2, Family Science
Area A-2, Math
0-3
OR
Minor or Elective
3-0
Area F-3, Health Science
15
15
Area B-l, Religion
3
Art Electives
3 3
Minor or Elective
3
17 17
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ART 345
Contemporary Art
Area B-2, Religion
3
3
ART
499
Senior Project
Area B, Religion
1
3
Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ
3
Art Electives
6 3
Area E, Natural Science
3
3
Minor or Electives
9 10
Area F-l, Behav. Science
3
16 16
Area G-3, Recreat. Skills
Minor or Electives
Art Electives
3
1
3
5
15 15
See pages 0-11 and .14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
'
249
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
(Family Studies Emphasis)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
HMEC 201-202
Parenting I, II
2 2
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psych
3
SOCW 221
Social Welfare insts
3
HMEC 147
Fam Resource Mgmt
3
SOCW 222
Social Welfare issues
3
PSYC 128
Dev Psychology
3
SOCI 223
Marriage & Family
2
Area G, Act Skills
2
1
SOCI 233
Human Sexuality
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-4, Speech
2
Area E-l, Biology
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area A-2, Math
0-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Minor or Elective
1
15
3-0
16
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
_3,
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
MATH 215
Statistics
3
BHSF 394
Research Methods
3
PSYC 315
Abnormal Psych
3
SOCI 424
Contemp Soc Problems
3
SOCI 365
Family Relations
3
Area B r Religion
3
SOCI 495
Directed Study
1
Area C-2, Economics
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area G, Act Skills
2
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
4
Minor or Electives
5 2
Area E, Chem/Phys/E. Sci
3
PSYC & socw Electives
Area G-3, Recreation
1
16 14
Minor or Electives
6
4
16 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BEHAVIORAL SCIENCE
(Sociology Emphasis)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
SOCW 221,
222 Social Welfare I, II
3 3
PSYC 128
Dev Psychology
3
SOCI
223
Marriage & the Family
2
PSYC 124
Intro to Psych
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area C-l, History
, 3 3
Area G, Activity Skills
4
Elective
2
Area B, Religion
3
Soc Elective
3 6
Area E-l , Biology
3
16 15
Area A-2, Math
0-3
Elective
3-0
15 16
250
YEAR 3
BHSF 215 Statistics
SOCI 424 Contemporary Soc Problems
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Area F-l, Sociology Elect
Area B. Religion
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
Minor or Electives
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
3
BHSF
394
Research Methods
3
3
SOCI
427
Sociological Theory Dev
2
1
SOCI
495
Directed Study
1
3 3
Area F-l, Sociology Elect
3 4
3
Area G. Skills
1
3
Area E, Chem/Phys/E Set
3
6 6
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
15 16
Minor or Electives
Area B, Religion
2 6
3
16 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S.W. SOCIAL WORK
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
SOCW 221
Social Welfare Insts
3
BHSF 115
Orient to Behav Sci
1
SOCW 222
Social Welfare Issues
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
SOCI
295
Directed Study
1
SOCI 223
Marriage & the Family
2
Area G, Skills
2
PSYC 128
Dev Psyc
3
Area E-l, Biology
3
Area D-4, Speech
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area A-2, Math
0-3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area G, Skills
2
Elective
3 2
Elective
Is"
6-3
16
16 16
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
PSCY 315
Abnormal Psyc
3
BHSF
394
Research
3
SOCW 314
Social Work Meth
3
SOCI
424
Contemp Soc Problems
3
SOCI 495
Directed Study
1-0
SOCW 435
Social Work Practlcum
4 4
SOCW 316
Community
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
SOCW 315
Group Work
3
Area G, Skills
1
MATH 215
Statistics
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Elective
4 7
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
15 15
Area E, Chem/Phys/E. Sci
3
Elective, Social Work
3
Electives
3-4
15 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
251
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. BIOLOGY
(Chemistry Minor Recommended)
YEAR 1
Senu
sster
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4 4
BIOL 151-152
General Biology
4
4
BIOL 316
Genetics
3
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
Area G-2, Computer Sci
3
RELB 125
Teaching of Jesus
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
3
Area G, Skills
1
1
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
Elective
5
Area B, Religion
3
15
16
Biology Elective
3 3
16 14
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry
3
3
HIST 154,
155
American History
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chem Lab
1
1
OR
3 3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3
3
HIST 174,
175
Survey of Civ
PHYS 213-214
Gen Phys Lab
1
1
BIOL 424
Iss of Nat Sci & Rel
3
BIOL 317
Ecology
BIOL 408
Systematic Botany
3
OR
3
BIOL 485
Biology Seminar
1
BIOL 226
Environmental Biology
CHEM 323
Biochemistry
4
BIOL 418
Animal Physiology
Area B, Religion (UD)
3
OR
3
Area F-2, Fam or Hlth Sci
3
BIOL 419
Plant Physiology
Area C-2, Poll Sci/Econ
3
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3
3
Elective
3 2
Electives
2
2
16 15
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BIOLOGY
(Chemistry Minor Recommended)
BIOL 151-152
ENGL 101-102
BIOL 330
MATH 114
RELB 125
YEAR 1
General Biology
College Composition
General Microbiology
Elementary Functions
Teaching of Jesus
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
15 16
YEAR 2
CHEM 151-152 General Chemistry
HIST 154, 155 American History
OR
HIST 174, 175 Survey of Civ
BIOL 415
MATH 215
RELT 138
Comparative Anatomy
Statistics
Adventist Heritage
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area B, Religion
Semester
1st 2nd
4 4
3 3
15
3
16
252
YEAR 3
Semester
YEAR 4
Semestei
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry
3 3
BIOL 485
Biology Seminar
1
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chem Lab
1 1
BIOL 424
Iss of Nat Scl & Rel
3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
BIOL 419
Plant Physiology
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
OR
3
BIOL 316
Genetics
3
BIOL 418
Animal Physiology
BIOL 408
Systematic Botany
3
BIOL 412
Cell Biology
3
Area D, Lang/Llt/Fine Arts
3
BIOL 226
Environmental Biology
Biology Elective
3 3
OR
3
17 14
BIOL 317
Ecology
CHEM 203
Biochemistry
OR
3
Biology Elective
Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci
3
Area D-2, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area C-2, Poll Sci/Econ
Area G-2, Computer Sci
3
3
Area B, Religion (UD)
3
16 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. ACCOUNTING
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3 3
ECON 224-225
Princ of Economics
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
ACCT 211-212
Intermediate Acct
3 3
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
MATH 104
intermediate Algebra
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3 3
Area F-l. Psychology
3
Area D-2, Literature
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
1 1
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16 15
Area F-2, Fam/Hlth Sci
2
16 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
BUAD 337-338
Business Law
3 3
BUAD 334
Princ of Management
3
ACCT 321-322
Cost Accounting
3 3
SECR 315
Bus Communications
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
BUAD 414
Business Policies
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
OR
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
BUAD 357
Business Ethics
BUAD 314
Quant Meth for Bus Dec
3
BUAD 488
Seminar in Bus Admin
1
Area B-2, Religion
3
ACCT 317
Federal Income Taxes
4
Accounting Elective
3
ACCT 417
Auditing
4
Elective
1
Area B, Religion
3
15 16
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
Elective
3
7
16 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
253
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. ACCOUNTING
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3
3
ACCT 211-212
intermediate Acctg
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ACCT 321
Cost Accounting I
3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
3
BUAD 337
Business Law
3
ECON 224
Princ of Economics
Area B-2, Religion
3
OR
3
Area C-l, History
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
Area D-2, Literature
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
Area B-i, Religion
3
3
OR
Area D-4, speech
3
Area F-l, Psychology
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Business Elective
3 3
Area A-2, Math
Elective
0-3
4-1
Elective
1 1
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Princ of Accounting
3
3
ECON 224-225
Princ of Economics
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ACCT 211*
Intermediate Acctg
3
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
Area F-l, Psychology
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 104
intermediate Algebra
3
Area D-2, Literature
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area C-l, History
3
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
1
1
Elective
3 6
16
16
16 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
BUAD 337-338
Business Law
3
3
BUAD 414
Business Policies
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
BUAD 488
Seminar in Bus Admin
1
BUAD 314
Quant Meth for Bus Dec
3
SECR 315
Business Communications
3
BUAD 334
Princ of Management
3
BUAD 357
Business Ethics
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
Area F-2, Fam/HIth Sci
2
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Elective In Business
3 2
Elective
4
Elective
4 3
15 16
15 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
254
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Prln of Accounting
3
3
ECON 224-225
Prin of Economics
3 3
CPTR 131-132
Fund of Programming
3
3
CPTR 217
COBOL Programming
3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Processing
3
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
MATH 104
Inter Algebra
3
Area B, Religion
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Pub Speaking
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area D-3, Fine Arts
3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
1
1
Area E, Natural Science
3
16
16
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 321
Cost & Managerial Acct I
3
BUAD 315
Business Finance (Rec.)
3
BUAD 313
Business Statistics
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing (Rec.)
3
BUAD 314
Quant Methods-Bus Decisions
3
BUAD 337
Business Law
3
BUAD 334
Principles of Management
3
CPTR 326
Systems Management
2
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
CPTR 485
Computer Science Seminar
1
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Systems
3
Area B, Religion
3
CPTR 324
Systems Analysis
2
Area E, Natural Science
3
CPTR 325
Systems Design
2
Area F, Psychology
3
Area B, Religion
3
Electives in Major
5
Area D-2, Literature
3
General Elective
3
Area F-2, Family Scl
14 15
OR
2
Area F-3, Health Sci
16
14
SUMMER
CPTR 409
Software Dev Internship
3
(Recommended)
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
255
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. LONG-TERM HEALTH CARE
YEAR
ACCT 121-122
ENGL 101-102
CPTR 127
MATH 104
BUAD 337-338
BUAD 315
BUAD 334
BUAD 357
SOCI 349
BUAD 431
BUAD 432
BUAD 434
BUAD 435
Prin of Accounting
College Composition
Micro Tools
Intermediate Algebra
Area B-l, Religion
Area C-l, History
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
Area F-l, Psychology
YEAR 3
Business Law
Business Finance
Princ of Management
Business Ethics
Aging & Society
Area B-2, Religion
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
Elective
SUMMER (AFTER YEAR 3)
Gen Admin of LTHC Facil
Tech Aspects of LTHC
Finan Mgt of LTHC Facil
Hum Res Mgt/Mkt LTHC
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
3 3
3
3
3
3 3
1 1
3
16 16
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
15 15
3
3
3
3
12
YEAR 2
ECON 224-225 Prin of Economics
SPCH 135 Intro to Public Spkg
Area B, Religion
Area D-2, Literature
Area B, Natural Sci
Area F, Fam/HIth Sci
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Elective
Semestei
1st 2nd
3 3
BUAD 497
YEAR 4
LTHC Admin Internship
Area B, Religion
Elective
3
3
3 3
2
1
JLJL
15 15
Semester
1st 2nd
4 4
10 10
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. BUSINESS MANAGEMENT
ACCT 12M22
ENGL 101-102
CPTR 127
YEAR 1
Prin of Accounting
College Composition
Micro Tools
Area B-l, Religion
Area F-l. Psychology
Area C-l, History
Area A-2, Math
Area C-l or G-3, Skills
Minor or Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3
0-3
1
3-0
ECON 224-225
ACCT 211
SPCH 135
16 16
YEAR 2
Prin of Economics
Intermediate Acctg
Intro to Pub Spkg
Area B, Religion
Area E, Natural Sci
Area D-2, Literature
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Elective in Business
Elective
Area F-2, Family/Health
1st 2nd
3 3
3
3
3
3 3
3
1
3
2
_2
16 16
256
YEAR 3
semi
sster
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
BUAD 337-338
Business Law
3
3
SECR 315
Bus Communications
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
ECON 314
Money & Banking
BUAD 315
Business Finance
3
OR
3
MATH 215
statistics
3
BUAD 347
Bus & Govt
BUAD 314
Quant Meth for Bus Dec
3
BUAD 357
Business Ethics
3
ACCT 321
Cost & Manag Acctg
3
BUAD 488
Sem in Bus Admin
j
BUAD 344
Human Resource Mgt
3
BUAD 414
Business Policies
3
BUAD 334
Prln of Management
3
BUAD 353
Mgmnt of Small Bus
3
Area B-2, Religion
3
BUAD 355
Organizational Behav
2
~15~
15
Area B, Religion
Area D-3, Fine Arts App
Elective in Business
3
3
3
Elective
3
15 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
O
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
YEAR 1
SECR 104, 114 Shorthand I, II
ENGL 101-102 College Composition
SECR 115 intermediate Typing
SECR 214 Advanced Typing
SECR 213 Records Management
SECR 223 Word Processing Concepts
Area B-l, Religion
Area E, Natural Sci
Area G-3, Recrea Skills
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
YEAR 3
1
16 15
Semester
1st 2nd
SECR 315 Business Communications
BUAD 337 Business Law 3
Area C-2, Economics 3
Area E, Natural Science
Area G-2, Computer 3
Area C, History (W)
Area D, Lit/Lang/F Art/Spch 3
Area B-2, Religion
Area C-l, History
Area A-2 t Math 3-0
Elective 0-3
1
BUAD 334
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
SECR 323
SECR 317
SECR 221
SECR 216
SECR 324
SECR 218
Accounting
Text Editing
Secretarial Procedures
Office Transcription
Business English
Advanced Word Processing
Business Math/Calc Mach
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Art/Spch
Area B, Religion
Elective
15 16
YEAR 4
Prin of Management
Area F. Behav & Fam Sci
Area D, Lang/Lit/F Art/Spch
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
OR
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area B, Religion
Elective (W)
UD Elective in Bus
Semester
1st 2nd
3
6 5
3
15 16
15 16
NOTE: It is recommended that elective hours be applied toward a minor, which consists of IB hours, 6 of which must be
upper division.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
CO
CO
CO
D
n
257
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
(Executive Option)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2 Semester
1st 2nd
SECR 104, 114
Shorthand I, II
4
4
SECR 216
Business English 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
SECR 317
Secretarial Procedures 3
SECR 115
Intermediate Typing
3
SECR 315
Business Communications 3
SECR 214
Advanced Typing
3
ACCT 103
College Accounting 3
SECR 218
Business Math & Calc
2
SECR 221
Office Transcription 3
SECR 213
Records Management
2
SECR 323
Word Proc Text Editing 3
SECR 223
Word Processing Cone
2
Area C-l, History 3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area D, Lang/Llt/F Art/Spch 2
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
1
Area B, Religion 3
Elective
2
Area E, Natural Science 3
16
16
Area F-l, Behav Sci 2
Elective 1
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of the
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. U*
FiCE ADMINISTR
(Medical Option)
ATION
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3 SECR 316
Medical Terminology
3
SECR 115
Intermediate Typing
3
SECR 323
Word Proc Text Editing
3
SECR 214
Advanced Typing
3 CPTR 120
Intro Computer Based Sys
3
SECR 213
Records Management
2
SECR 317
Secretarial Procedures
3
SECR 218
Business Math & Calc
2 SECR 333
Adv. Med. Terminology
3
SECR 216
Business English
3
SECR 221
Office Transcription
3
SECR 223
Word Processing Concepts
2
Area C-l, History
3
BIOL 101
Anatomy & Physiology I
3
Area G-2, Accounting
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Speech
2
Area F, Behavioral Sci
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
1
Office Admin Elective
1
Elective
1
1
Elective
2
16 16
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements for the
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
258
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. OFFICE ADMINISTRATION
(Word Processing Option)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
SECR 221
Office Transcription
3
SECR 115
Intermediate Typing
3
SECR 315
Business Communications
3
SECR 214
Advanced Typing
3
SECR 323
Word Proc Text Editing
3
SECR 213
Records Management
2
SECR 317
Secretarial Procedures
3
SECR 218
Business Math & Calc Mach
2
SECR 324
Adv Word Proc & Transc
3
SECR 223
Word Processing Concepts
2
ACCT 103
College Accounting
3
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer-Based Sys
3
Elective, Office Admin
2
SECR 216
Business English
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Science
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
1
Area B, Religion
3
Elective
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Spch
2
Hi
1ft
Area F, Behavioral Sci
2
16 17
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements for
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. HEALTH INFORMATION ADMINISTRATION
Formerly Medical Records Administration
(Allied Health Professions)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
ACCT 121-122
Prin of Accounting
3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3
3
S0CI 223
Marriage & the Family
2
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
M
Area C-l, History
3 3
SECR 115
Intermediate Typing
3
Area B, Religion
3 3
MATH 103
Survey of Math
3
Area D. Lang/Lit/F. Arts
2 3
Area B, Religion
3
Science Sequence
3 3
Area D-4, Speech
3
Elective
1
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16 16
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Arts
3
Elective
1
16
16
NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Admissions Test (AHPAT) is
required.
259
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. CHEMISTRY
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4
4
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry
3 3
ENGL 10M02
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chem Lab
1 1
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 225
Calculus I
4
Area C-2. Pol Scl/Econ
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
3
Area E. Biol/Phys/E. Sci
3
Area G-l, Creative Skills
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
OR
2
Electtves or Minor
2
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
18
15
Chemistry Elective
Electlves or Minor
3
9
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 315
Analytical Chemistry
4
CHEM 485
Chemistry Seminar
1
CHEM 321
Instrumental Analysis
4
Area B, Religion
3
CPTR 125
Basic Programming
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc
3
OR
3
Chemistry Elective
2
CPTR 131
Fundamentals of Prog I
Area B, Religion
3
Electlves or Minor
9 12
15 15
Area C-l, History
3
3
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Scl
3
Elective
3
18 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
u
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.S. CHEMISTRY
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2 Semester
1st 2nd
CHEM 151-152
General Chemistry
4
4
CHEM 311-312
Organic Chemistry 3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 313-314
Organic Chem Lab 1 1
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
MATH 217
Calculus II
MATH 115
Calculus I
4
OR 3
CPTR 125
Basic Program Lang
3
MATH 315
Dlff Equations
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion 3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area C-l, History 3 3
Elective
1
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts 3 3
15
15
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 3
Elective 2
15 16
260
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3
3
CHEM 411-412
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1
1
CHEM 413-414
CHEM 315
Analytical Chemistry
4
CHEM 485
CHEM 321
Instr Analysis
4
CHEM 497
CHEM 325
Organic Qual Anal
Area B, Religion
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
2-3
2
3
Chemistry Electlves
3
2
Electlves
1-0
3
YEAR 4
16 16
Physical Chemistry**
Physical Chem Lab**
Chemistry Seminar
Intro to Research
Area B, Religion
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
Electlves
Semester
1st 2nd
3
3
1
1
1
1-2
3
3
3
i
3
4-3
5
16 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.B.A. COMPUTER INFORMATION SYSTEMS
YEAR 1
Sem
ester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
! Prln of Accounting
3
3
ECON 224-225
Prin of Economics
3 3
CPTR 131-132
! Fund of Proorammlno
3
3
CPTR 217
COBOL Programming
3
ENGL 101-10;
! College Composition
3
3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Processing
3
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
MATH 104
Inter Algebra
3
Area B, Religion
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Pub Speaking
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area B-l, Religion
3
Area D-3, Fine Arts
3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
1
1
Area E, Natural Science
3
16
16
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16 16
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 321
Cost & Managerial Acct I
3
BUAD 315
Business Finance (Rec.)
3
BUAD 313
Business Statistics
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing (Rec.)
3
BUAD 314
Quant Methods-Bus Decisions
3
BUAD 337
Business Law
3
BUAD 334
Principles of Management
3
CPTR 326
Systems Management
2
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
CPTR 485
Computer Science Seminar
1
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Systems
3
Area B, Religion
3
CPTR 324
Systems Analysis
2
Area E, Natural Science
3
CPTR 325
Systems Design
2
Area F, Psychology
3
Area B. Religion
3
Electlves In Major
5
Area D-2, Literature
3
General Elective
3
Area F-2, Family Set
OR
2
14 15
Area F-3, Health Sci
18 :
14
SUMMER
CPTR 409
Software Dev internship
3
(Recommended)
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
261
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
w
v
B.A. COMPUTER SCIENCE
YEARl
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CPTR 217
COBOL Prog Lang
3
CPTR 131-132
Fund of Prog I. II
3
3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Proc
3
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
CPTR 318
Data Structures
3
CPTR 219
Sym Assembler Lang
3
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Sys
3
MATH 114
Elem Functions
'4
MATH 215
Statistics
3
MATH 104
int Algebra
Area B, Religion
3
OR
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 3 2
Elective
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area C-l, History
3
Minor or Elective
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
15 15
15
16
YEAR 3
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
CPTR 324
Systems Analysis
CPTR 485
Comp Sci Seminar
1
OR
2
Area B r Religion
3
CPTR 325
Systems Design
Area C-l, History
3
BUAD 334
Prin of Management
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Nat Sci
3 3
Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ
3
Comp Set Elective
3
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3
3
Minor or Elective
6 6
Area G-l. Creative Skills
15 16
OR
1
1
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Minor' or Elective
6
7
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
O
u
YEAR 1
CPTR 131-132 Fund of Prog I, II
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
YEAR 2
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
CPTR 219
Sym Assembler Language
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
OR
3
MATH
Elective
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
Area B, Religion
Area C-l, History
3
15
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 217
COBOL Prog J,ang 3
CPTR 317
Intro to File Proc
3
CPTR 318
Data Structures 3
CPTR 319
Data Base Mgmt Sys
3
MATH 215
Statistics
Area B, Religion 3
3
Area E, Natural Sci. 3
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci 3
2
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
IS IS
262
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 324
Systems Analysis
CPTR 409
OR
2
CPTR 485
CPTR 325
Systems Design
BUAD 334
Prin of Mgmt
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Area D-l. Foreign Language
3
3
Area G-l, Creative
OR
1
1
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Elective, Computer Sci
3
4
Elective
3
3
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
Appl Software Dev ProJ
3
Comp Sci Seminar
1
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area D. Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
Elective, Computer Sci
3
Elective
6 9
15 16
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
2
V
2
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. COMPUTER SCIENCE
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
CPTR 131-132
Fund of Program I, II
3
3
CPTR 217
ACCT 121-122
Prtn of Accounting
3
3
CPTR 317
CPTR 127
Micro Tools
3
CPTR 318
CPTR 219
Symbolic Assembler Lang
3
CPTR 319
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
ACCT 321
OR
3
BUAD 334
MATH
Elective
MATH 114
Elem Functions & Relations
4
ENGL 101
College Composition
Area B, Religion
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
3
1
3
16 16
YEAR 2
COBOL Programming Lang
Intro to File Processing
Data Structures
Data Base Mgmt Systems
Cost Accounting I
Prin of Management
Area B, Religion
Area C, Hist/Pol Sci/Econ
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
Area E, Natural Science
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sci
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
2
3
2
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
263
ENGL 101-102
RELT
138
BIOL
104
SOCI
125
HLED
203
EDUC
125
SPCH
135
PEAC
HELD
173
EDUC
134
MATH 103
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. ELEMENTARY EDUCATION
YEAR 1 Semester YEAR 2
College Composition
Adventist Heritage
Princ of Biology + lab
Intro to Sociology
Safety Education
Foundations of Education
Intro to Public Speaking
Elect (125. 131. 133. 134)
Health and Life
Princ of Christian Educ
Survey of Math {math elec)
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
3
4
2
2
J_
16 16
NOTE: At the end of this year apply for admission to
Teacher Educ. Program. Forms in SH 103.
The PPST and the 16 PF1 must be passed at the appro-
priate levels before taking Education courses 200 or
above.
ENGL 218
ENGL
EDUC 332
PEAC
CHEM PHYS
EDUC 453
EDUC 454
EDUC 456
EDUC 333
LIBR 325
PETH 463
RELB
YEAR 3
Principles of Grammar
Literature Elective
Teaching of Reading
Elect (125. 131. 133, 134
221-222, 374)
Elective with lab
Math Methods
Sci/Hlth Methods
Language Arts Methods
Developmental Reading
Library Material for Chn
PE in the Elem. School
Area B-l, Biblical Stud
Elective
1st 2nd
2
2
2
3
2
3
2
15 15
HIST 154-155
EDUC 250
GE0G 204
ERSC 105
PEAC
EDUC 240
EDUC 231
EDUC 230
HMNT 205
MATH
RELT 255
EDUC 217
American History
Computers in Classroom
World Geography
Earth Science (+ lab)
Elect (125, 131. 133, 134,
221-222. 374)
Exceptional Child
Music Methods
OR
Art Methods
Arts and Ideas
(104. 114, 215)
Christian Beliefs
Psychological Found
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
2
3
3
3
3
3
16 16
NOTE: Apply for Student Teaching. Forms in SH 103.
NOTE: An alternative to HMNT 205 is to take both
MUHL 115 and ART 318.
YEAR 4
PEAC Elect {125, 131, 133, 134
221-222, 374)
EDUC 455 Bible Methods
EDUC 457 Social Studies Methods
ENGL Literature Elective
EDUC 427 Current Issues in Educ
EDUC 356 Tests & Measurements
EDUC 443 Classroom Competencies
EDUC 467 Student Teaching Pract 8
RELB Area B-l, Biblical Stud 3
Elective _J
15 15
NOTE; NTE Examination must be taken during Senior
year before the student can be recommended for certifi-
cation.
1st 2nd
1
2
2
3
2
2
3
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
264
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. PSYCHOLOGY
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
PSYC 217
Educational Psychology
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
3
PSYC 224
Social Psychology
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
BHSF 215
Statistics
3
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3
3
Area G-2, Computer Sci
3
Area B-l, Bibl Studies
3
Area E-l, Biology
3 3
Area C-l, History
3
3
Area B-2, Religion
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area D-2, Literature
3
Minor Field
3
Minor Field
3 3
15
16
Elective
1
16 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
PSYC 315
Abnormal Psychology
3
PSYC 415
History & Sys of Psychology 3
PSYC 377
Fund of Counseling
3
Area E-2, 3 or 4, Science
3
PSYC 356
Tests & Measurements
3
Area B-l. Bibl Studies
3
PSYC 384
Experimental Psyc
3
Psych Elective
3
Area B-l, Blbt Studies
3
Elective
9 9
Area C-2, Poll Sci/Econ
3
15 15
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
2
Minor Field
3
3
Elective
4
2
16 16
NOTE: A second major is very possible. Additional courses in computer science could prove invaluable.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. ENGINEERING STUDIES
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semestei
1st 2nd
CHEM 151-152
Genera! Chemistry
4
4
ENGR 211-212
Engineering Mechanics
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
MATH 217-218
Calculus II and III
3 3
ENGR 149
Engineering Graphics
2
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
ENGR 150
Computer Graphics
2
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
MATH 114
Elementary Functions*
4
PHYS 311-312
Gen Phys Calc Applic
2
MATH 115
Calculus I
4
ENGR 214
Circuit Analysis
3
RELB 125
Life & Teachtngs/Jesus**
3
CPTR 218
Fortran
3
PSYC 124
introduction to Psyc**
3
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Comm**
2
Area G, P.E. Activity
1
1
HIST 174
Survey of Civilization**
3
17
17
RELT 373
Christian Ethics**
3
18 18
* An elective may be substituted by students who have taken this course in addition to two years of algebra in high
school. Engineering studies majors are expected to have completed at least two years of high school algebra.
** With the approval of the engineering adviser, certain other general education courses may be substituted for these
courses.
NOTE: The engineering studies program is demanding and difficult to complete in four semesters. Most students are
advised to carry sixteen or fewer credits per semester. This can be done and the degree completed in two years if some
courses are taken during summer sessions.
(See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements.)
265
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. ENGLISH
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
HMNT 205
Arts & Ideas
3
Area C-l, History
3
ENGL 216
Approaches to Lit
3
Area D-l , Interm For Lang
3
3
ENGL 218
Prin of Grammar
2
Area B, Religion
3
ENGL 215
Survey of English Lit
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc
3 2
Area G-2, Practical Skills
Area B, Religion
3
(Typing suggested)
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Minor or Elective
3
15
3
16
Minor or Elective
7-4 2
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 335
Biblical Literature
3
Area D, UD Literature
6
ENGL 315
Intro to Ling
2
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
ENGL 314
Creative Writing
3
Area 0-1, Creative Skills
HIST 374
History of England
3
OR
2
ENGL 214
American Lit
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, UD Literature
3
3
Minor or Elective
1 16
Minor or Elective
3
5
15 16
15 16
MOTE: Students planning to obtain educational certification, will need to include the required professional education
courses and additional general education requirements in their program,
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. GENERAL STUDIES
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E-l, Biology
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
1
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
3
Area G-2, Practical Skills
Elective (area of interest)
3
3
Area C, History
3
3
Area F, Behavioral Science
3
16 16
YEAR 2
Semestei
1st 2nd
Area B t Religion
3
Area E, Natural Science
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts
3 3
Area A, Math
3
Area C, Hist/Govt/Econ
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skill
1
Elective
7 6
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for
make-up of any admissions deficiencies.
266
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. HEALTH, PHYSICAL EDUCATION & RECREATION
(With Secondary Certification)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
PETH 265-266
Officiating
2 2
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3
3
PETH 221-222
Prof Skills, Indiv
2 2
PETH 121-122
Prof Skills, Team
2
2
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage*
3
EDUC 125
Found of Education*
3
HLED 173
Health and life*
2
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs*
3
HLED 373
Care/Prev Injuries
2
SOCI 223
Marriage & the Family
2
EDUC 217
Psych Found*
3
EDUC 134
Prin Christian Educ*
2
MATH 104
inter Algebra
Area C-l, History
3
3
OR
3
16
16
MATH 103
Survey of Math
Area D. Lit/Fine Arts
3 3
Area D-4, Speech
3
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
Area G-2, Practical Skills
2
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
HLED 314
Kinesiology
4
EDUC 356
Tests & Measurements*
2
HLED 315
Physiology of Exercise
4
EDUC 437
General Methods*
2
PETH 364
Princ & Admin of PE
3
EDUC 438
Special Methods in PE*
2
PETH 363
Intro to Meas & Research
3
EDUC 468
Student Teaching*
6
EDUC 432
Reading in Sec Sen*
2
EDUC 427
Current Issues in Educ*
2
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
EDUC 240
Educ of Excep Child*
2
PEAC 254
Ufesaving
1
HLED 473
Health Education
2
PEAC 255
Water Safety Instructor
1
PETH 374
Motor Learning
2
Area B-l, Bibl Studies*
3
PETH 463
PE in Elem School
2
Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ
3
Directed Study in PE
1
Area E-2, E-3 or E-4, Sci
3
Area B-l, Bibl Studies*
3
15
15
Area G-l, Creative Skills
OR
Area G-2, Practical Skills
I
Elective
3
16 14
I— I
8
* Secondary Certificate requirements.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
267
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. HEALTH SCIENCE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL
101-102
College Composition
3 3
CHEM 15M52
General Chemistry
4 4
BIOL
101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3 3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
Q
SOCI
223
Marriage & the Family
2
HLED 173
Health and Life
2
Area B-2, Religion
3
MATH 215
Statistics
3
%
Area C-l, History
3 3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
Area A-2, Mathematics
3-0
Area D-2, Literature
s
Elective
4-7 2
OR
3 3
PS
U
16 16
Area D-3, Pine Arts Appr
Area D, Lang/Lit/Ftne Arts
(D-4 Speech suggested)
3
Area G, Skills
2
^
Elective
2 2
W
16 16
Oi
YEAR 3
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
b-T
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
22
HLED
314
Kinesiology
3
HLED 470
Current Issues in Hith
2
5
HLED
315
Phys of Exercise
3
HLED 373
Care & Prev of Ath In)
2
FDNT
125
Nutrition
3
HLED 473
Health Education
2
<<
PETH
374
Motor Learning
2
Area B, Religion
3
W
BIOL
125
Microbiology
3
Area G, Skills
1
X
Area B-l, Btbl Studies
3
Directed Study In PE
1
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Elective
9 10
Area G, Skills
2
15 15
Approved elec in major
3 3
Elective
1 1
15 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. HISTORY
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
HIST 154, 155
American History
3 3
HIST
174,
175 Survey of Civ
3 3
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3 3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area G, Activity Skills
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Sc
3 2
Area D. Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
3
Elective
Minor or Elective
4
OR
3 8-5
Area D, Inter For Lang
3 3
Area D-l, Beg For Lang
15 16
15 16
YEARS
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
Area B, Religion
3
HIST
499
Research Meth in Hist
3
Area C, UD History
3-6 3-6
Area B, Religion
3
Area G, Skills
2
Area C, UD History
3-6 3-6
Area G-3. Recreation Skill
1
Minor or Elective
6-3 13-10
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
15 16
Minor or Elective
6-3 10-7
15 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
268
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. FOOD SERVICE ADMINISTRATION
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
FNDT 111-112
Prin Quan Fd Serv I. II
2
2
FDNT 219-220
Adv Fd Serv Prod
3 3
FDNT 113-114
Quan Fd Serv Prod Lab
6
6
PSYC 124
Intro Psyc
FDNT 129
Inst Bkg Techniques
3
OR
3
FDNT 239
Adv Inst Bkg Tech
3
PSYC 128
Dev Psyc
ENGL 101
College Comp I
3
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
Area B-l, Religion
3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
Elective
1
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
15
15
Area A-2, Mathematics
Area B-2, Religion
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
Area E, Natural Sci
Elective
0-3
3
3
3
3-0
15 15
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
ACCT 121-122
Prin of Acct I, II
3
3
CPTR 120
Intro to Comp-Bsd Sys
3
ECON 213
Surv of Econ
3
HMEC 495
DS (Adv Fd Prep/Sci)
3
FDNT 325
Demonst Techniques
2
BUAD 355
Organiz Behavior
2
FDNT 328
Foods & Nutr Seminar (W)
1
BUAD 353
Manag of Sm Bus
BUAD 334
Prin of Management
3
OR
3
BUAD 344
Human Resource Mgt.
3
Minor Elective
FDNT 415
Practlcum in Sp Fund
3
Area B r Rel (UD)
3
ENGL 102
College Comp II
3
Area C-l, History (UD)
3 3
BIOL 125
Microbiology
4
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3 3
Area B, Rel (UD)
3
Elective
3
SUMMER OF 3RD YEAR
16
15
15 14
FDNT 497
Internship in Food Serv
Admin 4
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.T. FOOD SERVICE
|
U
W
§
FDNT 111-112
FDNT 113-114
FDNT 129
FDNT 239
ENGL 101
HMEC 146
BUAD 128
YEAR1
Prn/Quan Food Ser I, II
Quan Food Serv Lab I, II
Baking Techniques
Adv Inst Baking
College Comp
Consumer Educ
OR
Personal Finance
Area B, Religion
Elective
1st 2nd
2-3
16 16
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
FDNT 219, 220 Adv Food Serv Prod
3 3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Commun
2
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
PSYC 124
Introduction to Psyc
OR
3
PSYC 128
Developmental Psyc
Area A-2. Mathematics
0-3
Area B, Religion
3
Elective
1 8-5
16 16
See pages 9-1 1 and 14-18 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially the requirements for the
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
269
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
CERTIFICATE — FOOD SERVICE
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
FDNT 111-112
Prn/Quan Food Ser I. II
2 2
FDNT 113-114
Quan Food Serv Lab I, II
6 6
FDNT 129
Institutional Baking Tech
3
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
MATH 099
Basic Math (if needed)
HMEC 146
Consumer Education
OR
2-3
BUAD 128
Personal Finance
SPCH 136
interpersonal Communic
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreat Skills
1
Elective
4-3
i6 ie
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. HOME ECONOMICS
(Including Professional Education Requirements)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
HMEC 146
Consumer Education
2
FDNT 126
Foods
2
HMEC 147
Family Resource Mgt.
3
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
CLTX 164
Textiles
3
CLTX 165
Basic Clothing
2
CLTX 316
Tailoring {or HMEC elec)
3
HMEC 148
Orientation to Home Ec
1
HLED 203
Safety Education
2
CLTX 166
Inter Clothing
2
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
EDUC 125
Found of Education
3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psych
3
EDUC 134
Prtnc of Chris Educ
2
EDUC 240
Educ for Excep Child
2
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
EDUC 432-
Reading In Sec Sch
2
Area E, Natural Sci
3
RELT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
Area A-2, Math
3
Home Economics Elect
2
Area C-l, History
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
ls~
16
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
CEAR4
Semester
1st 2nd
HMEC 201-202
Parenting
2
2
HMEC 415
Practlcum in Home Ec
2
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
EDUC 427
Current Issues in Educ
2
FDNT 325
Demonstration Tech
2
EDUC 356
Tests & Measurements
2
HMEC 485
Seminar in Home Ec
2
EDUC 437
Curr & General Meth
2
CLTX 315
Pattern Design
3
EDUC 438
Special Methods
2
EDUC 217
Psyc Found of Educ
3
EDUC 468
Student Teaching
6
HMEC 349
Interior Design
3
RELB
Area B-l, Biblical Studies
3
HLED 173
Health & Life
2
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
RELB
Area B-l. Biblical Studies
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area E, Natural Scl
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
Elective
2
16
IT
14 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
270
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. HOME ECONOMICS
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
HMEC 148
(Mentation to Home Econ
1
FDNT 125
Nutrition
3
CLTX 165
Basic Clothing
2
HMEC 147
Family Resource Mgt.
3
FDNT 126
Foods
2
HMEC 146
Consumer Education
2
FDNT 127
Food Preparation
1
HMEC 201
Parenting I
2
ENGL 101
College Composition
3
FDNT 317
Meal Management
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
HLED 203
Safety Education
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3
Area G-3, Recreat Skill
1
Area E, Natural Science
3
Home Econ Elective
2
Home Economics Elective
3
Elective
3 11-8
Elective
5
16 16
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for the
make-up of admissions deficiencies.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. PRE-DIETETICS
(Allied Health Professions)
ANDREWS UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
YEAR1
Senu
sster
YEAR 2 Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
CHEM 111-112
Survey of Chemistry 3 3
BIOL 101-102
Anatomy & Physiology
3
3
CHEM 113-114
Survey of Chem Lab 1 1
FDNT 126
Foods
2
HMEC 148
Orientation to Home Econ 1
FDNT 127
Food Prep
1
FDNT 125
Nutrition 3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
ACCT 103
College Accounting 3
PSYC 124
Intro to Psychology
FDNT 317
Meal Management 3
OR
3
BIOL 125
Basic Microbiology 4
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra 3
PEAC 125
Conditioning
1
CPTR 120
Intro to Computer Based Sys 3
Area B, Religion
3
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts 3
Area C-l, History
3
Area G-3, Rec Skills 1
Area D-4, Speech
3
17 15
18 16
NOTE: Minimum grades of C+ in Foods courses and C-
in other courses must be earned. The Allied Health Professions
Admissions Test (AHPAT) is required.
LOMA LINDA UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS
ENGL 101-102
BIOL 101-102
FDNT 126
FDNT 127
SOCI 125
ECON 213
PSYC 124
YEAR1
College Comp
Anat & Physiology
Foods
Food Preparation
Intro to Sociology
Survey of Economics
Intro to Psychology
Area B, Religion
Area C-l, History
Area D-4, Speech
Semester
1st 2nd
3
18
18
CHEM 111-112
CHEM 113-114
FDNT 125
ACCT 103
FDNT 317
BIOL 125
MATH 104
YEAR 2
Survey of Chemistry
Surv of Chem Lab
Nutrition
College Accounting
Meal Management
Basic Microbiology
intermediate Algebra
Area B, Religion
Area D, Lang/Lit/F. Art
Area G-l, Rec Skill
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
1
17 17
CD
y
§
o
u
w
NOTE: C- is the lowest acceptable grade for a course. The Allied Health Professions Test (AHPAT) is required.
271
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. JOURNALISM
(Broadcast Journalism Emphasis)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
JOUR 105
Writing & Ed-Mass Media
3
JOUR 217
Radio Sta Operations
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
JOUR 265
Hist/Theory of Mass Comm
3
Area B, Religion
3
?LSC 254
American Government
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area D-l, Inter For Lang
3 3
Area D-l. Begin For Lang
3 3
Minor or Elective
4
Minor or Elective
3-0
16 15
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
JOUR 314
Broadcast News Writing
3
JOUR 427
Mass Media Law & Ethics
3
JOUR 355
Reporting Pub Affairs
3
JOUR 488
Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
JOUR 494
Broadcast Jour Workshop
6
BUAD 334
Princ of Management
3
JOUR 497
internship (Rec)
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area G, Skills
2
Area G, Skills
3
Area F-l, Behav Sci
3
Area F-2. Family Sci
Minor or Elective
5 3
OR
2
16 15
Area F-3. Health Sci
Minor or Elective
3 5
15 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. JOURNALISM
(News Editorial Emphasis)
YEAR1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
JOUR 105
Writing & Ed-Mass Media
3
JOUR 265
Hist/Theory of Mass Comm
3
JOUR 225
Intro to Photography
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
ART 109
Design I
3
PLSC 254
American Government
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area D-l, Begin For Lang
3 3
Area A-2. Mathematics
0-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
Area D-4, Speech
3
Minor or Elective
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
15 15
Minor or Elective
3-0
3
15
16
272
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
JOUR 326
News Com & Crlt Wrtg
3
JOUR
488
Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc
3
JOUR 355
Reporting Pub Affairs
3
JOUR
427
Mass Media Laws
3
JOUR 316
Mao & Feature Writing
3
JOUR
425
Science & Tech Writing
3
Area B, Religion
3
JOUR
497
lour Internship (Rec)
3
Area E, Natural Scl
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l. Inter For Lang
3
3
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
Area F-2. Family Sci
Area G-2, Practical Skills
OR
2
OR
2
Area F-3, Health Sci
Area G-3, Recreation
Minor or Elective
5
16
4
16
Minor or Elective
5 6
16 15
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. PUBLIC RELATIONS
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
JOUR 205
News Reporting
3
SPCH 135
Intro to Public Spkg
3
JOUR 225
Intro to Photography
3
JOUR 105
Writing & Ed-Mass Media
3
TECH 145
Graphic Arts
3
ART 109
Design I
3
ECON 213
Survey of Economics
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area 0-1, Begin For Lang
3
3
Area D-l, Intermed For Lang 3 3
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
Minor or Elective
3-0
3
Minor or Elective
4
15
16
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
JOUR 316
Mag & Feature Writing
3
PREL 380
Case Studies
2
PREL 334
Pub Rel Principles
2
PREL 406
Public Opinion
3
PREL 344
Fund of Advertising
2
PREL 368
Fund Development (Rec)
3
PREL 365
Pub Rel Techniques
3
PREL 497
Internship (Rec)
3
BUAD 326
Intro to Marketing
3
JOUR 427
Mass Media Law & Ethics
3
BUAD 355
Organizational Behavior
2
JOUR 488
Seminar-Mass Comm & Soc
3
Area B, Religion
3
JOUR 315
Adv Photography (Rec)
2
Area C-l. History
3
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
Minor or Elective
6 3
Area F-2, Family Sci
OR
2
15 16
Area F-3, Health Sci
Minor or Elective
2
15 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
2
Q
2
P
273
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. MATHEMATICS
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
MATH 217
Calculus II
3
MATH 114
Elementary Functions*
4
MATH 218
Calculus ill
3
MATH 115
Calculus I
4
MATH 216
Set Theory & Logic
2
Area B, Religion
3
CFTR 218
Fortran Program Lang
3
Area C-l, History
3
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Area E r Science
3 3
OR
2
Area F-l, Behav Science
3
•
Area F-3, Health Sci
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area D-l, Beg Foreign Lang
3
3
Area G-l, Creative Skills
15
16
OR
2
Area G-3, Recreation
Elective or Minor
2 3
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MATH 318
Algebraic Structures**
3
MATH 411-412
Intermediate Analysis**
3 3
MATH 319
Linear Algebra**
3
MATH 485
Mathematics Seminar**
1
.
MATH
Elective
3
Area D. Foreign Lang
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B, Religion
3
8
g
<
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Elective or Minor
6 9
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
3
16 15
Elective or Minor
7
6
16
15
* This course may be replaced with Statistics if an equivalent precalculus course was taken in high school.
** These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.S. MATHEMATICS
YEARl
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
MATH 114
Elementary Functions*
4
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
MATH 115
Calculus I
4
MATH 217
Calculus II
3
Area B, Religion
3
MATH 218
Calculus III
3
Area C-l, History
3 3
MATH 216
Set Theory & Logic
2
Area F-2, Family Sci
CPTR 218
Fortran Program Lang
3
OR
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area F-3, Health Sci
Area F-l, Behav Science
3
Elective
3 3
15 16
Area G-3, Recreational
Area G-l, Creative Skills
1
OR
2
Area G-3, Recreational
■'
Elective
3
15 16
274
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MATH 318
Algebraic Structures**
3
MATH 411-412
Intermediate Analysis**
3 3
MATH 319
Linear Algebra**
3
MATH 485
Mathematics Seminar**
1
MATH 317
Complex Variables**
3
MATH
Elective
3 4
MATH
Elective
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ
3
Elective
3 5
Area D, Lang/Llt/Flne Art
3
16 15
Area E, Science
3
Elective
4
16
3
15
* This course may be replaced with Statistics if an equivalent precalculus course was taken in high school.
** These courses may be offered during the 3rd or 4th year.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
B.A. FRENCH
B.A. GERMAN
B.A. SPANISH
B.A. INTERNATIONAL STUDIES
See Modern Language Department for curriculum outlines.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.A. MUSIC
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
MUCT 111-112
Music Theory 1 & II
3 3
MUCT 211-212
Adv Theory III & IV
3 3
MUCT 12M22
Aural Theory I & II
1 1
MUCT 221-222
Adv Aur Th III & IV
1 1
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3 3
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration—
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration—
Instrument/Voice
1 1
Instrument/Voice
1 1
Music Ensemble
1 1
Music Ensemble
1 1
Funct Piano Requirement
Area A-2, Mathematics
0-3
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Area G-2 or G-3 r Skills
2
Area B, Religion
3
Area D-l , Foreign Lang
3 3
Minor or Elective
2 6-3
Area C-l, History
3 3
15 15
Minor or Elective
2
15 16
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MUHL 314
Hist of Music I (W)
4
MUCT 313
Orch & Arr
MUHL 315
Hist of Music 11 (W)
4
OR
3
MUPF 389
Applied Concentration
1 1
MUCT 413
Anal of Mus Form
Music Ensemble
1
MUPF 389
Applied Concentration
1 1
Area B, Religion
3
Senior Recital
Area E. Natural Scl
3 3
Area B, Religion
3
Area F, Behav/Fam/Hlth Scl 3 3
Minor or Elective
12 11
Area C-2, Poll Scl/Econ
3
16 15
Minor or Elective
1 2
16 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for the
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
3
<
1
§
2
M
&
275
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.Mus. MUSIC EDUCATION
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
MUCT 111-112
Music Theory I & II
3
3
MUCT 211-212
Adv Mus Theory III & IV
3 3
MUCT 121-122
Aural Theory I & II
1
1
MUCT 221-222
Adv Aur Theory III & IV
1 1
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
MUHL 314,
315
Hist of Music
EDUC 134
Princ of Christian Ed
2
OR
3-4 3-4
EDUC 125
Foundations of Ed
3
MUHL 477,
478
Cond Tech
REIT 255
Christian Beliefs
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration
2
2
HELD 173
Health & Life
2
Music Ensemble
1
1
MUPF 189
Applied Concentration
2 2
Area C-l, History
OR
3
Music Ensemble
Secondary Inst
1 1
1 1
Area C-2, Poli Scl/Econ
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
16
16
Area G-3, Rec Skills
Music Ed Elective
1
2 2
16-17 16-17
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
MUHL 314, 315
History of Music
MUED 439
Pre Student Tchg
1
OR
3-4
3-4
EDUC 468
Student Teaching 7-12
6
MUHL 477, 478
Cond Tech
EDUC 432
Reading in Sec School
2
MUCT 313
Orchestration & Arr
EDUC 427
Curr Issues in Educ
2
OR
3
EDUC 356
Tests & Measurements
2
MUCT 413
Anal of Mus Form
EDUC 240
Educ of Excep Child
2
MUED 231
Music Meth Elem School
2
EDUC 217
Psyc Found of Educ
3
MUPF 389
Applied Concentration
2
2
MUPF 389
Applied Concentration
2
u
Music Ensemble
1
1
Music Ensemble
1
P*4
Area A-2, Mathematics
3
Senior Recital
Area B-l, Biblical Studies
3
Area B, Biblical Studies
3
Area E, Natural Sci
3
3
Area D-l, Intermed Forgn Lg
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
OR
3
Music Ed Elective
2
Area D-2, Literature
16-17
16-17
16 11
ONE SUMMER TERM PRIOR
Area G-3, Rec Skills
1
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3-0
Area C-l, History
3-6
See pages 9-1 1 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements for the
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
276
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
A.S. & B.S. NURSING
(The first two years of the program lead to the Associate of Science
degree and the last two years to the Bachelor of Science degree.) Must
include at least 69 semester hours for the associate and 131 (40 of which
are upper division) for the baccalaureate degree, and make-up of any
admissions deficiencies.
SUMMER
BIOL 101
Anatomy & Physiology I
3
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
BIOL 125
Microbiology
4
BIOL 102
Anatomy & Physiology II
3
NRSG 215
Basic Nursing HI
4
FONT 125
Nutrition
3
NRSG 216
Basic Nursing III
4
NRSG 105
Basic Nursing I
5
NRSG 218
Basic Nursing IV
7
NRSG 116
Basic Nursing II
5
SOCI 125
Intro to Sociology
3
NRSG 117
Basic Nursing II
5
NRSG 223
Nursing Seminar
1
PSYC 128
Developmental Psych
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area C-l, History
3
17
"iT
15 14
SUMMER
Prerequisite to Year 3:
NRSG 217
Basic Nursing III
4
CHEM HI
Survey of Chemistry
3
Z
MATH
Area A-2, Mathematics
3
00
(If needed)
7
5
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
2
NRSG 324
Pro! Nurs Perspectives
1
NRSG 3B7
Home Health/Gerontology
3
NRSG 325
Adv Physiology
4
NRSG 389
Pharmacology
2
NRSG 327
Nursing Assessment
4
NRSG 394
Nurs Research Methods
3
NRSG 335
Community Health
6
NRSG 425
Adv Nursing Concepts
4
CHEM 203
Concepts of Biochem
4
NRSG 484
Adv Nursing Pract I
6
MATH 215
Statistics
3
NRSG 485
Adv Nursing Pract II
4
RELT 373
Christian Ethics
Area F-l, UD Behav Sci
Area C-l, History or
Area D (Area C-l unless
one was included in AS
degree, )
3
3
3
Area B, Religion
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Arts/
Speech
3
3
15 13
15 16
277
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. PHYSICS
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3 3
PHYS 155
Descriptive Astronomy
3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1 1
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
CPTR 218
Fortran
3
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
MATH 115
Calculus I
4
CPTR
Basic, Pascal, or Fortran
3
Area C-2, Pol Scl/Econ
3
Area B. Religion
3
Area D-l, Foreign Lang
3 3
Area C-l, History
3
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area F-2, Family Scl
Minor or Elective
1 3
OR
3
15 16
Area F-3, Health Scl
15
16
YEAR 3
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
PHYS 310
Modern Physics
3
PHYS 480
Scientific Writing
1
MATH 217
Calculus II
3
PHYS
Elective
3 3
PHYS 497
Research
General Metals
3
Area B, Religion
3
TECH 174
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts/Spch
3
AUTO 114
Oxy-Acetylene Welding
1
Area G, Creat or Rec Sk
2
PHYS
Elective
Area F-l, Behav Scl
3
3
3
Minor or Elective
11 5
15 16
Area B, Religion
3
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
Cfl
Area E-l, E-2, or E-4, Sci
3
U
Minor or Elective
4
**4
15
16
><
B
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
5
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing
; emphasis
courses, and 40 i
upper division credits.
.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR B.S. PHYSICS
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
PHYS 311-312
Gen Phys Calc Appl
1 1
PHYS 211-212
General Physics
3
3
PHYS 310
Modern Physics
3
PHYS 213-214
General Physics Lab
1
1
MATH 115
Calculus I
4
MATH 104
Intermediate Algebra
3
MATH 315
Differential Equations
3
MATH 114
Elementary Functions
4
MATH 216
Set Theory & Logic
2
Area C-l. History
3
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
Area G-l or G-3, Skills
2
CPTR
Basic, Pascal or Fortran
3
Area B, Religion
3
Area D, Lang/Lit/Fine Art
4
16
IS"
Area F-l, Behav Sci
Area D-2, Literature
3
3
15 15
278
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
PHYS 411-412
Electric & Magnetism
3
3
PHYS 418,
419 Modern Physics
3 3
PHYS 410
Analytic Mechanics
3
MATH 317
Complex Variables
3
PHYS 314
Thermodynamics
3
PHYS 497
Research
1
PHYS 313
Physical Optics
3
PHYS 480
Scientific Writing
1
RELT 317
Iss In Phys Set & Rel
3
TECH 174
General Metals
3
MATH 217
Calculus II
3
PHYS
Elective
1
MATH 218
Calculus III
3
Area E-l, E-2 or E-4,
Sci
3
AUTO 114
Oxy-Acetylene Welding
1
Area B r Religion
3
Area F-2, Family Sci
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
OR
2
Elective
3 3
Area F-3, Health Scl
14 16
Area D-4, Speech
2
Area G-3, Recreation
1
Elective
16
2
16
0S
u
CA
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. RELIGION — MINISTERIAL
(Seminary Track)
YEAR 1
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
RELL 271-272
Elem NT Greek
4 4
RELB 125
Teachings of Jesus
3
BUAD 128
Pers Finance (or elect)
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
SOC1 223
Marr & Family
2
SPCH 135
Intr to Public Speaking
Area E-2, E-3, or E-4, Scl
3
3
MATH
Area A-2, Mathematics
Area G-3, Recreat Skills
3
1
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts
Area F-l, Behav Sci
3
3
♦Area G, Activity Skills
♦Elective
3
5 6
2
s
s
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
♦Elective
3
4
16 15
YEAR 3
15 16
Semester
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
RELL 311-312
Intermediate Greek
3
3
RELB 435,
436
New Test Studies
3 3
RELP 321,
322
Homiletics
2
2
RELT 484,
485
Christian Theology
3 3
HIST 364,
365
Christian Church
3
3
RELL 471-472
Biblical Hebrew
2 2
RELB 345
Pentateuch
3
RELB 425
Daniel
3
RELB 346
0,T. Prophets
3
RELB 426
Revelation
3
BIOL 325
Issues of Nat Scl & Reign
Area G, Skills
♦Elective
3
2
2
3
♦Elective
4 4
15 15
16 16
* See Religion Division for suggested courses.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
279
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. RELIGION — MINISTERIAL
(Non-Seminary)
YEAR 1
Semester
YEAR 2
Semester
1st 2nd
1st 2nd
ENGL 101-102
College Composition
3
3
RELL 271-272
Eiem NT Greek
4 4
RELB 125
Teachings of Jesus
3
RELT 236
Bible Interp
3
RELT 138
Adventist Heritage
3
EDUC 134
Prin Christian Educ
2
SPCH 135
intr to Public Speaking
3
SOCI 223
Marr & Family
2
SPCH 136
Interpersonal Comm
2
BUAD 128
Pers Finance (recommend)
3
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
3
Area A-2, Mathematics
3
Area E-2, E-3, or E-4, Sci
3
♦Area G, Activity Skills
3
Area D, Lit/Fine Arts
3
Elective
4 3
Area F-l, Behavioral Sci
3
16 15
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
1
Elective
1
16
15
YEAR %
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
RELP 321,
322
Homitetics
2
2
RELB 435,
436
New Test Studies
3 3
HIST 364,
365
Christian Church
3
3
RELT 484,
485
Christian Theology
3 3
RELP 351-352
Pastoral Ministry
2
2
RELB 425
Daniel
3
RELB 345
Pentateuch
3
RELB 426
Revelation
3
RELB 346
Old Test Prophets
3
RELP 455
Pers & Publ Evangelism
3
BIOL 325
iss Mat .Sci & Rel
Area G, Activity Skills
3
2 '
Elective
7 3
16 15
Elective
3
3
16 15
* See Division Chairman for recommended courses.
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
ENGL 101-102
RELB 125
RELT 138
EDUC 125
EDUC 134
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
B.A. RELIGION — NON-MINISTERIAL
(Including Courses for Teacher Certification)
YEAR 2
YEAR1
College Composition
Teaching of Jesus
Adventist Heritage
Found of Education
Prin Christian Educ
Area C-l, History
Area D-2, Literature
OR
Area D-3, Mus & Art Appr
Area G-3, Recreation Skills
Area E. Natural Science
Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3 3
3
3
2
16 16
EDUC 217
HELD 173
EDUC 240
SOCI 365
Psych Found of Educ
Health & Life
Ed for Except Child
Family Relations
Area C-2, Pol Sci/Econ
Area A-2, Mathematics
Area G, Skills
Area E, Natural Sci
Area D-2, Literature
OR
Area D-3 r Mus & Art App
Minor or Elective
Semester
1st 2nd
3
2
2
3
3
3
3 2
2 3
16 16
280
YEAR 3
Semester
1st 2nd
YEAR 4
Semester
1st 2nd
RELL 271-272
Elem N.T. Greek
4
4
RELT 485
Christian Theology I
3
RELB 435, 436
New Test Studies
3
3
EDUC 427
Current Issues in Educ
2
RELB 345
Pentateuch
3
EDUC 356
Tests & Measurements
2
RELB 425
Daniel
3
EDUC 438
Sec Meth Tchg Bible
2
RELB 426
Revelation
3
EDUC 437
Curriculum & Gen Meth
2
RELB 346
Old Test Prophets
3
EDUC 468
Student Tchg 7-12
6
RELT 484
Christian Theology II
3
Minor or Elective
12
EDUC 432
Reading in Sec School
2
15 14
15 16
See pages 9-11 and 14-16 for general degree and general education requirements. Note especially requirements of
make-up of admissions deficiencies, three writing emphasis courses, and 40 upper division credits.
TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF COURSES FOR
CERTIFICATE — AUTO BODY REPAIR
A program which provides intensive exposure and correlated experi-
ence in the various facets of auto body repair.
AUTO 114
AUTO 111
AUTO 110
AUTO 116
TECH 164
FIRST SEMESTER
Oxy-Acetylene Welding
Painting & Refinishlng I
Panel & Sport Repair
Collision Repair I
Auto Maintenance
Hours SECOND SEMESTER Hours
1 AUTO 118 Collision Repair II 4
4 AUTO 120 Collision Repair III 5
5 AUTO 112 Painting & Refinishlng II 2
4 TECH 364 Auto Repair 3
2 Area B, Religion 3
16 16
At the end of the second semester and nearly 1,000 hours of instruction and lab time the successful student will have
skills to do:
(1) major collision repair
(2) frame alignment
(3) job estimating
(4) complete re-paint work
(5) powerplant and drive train repair
A certificate will be awarded upon satisfactory completion of 900 plus hours of instruction and lab time.
In addition to introductory repair projects each student will be involved in at least three major collision repair projects.
Enrollment in the Auto Body Diploma Program is limited. Applications to this program should be sent directly to Francis
Hummer, Instructor, for approval. Students whose applications are approved by August 1 will receive a scholarship in
the amount of one-half the tuition in addition to whatever other grants and scholarships for which they may be eligible.
281
INDEX
Absences 27
Academic Calendar Inside back
Academic Divisions 35
Academic Enrichment Services 30
Academic Honesty 24
Academic Information 21
Academic Policies 9
Academic Probation and Dismissal ... 25
Accounting, Courses in 62
Accounts, Statements and Billing 202, 204
Accreditation and Memberships ... 7, 154
Administration Building 8
Administrative Staff 225
Admissions 195
Admission to Teacher Education 81
Advance Payment 204
Adventist Colleges Abroad
Financial Policy 204
Advisory Councils 229
Allied Health Professions 36
E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 30
Florence Oliver AndersonLectureSeries 3 1
Anesthesia 182
Application Procedure 198
Art, Courses in 41
Associate Degree Programs 20
Accounting 59
Allied Health 38
Computer Science 74
Dietetics 114
Engineering Studies 96
Food Service 115
General Studies 181
Home Economics 113
Nursing 154
Office Administration 59
Technology 177
Attendance Regulations 27
Auditing Courses 21
Auto Body, Diploma Program 177
Baccalaureate Degree Programs 19
Bachelor of Arts 19
Art 41
Biology 49
Chemistry 70
Computer Science 74
English 98
French 135
German 135
Health, Physical Education
and Recreation 103
History 108
International Studies 135
Journalism and Communication 120
Broadcasting 122
News Editorial 121
Public Relations 122
Mathematics 130
Music 140
Physics 164
Psychology 80
Religion 169
Spanish 135
Bachelor of Business Administration . 56
Bachelor of Music 144
Bachelor of Science 19
Behavioral Science 44
Family Studies 45
Sociology 45
Biology 49
Business Administration 55
Chemistry 70
Communication: Public Relations . . 122
Computer Science 74
Education
Accreditation 80
Elementary 83
Professional Semester 82
Secondary 85
Food Service Administration 1 14
Health Science 103
Home Economics 113
Long-Term Health Care 58
Mathematics 130
Medical Science 181
Medical Technology 36
Nursing 151
Office Administration 55
Physics 164
Social Work 20, 45
Technology 177
Banking and Cash Withdrawals 209
Bankruptcy 208
Behavioral Science, Courses in 45
Biblical Languages, Courses in 176
Biblical Studies, Courses in 172
Biology, Courses in 50
Board of Trustees 224
Executive Board 224
Brock Hall 8
Business Administration,
Courses in 64
Business and Technology,
Division of 35
Campus Organizations 192
Certification 7, 80
Challenge Exams 28
Chamber Music Series 31
Changes in Registration 21
Chapel Attendance 27, 193
Chemistry, Courses in 70
Class Attendance 27
Class Standing 11
CLEP Exams 28
Collection Policy 207
College Administration 225
College Plaza 8
College Publications 121
Collegedale Church 8
Commercial Auxiliaries Managers 226
Computer Center 8
Computer Science, Courses in 76
Concert-Lecture Series 192
Conduct 192
Correspondence Work 29
Counseling 190
Course Load 22
Course Numbers 30
Course Sequence 30
Curriculum Outlines 246-281
Daniells Hall 8
Dean's List 18
Degree Requirements, Basic 10
Degrees Offered 19
Associate Degrees 20
Bachelor of Arts 19
Bachelor of Music 19, 141
Bachelor of Science 19
Bachelor of Business
Administration 19, 56
Bachelor of Social Work 20, 45
General Education
Requirements 14
Major and Minor
Requirements 19
Dental Hygiene 38
Dentistry 182
Dietetics 114
Dining Services 189
Dismissal 25
Distinguished Dean's List 18
Divisions, Academic 35
E. A. Anderson Lecture Series 30
Earth Science, Courses in 167
Economics, Courses in 64
Education, Courses in 88
Elementary Education 83
Emeriti Faculty 232
Employment Service 191
English, Courses in 98
Proficiency in 197
Engineering %
Eugene A. Anderson Heiller Organ
Concert Series 31
Examinations
Attendance 27
Credit by 28
CLEP 28
Special 28
Special Fees 202
Expenses 200
Facilities , 8
Faculty
Adjunct 240
Committees 241
Directory 233
Emeriti 232
Financial Information 200
Aid 213
Grants 218
Loans 219
Satisfactory Academic
Progress for 214
Scholarships 217
Veterans 217
Banking and Cash Withdrawals 209
Expenses
Advance Payments 204
Application Fee 190
Estimated Student Budget 200
Food Service 203
Housing 202
International Student Deposit . . . 204
Late Registration 202
Special Fees and Charges 201
Student Costs 200
Student Tithing 211
Tuition 200
Tuition Refunds 206
Family Rebate 200
Methods of Payment 204
Florence Oliver Anderson
Lecture Series 31
Food and Nutrition, Courses in 116
Food Service Administration 1 14
Food Service, One- Year
Certificate Course 115
Foreign Study 134
French, Courses in 137
Freshman Standing 195
Full-Time Student 22
General Education, Purpose of 13
General Education Requirements 14
General Studies 181
Geography, Courses in Ill
German, Courses in 137
Grading System 23
Graduation in Absentia 12
Graduation Requirements 12
Graduation with Honors 18
Greek, Courses in 176
Grievance Procedure 26
Guidance and Counseling 190
Hackman Hall 8
Health Education, Courses in 105
Health Insurance 207
Health, Physical Education and
Recreation, Courses in 103
Health Service 190
History of the College 6
History, Courses in 108
Home Economics, Courses in 113
Home Management, Courses in 117
Honor Roll 18
Honors, Graduation with 18
Honors Program 17
Honors Studies Sequence 17
Housing 202
Deposit 203
Humanities, Courses in 112
Humanities, Division of 35
Humanities/Perspectives Film Series . 31
Incompletes 23
Industrial Education, See Technology
Instructional Media 32
Interest 207
International Students 197
Journalism, Courses in 124
Labor Regulations 209
Foreign Students * 211
Labor-Class Load 210
Late Registration 202
Law 183
Ledford Hall 8
Libraries 32
Library Science, Courses in 128
Loans 219
Major and Minor Requirements 19
Mathematics, Courses in 130
Mazie Herin Hall 8
McKee Library 8, 32
Medical Records Administration 60
Medical Science 181
Medical Technology, Course in 36
Medicine 184
Minors
Art 41
Behavioral Science 45
Biblical Languages 171
Biology 49
Business Administration 60
Chemistry 70
Computer Science 75
English 98
Foods and Food Service 113
French 135
German 135
Health, Physical Education,
and Recreation 103
History 109
Home Economics 113
Journalism and Communication 123
Broadcast 123
News Editorial 123
Public Relations 123
Mathematics 130
Music 144
Office Administration 60
Physics 164
Practical Theology 171
Religion 171
Sociology 45
Spanish 135
Technology 177
Modern Languages, Courses in 137
Montessori Option 83
Music, Courses in 145
Curricula
Bachelor of Music 141
Bachelor of Arts 144
Ensembles 149
Fees 201
Nursing, Courses in 156
Accreditation 154
Admission Requirements . 154, 158, 196
Expenses . 202
Loans 219
Scholarships 220
Objectives of the College 5
Occupational Therapy 39
Office Administration, Courses in 67
One- Year Certificates 11,20
Auto Body, Repair and Refinishing 177
Food Service , 115
Optometry 185
Organizations „ 192
Orientation Program 190
Osteopathic Medicine 185
Overseas Study 134
Petition 26
Pharmacy 186
Philosophy 5
Physical Education Building 8
Physical Education, Courses in 104
Physical Therapy 39
Physics, Courses in . 164
Placement 191
Political Science, Courses in Ill
Practical Theology, Courses in 174
Pre-professional and
Technical Curricula ... 20, 38, 114, 182
Anesthesia 182
Dental Hygiene 38
Dentistry 182
Dietetics 114
Engineering 96
Law 183
Medical Records Administration ... 60
Medical Technology 36
Medicine 184
Occupational Therapy 39
Optometry 185
Osteopathy 185
Pharmacy 186
Physical Therapy 39
Public Health Science 186
Veterinary Medicine 187
President's Lecture Series 32
Probation 25
Programs of Study 9
Psychology, Courses in 94
Public Health Science 186
Publications 121, 191
Radio Station, WSMC FM90.5 ... 33, 121
Rebate, Family 200
Refund Policy 206
Credit Refund 207
Financial Aid Refund Policy 216
Registration 21
Registry 223
Rehabilitation Act 189
Religion Center 8
Religion, Courses in 172
Religious Organizations 192
Residence Halls 189
Residence Requirements 12
Right of Petition 26
Satisfactory Academic Progress . . 25, 214
Scholarships 220
Scholastic Probation 25
Science, Division of 35
Secondary Education 85
Senior Placement Service 191
Sequence of Courses 30
Service Auxiliaries, Managers 226
Setting of College 6
SC Principals and Presidents 223
SC Students 7, 228
Bachelor pf Social Work 45
Social Work, Courses in 46
Sociology, Courses in 47
So-Ju-Conian Hall 8
Southern Facts Inside Front Cover
Southern Scholars 17
Arthur W. Spalding School 8
Spanish, Courses in 138
Special Student 199
Special Fees and Charges 201
Speech, Courses in 127
Staley Christian Scholar
Lecture Series 33
Standards of Conduct 192
Student Association 191
Student Center 8
Student Directory 228
Student Employment Service 191
Student Life and Services 189
Study and Work Load 22
Subject Requirements
for Admission 195
Summerour Hall 8
Talge Hall 8
Teacher Education Certification 85
Technology 177
Textiles and Clothing, Courses in 119
Thatcher Hall 8
Theology, Courses in Practical 174
Tithe and Church Expense 211
Transcripts 29, 202, 208
Transfer of Credit 12, 196
Transfer Students 196
Trustees, Board of 224
Tuition and Fees 200
Tuition Refunds 206
Upper Division 13
Veterans 217
Veterinary Medicine 187
Waiver Examinations 28
Withdrawals 209
Lynn Wood Hall 8
J. Mabel Wood Hall 8
Work-Study Schedule 22
Worship Services 193
Wright Hall 8
WSMC FM90.5 31
Notes
Notes
1987
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
s
M
T W T
1 2
F
3
S
4
S
M
T W T
F
S
1
S
M T W T F
12 3 4
S
5
5
6
7 8 9
10
11
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
6
7 8 9 10 11
12
12
13
14 15 16
17
18
9
10
11 12 13
14
15
13
14 15 16 17 18
19
19
20
21 22 23
24
25
16
■17
18 19 20
21
22
20
21 22 23 24 25
26
26
27
28 29 30
31
23
24
25 26 27
28
29
27
28 29 30
30 31
OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER
SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS
123 1234567 12345
4 5 6 7 8 9 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 6 7 8 9 10 11 12
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 20 21 22 23 24 25 26
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 29 30 27 28 29 30 31
1988
JANUARY
FEBRUARY
MARCH
s
M
T W T
F
S
S
M
T W T
F
S
S
M
T W T
F
S
1
2
1
2 3 4
5
6
1 2 3
4
5
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
7
8
9 10 11
12
13
6
7
8 9 10
11
12
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
14
15
16 17 18
19
20
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
17
18
19 20 21
22
23
21
22
23 24 25
26
27
20
21
22 23 24
24
26
24
25
26 27 28
29
30
28
29
27
28
29 30 31
31
APRIL MAY JUNE
SMTWTFS SMTWTFS SMTWTFS
12 1234567 1234
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 12 13 14 15 16 17 18
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 19 20 21 22 23 24 25
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 29 30 31 26 27 28 29 30
JULY
AUGUST
SEPTEMBER
s
M
T W T
F
S
S
M
T W T
F
S
S
M T W T F
S
1
2
1
2 3 4
5
6
1 2
3
3
4
5 6 7
8
9
7
8
9 10 11
12
13
4
5 6 7 8 9
10
10
11
12 13 14
15
16
14
15
16 17 18
19
20
11
12 13 14 15 16
17
17
18
19 20 21
22
23
21
22
23 24 25
26
27
18
19 20 21 22 23
24
24
31
25
26 27 28
OCTOBER
29
30
28
29
30 31
NOVEMBER
25
26 27 28 29 30
DECEMBER
S
M
T W T
F
S
1
S
M
T W T
1 2 3
F
4
S
5
S
M T W T F
1 2
S
3
2
3
4 5 6
7
8
6
7
8 9 10
11
12
4
5 6 7 8 9
10
9
10
11 12 13
14
15
13
14
15 16 17
18
19
11
12 13 14 15 16
17
16
17
18 19 20
21
22
20
21
22 23 24
25
26
18
19 20 21 22 23
24
23
24
25 26 27
28
29
27
28
29 30
25
26 27 28 29 30
31
30
31
1987-88 ACADEMIC CALENDAR
1987 Summer Sessions
*
1st 2nd
3rd
4th
Registration
May 4 June 1 -
June 29
July 27
Freshmen Orientation
July 27
Classes begin
May 4 June 1
June 29
July 28
Late registration fee
May 5 June 2
June 30
July 27
Last day to add course/fee
for class change
May 6 June 3
July 1
July 29
Independence Day Observed
July 3
Last day to drop and
automatically receive a "W"
May 15 June 12
July 10
Aug. 7
All withdrawals after this
date receive "F"
May 22 June 19
July 17
Aug. 14
Memorial Day Holiday
May 25
Classes end
May 29 June 26
July 24
Aug. 21
* The Southern College summer term consists of
four 4-week sessions. Students in attendance dur-
ing the 1986-87 school year may register at any
time during the week immediately preceding the
session.
1st Semester
2nd Semester
1987-88
1987-88
Faculty Colloquium
Aug. 14-16
ACT and CLEP Exams
Aug. 21, 23
Registration by appointment
Aug. 24, 25
Jan. 4
Classes begin
Aug. 26
Jan. 5
Late registration fee
Aug. 26
Jan. 5
Fee for class change
Sept. 1
Jan. 13
Last day to add course
Sept. 9
Jan. 19
Senior Class organization
Sept. 24
Jan. 21
Mid-term ends
Oct. 15
Feb. 26
Mid-semester vacation
Oct. 16-18
Feb. 26 -
Mar. 6
Alumni Homecoming
Oct. 30 - Nov. 1
Last day to drc
automaticall SOUTHERN COLLEGE
Advisement Pi 1 j|l|l||| llli; iiiii ,„ .Kf.
■III iiiii iiibi !■!■■ ■■;..-
lar. 11
far. 14-25
Thanksgiving / If If Nil (Iff f // 1/| f f f |f/|f /
1
Sei
c
AH
lior deadlii tmcao J! ' "SPi"" ,l,n ,lf ' '"'
orresponde... *~~ 3?zj?^
ipr. 4
withdrawals after this
i
Dec. 4
Apr. 8
Co
Apr. 10,
11
Se
Co 1
For Reference
Dec. 14-17
Dec. 17
Apr. 25-28
May 1
Ch
Dec. 18 - Jan. 3
Not to be taken
BE TAKEN
from this library
JBRARY
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11